Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
2024.11.19 PPFD Design Development Report November 2024
Section Title / 11.08.2024 1PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Pasco Aquatics Facility PUBLIC FACILITIES DISTRICT PASCO, WASHINGTON NOVEMBER 8, 2024 Design Development Report Table of Contents 1.0 Executive Summary Executive Summary 5 2.0 Specification Narratives 2.1 Architectural 7 2.2 Structural 13 2.3 Aquatics 15 2.4 Civil 16 2.5 Landscape 20 2.6 Mechanical 21 2.7 Fire Protection 24 2.8 Electrical 25 2.9 Building Code Analysis 28 3.0 Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule 3.1 Cost Model Estimate Summary 32 3.2 Betterments Summary 35 3.3 Phase 1 & 2 Schedule 41 3.4 Early GMP Plan 41 4.0 Appendix 4.1 Architectural Renderings 43 4.2 Landscape Materials 55 4.3 Aquatic Features Cutsheets 60 4.4 Plumbing Fixtures Cutsheets 86 4.5 Lighting Cutsheets 110 4.6 Schedule 127 4.7 Acoustic Report 131 4.8 Geotechnical Report 137 4.9 Operations Plan Forthcoming Section Title / 11.08.2024 4PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY 1.0Executive Summary 5PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Executive Summary / 11.08.2024 1.0 Executive Summary Extensive investigation and collaborative design work has occurred during the Design Development Phase since the Validation Period was completed in July 2024. The Validation Period set the stage for the project scope and target budget while the Design Development Phase digs into the details and solidifies the design direction for both the buildings and the aquatic components. This report builds on the validation deliverables while summarizing the decisions and changes that have been made during this phase. Full-size drawings have also been developed to document the conversations during the owner and stakeholder meetings and are being used to update the target value budget in preparation for delivering a GMP (guaranteed maximum price). The Design Development Report and attachments include Basis of Design narrative descriptions, renderings, drawings, updated project schedule and 50% DD cost estimate. Design Revisions: Soon after the validation phase was completed, the design-build team and the owner/stakeholder group continued to “test” the aquatic features that had been chosen by touring additional facilities and getting feedback about the most popular and unpopular items, as well as operational insight. The Pasco Public Facilities District took what they learned from their continued community outreach and the facility tours and decided it would be in the best interest of the project to change from using the ‘WOW’ wave ball in the circular outdoor pool to providing a long lazy river with a bench alcove and spray features and incorporating a climbing wall and drop slide in a deep-water area. The zero-entry beach remains in the outdoor pool as a large third area with basketball hoops and a larger play structure. The indoor pool was revised slightly to add a fourth lap lane and an overhead rain shower with lights and sound. The lap lane area is now large enough to accommodate a two-lane, retractable NinjaCross obstacle course in the future. The indoor slide structure was also upsized to accommodate a third body-flume that begins inside and lands outside during the summer season. This third flume is currently being considered as a betterment as funds may allow. In addition to these changes to the pool designs, direction was given to the design-build team to increase the size of the natatorium by 10% and add skylights to the space which will make it feel even more spacious and bright year-round. Increasing the amount of colorful lighting is also being incorporated into the design as a betterment. Site & Funding: Pasco Public Facilities District has officially secured their preferred site, Lot 34 in the new Broadmoor District area of Pasco. The site fronts the soon to be developed Road 108 and has incredible views of the mountains to the west. The bond funds have also been finalized and are ready for construction to start in early 2025. These are such important milestones for the project, so congratulations are in order for all those dedicated individuals that put so much time and effort into these endeavors. The Broadmoor site is subject to the recently adopted Broadmoor Master Plan and Development Regulations developed by the City of Pasco for a mixed-use commercial and residential neighborhood. It has been critically important to work with the planning department at the city to understand the development standards and implement them for this project’s civic purposes as a public amenity while also supporting the goals for a pedestrian and multi-modal friendly neighborhood. Many collaborative discussions took place over the last few months to find the right balance for this project’s needs, the future of the “civic campus” concept with the property to the north, and a dense mixed-use district center. The current aquatic facility site design is the result of this effort. CONDITIONS OF EXCELLENCE: The Conditions of Excellence are ever-present during discussions and decision-making as the project moves forward. They are worth repeating here in this design development report. (insert word bubble diagram from validation report) COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT: The PPFD leadership continued to attend community engagement events during the Design Development phase and engage with the Ambassador committee for additional feedback on how to create a facility that will meet the needs of the community. Section Title / 11.08.2024 6PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY 2.0SpecificationNarratives 7PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 ENTRY PLAZA 2.0 Specification Narratives 2.1 Architectural DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: • Project Summary: A new 34,655 SF aquatics facility will be constructed on a previously undeveloped site along Road 108 in the Broadmoor District of Pasco, WA. This aquatics facility will consist of a main building (31,811 SF) that will include an indoor pool, indoor/outdoor whirlpool. An outbuilding (2,844 SF) with support spaces such as concessions will be provided near the outdoor pool. The pools will have various aquatic features such as slides, cabanas, lazy rivers, etc. In addition to natatorium space, the main building includes 3 large party rooms, a generously sized lobby and reception, administrative offices, lifeguard spaces, concessions, and other support spaces. The site will include parking, pedestrian friendly pathways, main entry plaza, food truck parking, benches, trees, landscaping, and a generous outdoor pool deck area with grassy perimeter. • Phasing: The Phase 1 scope of the facility includes the indoor and outdoor leisure pools. Construction is intended to begin in January 2025. Phase 2 anticipates adding a competition pool and support spaces at a future date as PPFD funds allow. • Projected Date of Occupancy for Phase 1: April 2026. • Mock-ups: Mock-ups before construction will include insulated precast concrete wall finishes. • Betterments: Refer to Bouten’s betterments list for potential add-ons to be determined by the owner. DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS: • Existing Site Conditions: A site topographic survey has been provided that includes information about existing physical conditions and improvements at the site. It will serve as a reliable and accurate base map for the project. The survey contains information about existing underground utilities, existing on-site features, and so on. The location for the building will be roughly north and east of the center of the parcel. Parking will be along Road 108 for 30% of the parcel frontage per discussions with the City of Pasco related to the Broadmoor development standards, and additional parking will be provided just south of the building. A drop- off/pick-up lane will be provided for visitors along the main 8PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 entry drive near the front door. Existing grade slopes down from north to south and the building pad elevation has been set to balance the cut/fill requirements for grading and to maintain reasonable slopes at the north entry drive. The site topography will step down from the new facility elevation to the undeveloped portions of site to the west and south. A geotechnical investigation and report has also been provided to and includes additional information about the subsurface conditions found within the test pits onsite. Generally, some undocumented fill was discovered, as well as fine- to medium-grained sand or silty sand. No groundwater was discovered during the investigation. • Existing Streets: The site is bound on the east by the soon-to-be developed Road 108 and future streets will likely be developed along the south and west property lines. • Site Boundaries: The site parcel is 13 acres in total bound on 3 sides by street frontages. The fourth side, to the north, is a parcel of land anticipated to be owned by the City of Pasco. • Demolition: The project will require clearing and grubbing of the existing shrub steppe, as well as mitigation of the groundwater wasteway pond sediment in which the top 12” is recommended to be removed. • Hazardous Material Abatement: No hazardous material is expected onsite. DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE (SEE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS): • Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete for footings, foundations, slabs, load bearing concrete walls, and retaining walls. Exposed walls will be patched, sacked, and finished to an architectural-grade appearance. Waterproofing admixture, such as Xypex, is required for all pump pit and surge tanks walls, floors, and lids. An option for rammed earth walls is being considered; refer to Division 13 for additional discussion. • Insulated Structural Precast Walls: Insulated structural precast concrete sandwich panels and connections capable of withstanding design loads indicated. Extruded polystyrene insulation will be provided as the core material. Concrete will include a coloring admixture as indicated in exterior finish notes. Decorative form liner and reveal lines will be cast into the face of the panels, and abrasive blasting will be used on the face of the panels to create the desired finish. Connection plates will be recessed and grouted to hide them from view in the finished interior condition. • Architectural Precast: Special formed and textured concrete units at copings, wall caps, and decorative trim. DIVISION 4 – MASONRY: • Unit Masonry: Structural concrete masonry unit (CMU) walls for interior bearing and non-bearing conditions. DIVISION 5 – METALS (SEE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS): • Structural Steel: Structural steel for primary and secondary building structure, and related anchors, fasteners, and connectors. AESS Steel as exposed elements that are prominent design features, such as exposed columns, roof girders and beams. • Steel Joist Framing: Open web steel joist for roof and floor framing. • Steel Decking: Galvanized Type B metal roof deck and galvanized Type W2 composite metal floor deck. Acoustic deck where roof deck is exposed to view. • Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Light gage formed steel studs at exterior walls and any other locations subject to structural loads. • Metal Fabrications: Metal stairs; steel pipe railings at utility spaces, utility access stairs for pump pits and rooftop mechanical space, ladders for roof access; framing and supports for overhead doors or folding glass walls; loose bearing and leveling plates; loose steel lintels; shelf and relieving angles; pipe bollards; rough hardware; miscellaneous steel. • Decorative Metal: Perforated metal panel screens. DIVISION 6 – WOOD AND PLASTICS: • Carpentry: Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking; rooftop equipment bases and support curbs; wood fiber acoustical wall panels (Tectum) at natatorium and other places where durable acoustical absorption is required; plywood or OSB sheathing. • Finish Carpentry: MDF accent wall panels. • Architectural Casework: Plastic laminate clad casework and countertops; solid surface or quartz countertops. DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION: • Below Grade Vapor Retarder: Below grade vapor retarder on buried exterior face of foundation and site retaining walls. • Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing: Fluid-applied waterproofing and protection board on building retaining walls where floor level is below adjacent grade, including full perimeter of the pump pit. • Water Repellents (Concrete Sealer): Fluid-applied sealer for graffiti protection, applied to all cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, and masonry materials exposed on the exterior and interior of the building, and site features such as freestanding walls. Exclusions: Surfaces to be painted or protected with elastomeric coating; horizontal walking surfaces; curbs and similar vertical surfaces less than one foot in height. 9PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 • Building Insulation: Continuous exterior rigid board on outside face of cast-in-place concrete walls; glass fiber batt insulation in metal stud framing at exterior steel stud walls; spray-foam gap filler; sheet vapor retarders at interior. (See Insulated Precast Walls and Rammed earth for integral insulation within those systems) • Weather Barrier: Sheet or fluid-applied air/weather barrier over all exterior wall sheathing, with taped seams and flashings at all openings and penetrations. • Metal Wall Panels: Factory-finished, insulated, flat or corrugated metal wall panels, interlocking profile fastened to a metal subframing system and installed with concealed fasteners; trims, flashings, and associated accessories. • Metal Soffit Panels: Factory-finished, flat metal soffit panels, interlocking profile fastened to a metal subframing system and installed with concealed fasteners; trims, flashings, and associated accessories. • Roofing: Single-ply TPO, 60 mil minimum membrane; 20-year warranty on materials and 5-year warranty on installation; sloped to drain. Traffic pads around serviceable equipment and at the top & bottom of roof ladders. • Flashing and Sheet Metal: Metal counter-flashing and base flashing; exterior wall flashing; sheet metal copings, edge metal, trim, and accessories. Downspouts, scuppers, and conductor heads used for roof drainage. • Roof Accessories: Roof hatches with ladder-up post, built-in guardrails & self-closing gate. • Joint Sealers: Elastomeric sealers at interior and exterior joints and penetrations. DIVISION 8 – DOORS AND WINDOWS: • Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Interior steel door and relite frames; interior steel doors at high maintenance areas; exterior thermal break steel doors and frames. • Fiberglass Reinforced Panel Doors: Interior and exterior FRP doors and frames at highly corrosive rooms near pool mechanical and chemical equipment. • Access Doors: For walls and ceilings; at all panels, valves, pumps, fire dampers, and other concealed equipment in gypsum drywall construction. • Folding Glazed Doors and Walls: Manually operated, individual or paired panel, aluminum framed, glazed, folding partitions. STC 45 or higher. • Overhead Doors: Solid-slat coiling overhead doors; stainless steel slats, track, and hood at concessions location; motor-operated. • Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: Exterior thermal break entrance doors and storefront openings; interior vestibule doors matching exterior doors; thermal break (exterior) storefront framing systems at interior acoustically sensitive openings, transoms, & sidelights; operable vent units with limit stops. • Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls: Curtain wall thermal break framing systems, with storefront doors and operable vent units with limit stops. LOBBY 10PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 • Hydraulic Vertical Lift Window: All steel construction vertical lift window at whirlpool exterior curtainwall. • Translucent Polycarbonate Skylights: Translucent skylight system assembled from polycarbonate glazing panels incorporated into a complete aluminum-framed system on a framed curb. • Door Hardware: Heavy duty, (BHMA Grade 1), commercial type hardware for swinging and sliding doors; night latches at public entries/exits; deadbolts at service entrances; office locks at administrative and staff areas; satin or brushed finish. Power assist operator at main entrance. Door hardware coordinated with building security requirements of access control and intrusion detection. • Glass and Glazing: 1-Inch thick insulating glazing unit, low-e clear, for exterior storefront, curtain wall, and doors. Single-pane (clear or translucent) glazing at all interior doors and relites except where insulated units are needed for acoustically sensitive openings, transoms, & sidelights. Custom pattern interlayer laminated glass at west natatorium wall. All safety glazing required by code to be laminated. • Louvers and Vents: Factory finished aluminum louvers for walls or soffits, drainable, with 1/2”x1/2” bird screen; insulated backer panels where full area of louver is not required for HVAC purposes. DIVISION 9 – FINISHES: • Non-Structural Metal Framing: Light-gage metal studs and track for interior nonstructural walls; furring and chase wall construction; light gage metal joists and track for interior and exterior soffits and ceilings. • Gypsum Drywall: Gypsum drywall sheathing for interior walls, partitions, and ceilings; tape and joint compound finish; cement board and water-resistant (paperless) gypsum drywall for application of tile in toilet/shower rooms and custodial closets; fiberglass or mineral wool acoustical batt insulation at interior partitions; acoustical sealants. Gypsum sheathing with integral weather barrier for exterior walls behind metal panels. • Tiling: Wall tile over cement board and water-resistant (paperless) gypsum drywall or concrete masonry units (CMU) at wet areas; floor tile over concrete slab-on-grade; fluid-applied crack isolation and waterproofing membrane under wall and floor tile in wet areas. • Acoustical Ceilings: 2’ x 4’ or 2’ x 2’ acoustical lay-in panel ceilings, trim, and exposed metal suspension system. Washable lay-in ceiling panels in outbuilding concessions. Acoustic felt sound baffles in party/board room. • Resilient Flooring: 4-inch rubber base. • Carpeting: GreenSeal compliant carpeting with moisture impervious backing and chemically welded seams; walk-off mats at all entrances; low- or no-VOC adhesives; floor preparation. • Wall Coverings: 20 oz. per square yard minimum, Type II, Class A vinyl applied to gypsum wallboard. • Sound Absorbing Ceiling Panels: Acoustical Ceiling Panels in natatorium. • Sanitary Wall Covering: Fiberglass reinforced Panels (FRP) applied to gypsum drywall as water-resistant wainscoting in concessions areas and around custodial mop sinks. • Interior Wall Paneling: High pressure laminate (HPL) face on HDPE or fiberglass-reinforced core. High-impact thermoplastic wall panels at selected locations. Adhesive sealant and aluminum trims. • Painting: Compliant with low-VOC environmental regulations, surface preparation and painting for interior surfaces as scheduled; surface preparation and painting for exterior surfaces as scheduled; surface preparation and painting of exposed mechanical and electrical piping, conduit, ductwork, and equipment in finished areas. • Elastomeric Coating: Fluid-applied sealer on top surface of concrete, masonry, and precast concrete elements that are exposed to weather and 7’-0” above prevailing adjacent grade (essentially above the line of sight). LOBBY 11PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES: • Visual Display Boards: White dry erase marker boards; tack boards of colored, reconstituted natural cork. • Signage: Unframed solid plastic signs for room identification and other wayfinding, informational, and/ or code-compliance purposes; Cast metal letters and numbers for interior and exterior signage, such as building identification. • Changing Stall Compartments: HDPE panels and doors; floor-anchored, overhead braced compartments. • Folding Panel Partitions: Manually operated, individual or paired panel, operable partitions; STC 50 or higher. • Toilet and Shower Accessories: Paper towel dispensers, toilet paper dispensers; grab bars; soap dispensers; sanitary napkin waste receptacles, shower curtains and rods; mop and broom holders, utility and purse shelves; baby-changing stations. Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed, (OFCI), or Contractor-furnished and installed, (CFCI), in accordance with PPFD preferences. • Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets: Portable fire extinguishers; fire extinguisher cabinets; located within 75 feet of every interior space, plus additional locations as required by code. • HDPE Lockers & Benches: HDPE storage/wardrobe lockers for bathers and staff of various sizes as indicated. HDPE benches in locker room and changing room areas. • Flagpoles: 35’ high aluminum flagpole with integral pole top light, internal wire cable halyard with removable winch handle, and flagsnaps for one 5’x8’ American flag and one 3’x5’ state flag with separation between flags. • Miscellaneous Specialties: »Display monitor wall mounts. »Spineboard mounting brackets. DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT: • Fall Restraint System: Roof tie-down system of fall restraint for worker safety where directed by Owner for access to rooftop equipment or drain sumps. • Residential Equipment: Residential or light commercial grade microwave ovens, refrigerator/freezers, icemaker, clothes washer & dryer. • Athletic Equipment: »Electronic digital clock for lap swimming. • Foodservice: »Commercial Food Service Equipment: » Food Service Product Storage: Reach-in Cooler/Freezer for all refrigerated food products. Dry storage shelves for all non-refrigerated food products, bulk or individually housed. » Prep areas to include stainless steel prep tables w/sinks, stainless steel landing area work tables w/ over shelves, provide additional spacing for counter equipment and SOUTH FACING AERIAL VIEW 12PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 overhead storage for utensil and commercial cookware. Hand wash sinks per code throughout the kitchen. » Ware wash area to include a 3-compartment sink per code & size per needs, pre-rinse area, drop-off landing. Final clean rinse tables with storage racks. »Serving counter point-of-sale station w/ cashiers stand. DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS: • Window Treatments: Manual roller shades at all exterior windows, except where motorized roller shades are required at west wall of natatorium. DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (SEE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IN STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS): • Rammed Earth Construction: Local soils that have been carefully tested for strength and appearance are mixed with a small amount (5-10%) of Portland cement, admixtures, and water. Layers are placed in forms and mechanically compacted into stone-like walls with a stratified or sedimentary appearance. Polyiso rigid insulation is embedded within the core of the wall. Design and construction of rammed earth walls will comply with ASTM E2392 - Standard Guide for Design of Earthen Wall Building Systems. DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS: • Site Furnishings: Fabric shade umbrellas, trash receptacles, and benches. NORTH ELEVATION 13PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.2 Structural The following design narrative provides a general overview of the structural design including project overview, design criteria, material specifications, and structural framing descriptions. DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: • Project Summary: The project consists of a one-story, 33,300 square foot building that will serve as a new aquatic’s facility. The structure will house locker rooms, party rooms, lobby space and natatorium. • Design Criteria: » 2021 International Building Code and Referenced Code Standards Therein »Roof (Snow) 25 PSF * Includes 5 PSF for rain on snow surcharge loading. »Designed for drifting snow in accordance with ASCE 7. »Importance Factor 1.10 »Floor Live Load * Corridors 100 PSF * Stairs and Landings 100 PSF * Mechanical/Electrical Rooms 125 PSF * Storage 125 PSF * Natatorium 100 PSF * Lobby Area 100 PSF * Locker Rooms 50 PSF * Office 50 PSF »Roof Live Load 20 PSF »Roof Total Load Deflection Limit L/240 »Roof Live Load Deflection Limit L/360 »Frost Depth 24 inches »Wind Design * Basic Wind Speed (3-second gust) 110 MPH * Exposure C * Occupancy Category III »Seismic Design * Occupancy Category III * Importance Factor 1.25 * Site Class D * Seismic Design Category D DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE: • Concrete Reinforcement: ASTM A615, Gr. 60 • Cast-in-place concrete - Concrete strengths at 28 days: »Foundations and footings 3,000 PSI »Exterior slabs on grade and sidewalks 4,500 PSI »Interior slabs on grade 3,000 PSI • Precast Concrete: Composite sandwich panels exterior and interior concrete wythes and insulation in between used in exterior wall applications. »Concrete strength at 28 days 4,000 PSI DIVISION 04 – MASONRY: • Unit masonry: Interior bearing and non-bearing walls »Medium Weight, ASTM C-90, 2000 PSI DIVISION 05 – METALS: • Structural Steel: Roof framing and column support » Tube Steel: Glazing support and columns, ASTM A500, Gr. C » Wide Flange Beams and Columns: ASTM A992, Gr. 50 »Miscellaneous shapes and plates: ASTM A36 • Steel Joist: K-joists and DLH-joists designed and fabricated by a member of the Steel Joist Institute (SJI) used for roof framing. • Steel Decking: Type B metal roof deck with acoustic deck at the natatorium »ASTM A653, Gr. 50 • Cold formed metal framing: Light gauge formed steel studs at exterior and interior locations that are subjected to wind loading. »54 mil and heavier: ASTM A653 or A1003, Gr. 50 »43 mil and lighter: ASTM A653 or A1003, Gr. 33 • Metal fabrications: Miscellaneous steel STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: • Roof framing system: The building has three main zones of roof framing with the first being the natatorium, the second being the entry, lobby space, corridor, storage, and locker rooms and the third being admin spaces, party rooms, pool equipment, and mechanical spaces. 14PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 » The natatorium roof framing will consist of 20-gauge metal roof deck supported by approximately 56” deep open web steel joists at approximately 9’-6” on center. Joists will be supported by steel wide flange girders, steel tube columns and precast concrete sandwich wall panels. At the natatorium roof step, there will likely be a low custom wide flange steel truss with steel tube columns and wide flange beams to create the elevation step in the roof. » The entry canopy, lobby space, and corridor will consist of 20-gauge metal roof deck supported by wide flange joists at 9’-6” on center. Joists will be supported by wide flange girders which will be supported by steel tube columns or CMU walls. The locker rooms and storage spaces will consist of 20-gauge metal roof deck supported by approximately wide flange joists at 9’-6”. Joists will be supported by CMU at the interior or precast concrete sandwich wall panels at the exterior. » The admin spaces, party rooms, pool equipment and mechanical spaces will consist of 20-gauge metal roof deck supported by approximately 20” deep open web steel joists at approximately 9’-6” on center. Joists will be supported by wide flange beams and steel tube columns at the interior and precast concrete sandwich wall panels at the exterior. » Where support for future photovoltaic arrays is required, joist spacing may be reduced and wide flange steel beams may be used instead of open web steel joists. • Lateral force resisting system: Wind and earthquake forces will be resisted by diagonally braced steel frames, CMU shearwalls, or precast concrete shearwalls. The steel deck diaphragm at the roof and concrete topping slab at the floor will deliver the lateral forces to the braced frames or shearwalls. • Foundations: » Conventionally reinforced spread and continuous footings will support the building. Exterior footings will be set at least 24 inches below finish grade to provide frost protection while interior footings will be set a minimum of 8 inches below finished floor elevations. Footings will bear on a subgrade as prepared in accordance with the geotechnical report. » Exterior walls will be supported by reinforced concrete stem walls doweled to the continuous footings at non precast wall locations. Precast wall panels will extend below grade to top of footing. Stem wall width will support the full width of the exterior wall system and will likely be 10”- 12” wide. Reinforced concrete piers will support columns at the exterior as required. Interior bearing walls will be supported by thickened slab footings. » Slab on grade areas will typically consist of a reinforced 4-inch slab on grade. The thickness of any slabs on grade that will be polished or will have radiant floor heat will be increased to a reinforced thickness of 5 inches. • Pool support: Below grade support for the pool spaces such as the pump pit will be constructed with 8” concrete walls supported by continuous footings. The surge tanks will be constructed with 12” concrete walls with a 6” cast-in-place concrete lid. The 12” concrete walls will be supported by a 12” concrete slab footing. • Interior walls: The interior bearing walls will be 8” wide CMU within the locker room. • Exterior walls: The exterior walls will be precast concrete sandwich panels that are 12” wide at the natatorium with 4” interior concrete wythe, 4” insulation, 4” exterior concrete wythe. The remaining precast walls will be 10” wide with 3” interior concrete wythe, 4” insulation, 3” exterior concrete wythe. Large areas of storefront will require horizontal steel tube wind girts to support eh weight of the storefront and the wind loads on the system. 15PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.3 Aquatics DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION • Provide complete Indoor Leisure Pool, Indoor Slide Complex, Indoor/Outdoor Whirlpool, Outdoor Activity Pool, Outdoor Slide Complex • Include all permits and plan approvals. • Pools to have 27.5” thick steel reinforced concrete walls with a 6” row of tile at the water line. • Provide everything within 1’-0” of pools. Pool interiors to be coated with 3/8” Diamond Brite exposed aggregate plaster. The number location, size of gutters, inlets, drains, ladders, handrails, filter, pump, piping anchors, chemical feed pumps and tanks are to be sized to meet the requirements of State and Local Codes. Depth markers and lane markings with targets are to be tile. Stairs and Bench areas to be tile. • Pool Mechanical Equipment: »See drawing PL401 for pool specific models. »Pumps: Aurora Pump »VFD: ABB »Strainers: Neptune Benson »Filters: Neptune Benson Defender Filter »Air Compressor: Ingersoll Rand »Heater: Lochinvar CPN/ERN (Direct Vent Model) »Disinfectant Feeder: Chlorking NexGen »Acid Feeder: Blue-White »Chemical Controller: Chemtrol PC3000 »AutoFill: Flowline EchoPod »Flow Meter: Signet 2551 Mag Meter »Body and Raft Slides: Splashtacular »Water Features: Vortex »Play Structure: Vortex »Obstacle Course: Ninja Cross »Skimmers: Waterway Renegade #540-6360 »Main Drains: Daldorado DalMax-SG-XXXXXX »Perimeter Gutter: Daldorado »Pool Fill: 2” water supply line »Lights: Pentair Intellibrite Multi-Color LED »Lift: Aqua Creek Products, The Mighty 400 » Stainless Steel handrail provided at water level, mounted to pool walls. »Handrails at each side of stairs into pool, stainless steel »Pool to slope from 0 feet to 9 feet deep • Provide 25 person aquatic first aid kit, automatic vacuum cleaning system, defibrillator, life buoys, life hook and rescue pole, manual vacuum cleaning system, rescue tubes, spineboard with head immobilizer, throw line, water test kit. • Provide handrails and rails at stairs and ramps within pools. 16PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.4 Civil The following civil design elements are being presented under the design development phase for the Pasco Aquatics Center located within the Broadmoor area of Pasco. The site is located at Lot 34, north of Harris Road, south of future Sandifur Parkway, and west of future Road 108. DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS • The proposed project development site is currently on a piece of vacant land within the Broadmoor area of Pasco. • The site is now owned by the Pasco Public Facilities District and is 13 acres. • The project has received approval on the segregation through the City of Pasco (The City) planning department. • The site will be accessed by Road 108 via a connection to Harris Road. • The City over the last several months has been working to install municipal utilities within the Road 108 corridor that will service the pad site. • These utilities will connect to existing City of Pasco infrastructure within Harris Road as well as Broadmoor Boulevard. • Upon completion of the utility installation, the City intends to construct paving improvements to both Road 108 as well as Sandifur Parkway to provide full public access to the aquatic site. • For purposes of the design development phase of the project it is assumed that the City project will construct the necessary frontage improvements at the eastern border of the project along the Road 108 corridor to include paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk and street lighting. DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK • Site Clearing: » The project will need to remove an existing dewatering pond from the adjacent rock quarry operation. » The ponds soils are generally silty and are not amenable to structural design or drainage. » PBS recommends that these silty soils are removed from areas with structural components of the project like parking lots and building pads and placed in landscape and pedestrian areas. » The remainder of the site is currently vacant and there are no on-site structures or facilities that require demolition. » The new building will sit at a relative high point on site and stormwater will be directed away from the building. It is anticipated that slopes throughout the site will not exceed 4-5% other than in specifically designated landscape areas. • Site preparation: » Site preparation will generally consist of removing the existing site topsoil (organic materials), where necessary. » Site earthwork components of the project include excavation, filling, compacting, and grading for the new aquatics building, parking lots, utilities, and storm water structures. » It is expected that the site will be balanced. 17PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 » Imported materials will include subbase rock, drainage fill, and backfill for foundations, slabs, pavements, utilities, and storm water structures. • Erosion and Sediment Control: » A temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) plan will be developed to control erosion and off-site migration of sediment-laden water. The TESC plan will address practices, methodologies, and requirements for erosion control, as is required by the City and Ecology. » The TESC plan will be developed during the design process and be followed during construction. » This plan is intended to result in the establishment of Best Management Practices (BMPs) to be implemented and followed during construction to prevent erosion of exposed soils, as well as prevent sediment from leaving the project site. » Adjacent properties and pipe storm drain systems must be protected from sediment deposition, as well as increases in volume, velocity, and peak flow rates of storm water runoff from the project site. » Erosion control measures may include the use of temporary sediment basins, filter fabric fences, catch basin inserts, straw bales, gravel check dams, and so on. » A Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan will be required as part of the Construction Stormwater General Permit, as required by Ecology. DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS • Site: » The City of Pasco has a defined block length within the Broadmoor area at 660 feet. » At this time the City is open to allowing for the pedestrian promenade that is being shown through the northern portion of the site to accommodate the block length standards. » This will allow the Aquatics Facility to push the public road to the southern property boundary rather than bisecting the site and the future civic campus that is being contemplated. » The Aquatics Facility will be responsible for constructing the necessary on-site improvements for the purpose of parking lots, drive aisles, sidewalks, and fire access throughout the site. » The project has been identified to be completed in phases with parking and paving improvements to be completed with the first two phases of construction as necessary to support the building occupancy and traffic loading requirements as defined by the City of Pasco municipal code. • Primary access to the facility will be from Road 108 and will be constructed with Phase 1 of the project. • It has been preliminary planned that a future public roadway will be constructed along the project’s southern border and that a second point of ingress egress may be established in Phase 2 of the project. • Parking: • The minimum number of parking stalls is based on the square footage of the building and its use. • Consideration is being given to shared parking uses within the future civic campus that is being contemplated, but at this time the Phase 1 parking is primarily serving the needs of the Aquatics Center facility. • The City requires a typical drive aisle width of 26 feet and standard parking stall size is anticipated to be 9 feet x19 feet. • The parking lot will look to accommodate ADA parking in accordance with City of Pasco design guidelines. • Fire access requires a minimum 20’ fire lane, an inside turning radius of 28’ and an outside turning radius of 48’. • A fire access lane and turnaround for an aerial fire apparatus is provided along the northern portion of the site. • Division 33 - Utilities • Existing utilities: • The City is bearing the cost of the installation of municipal utilities along Road 108. 12” water, 12” sanitary sewer, 12” irrigation, and a storm sewer line for runoff generated within the public right of way. • These utilities will all be accessible at the eastern boundary of the project and will provide adequate capacity to serve the project site. • Any additional utility stubs that need to be provided to the site will be communicated to Pasco prior to the paving of Road 108 so that no utility cuts would have to be made in the roadway when the Aquatics Center is constructed. • Electrical: » The site’s electrical needs will be met by a new service line that will need to be extended up the west side of Road 108 in a 15’ public utility easement. Franklin PUD will be the primary power provider for the project, they currently have a service connection point at the Road 108 and Harris Road intersection to service the property. • Gas: » The site’s gas needs will be met by a new service line that will need to extend up the west side of Road 108 in a 15’ public utility easement. 18PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 » Cascade Natural Gas will be the gas provider for the project. They currently have gas infrastructure on the north side of Harris Road. » A 2” gas service will extend to the SE corner of the building. • Dry utilities: » All other dry utilities to include communication lines will share the common 15’ utility easement up the west side of Road 108. • Domestic: » The project will extend a potable water line from a meter set at the back of right of way along Road 108. This line will serve the drinking water needs of the facility as well as service for any filling of the aquatic facilities. » Available water pressure to be determined based on hydrant flow tests of the system in 108. » The required potable water system will be 4-inches and need to be metered with backflow prevention assemblies being required. • Fire Sprinkler: » A minimum 6-inch fire sprinkler service line will need to be extended to the building from the water main located in Road 108 adjacent to the project. » Sizing of the fire sprinkler service line will be based upon existing water pressure for the general area and fire sprinkler flow requirements provided by the Fire Protection Engineer. » A vault containing a city approved backflow prevention device is provided on the fire line connection to the public water mains. • Hydrants: » The project will be required to have necessary hydrant coverage around the perimeter of the building, a dedicated fire service line that loops throughout the site will be constructed with the project and hydrants placed in accordance with City fire department guidelines. » It is anticipated that this line will be owned and operated by the City. » City of Pasco maximum spacing of fire hydrants shall be 500’ for residential zones and 300’ for all other zoned-areas. » Assume a fire hydrant every 300’, along the traveled path. » The project will have a dedicated looped fire line on site with hydrants placed around the perimeter of the building outside of any fall zones. » All hydrant locations will be reviewed and approved by the City of Pasco Fire Chief prior to installation. 19PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 • Irrigation: » Irrigation needs for the site will need to be established from the potable water source located in Road 108. » The project will need to establish a metered connection at the street with a backflow device to the potable water supply. » The region does have plans for a dedicated irrigation system within the Broadmoor area and mainline infrastructure is being installed. » Currently there is not an irrigation water provider to service the system, a dry tap will be made to the irrigation system for future use. • Stormwater: » Private sites are expected to manage stormwater within their site area, all stormwater generated on-site will be collected from the surface and routed to subsurface infiltration galleries located on the project site. » The geotechnical engineer has evaluated the infiltration rate of the existing soil to inform the design of the infiltration facilities. » The geotechnical report also provides recommendations for sizing of the facilities based on the site specific infiltration rates. » A stormwater management system will be designed to comply with the requirements of the most current Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington, as required by the City. » All stormwater generated on-site is required to be retained and infiltrated on-site. » Storm event: * The storm water system will be designed to handle the 25-year storm/3hr Short Storm event as required by the City design guidelines. » Pre-treatment: * Pre-treatment of storm water, when required, as prescribed in the Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington will be implemented based on site specific uses and daily traffic demands and loading. » Constructed features: * The storm water management system will include a system of catch basins, conveyance pipes, treatment swales, and/or infiltration galleries. * Dedicated drains will be developed around the pool deck and outdoor play areas and routed to the on-site storm facilities. * Roof downspouts and rainwater leaders may be piped to swales or directly into infiltration galleries, depending upon the roof material used and where rooftop mechanical equipment is located. • Sanitary Sewer: » The project will extend a gravity municipal sewer line for connection to the building as well as a pool drain. These lines are anticipated to be 6 inches to 8 inches in diameter. » Sanitary sewer on this site will consist of three separate sanitary lines: * 4” line serving the main building sanitary waste connection * 6” line serving the outdoor pool building * 6” line serving as a dedicated pool drainage line, running parallel in a common trench. * These lines will all be routed back to the City municipal line located in Road 108. 20PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.5 Landscape DIVISION 32 – SITE WORK: • Irrigation system will include a new point of connection from the domestic service to the site with provisions for connecting in the future to dedicated irrigation sources. An inter-tie between domestic and future irrigation will be provided for flexibility in water sources in the future. The irrigation system will utilize Schedule 40 PVC piping for mainline and laterals, commercial-grade irrigation heads for lawn areas, and extensive use of drip irrigation for shrub and groundcover areas. The controller will provide weather sensors to adjust the operation of the system in real time according to evapotranspiration rates on site, and will include remote operation and monitoring on smart devices. The controller will link to decoder-based wiring and valves, allowing expandability as additional phases are developed. • Topsoil on the site will be re-used for landscape areas, with soil modifiers for nutrients, pH, organic matter. • Rock mulch, cobble and boulders will be used in planting areas for visual interest and as passive security elements. Four to six-inch fractured basalt will be used adjacent to the building where pedestrian access is not desirable, smaller crushed basalt will be used in general planting areas. River rock, cobble and boulders will be used in larger stormwater swales. All rock mulch will be underlain by weed barrier fabric. • Lawn areas will be sodded with commercial-grade sod. Areas outside of the developed project area that are disturbed during construction will be overseeded with a soil-retaining hydromulch and native seed mixes. Temporary irrigation will be provided during the establishment period. 21PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.6 Mechanical CODES Mechanical systems will be provided as described below in accordance with the currently adopted editions of the following codes and standards. • 2021 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments • 2021 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments • 2021 International Fire Code with Washington State Amendments • 2021 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments • 2021 Washington State Energy Code • 2020 National Electrical Code • ASHRAE Standards No 2021 WSEC C406 Energy Measure Credits are anticipated to be met with the mechanical systems. The building will require 49 credits and none of the mechanical options are anticipated for this project given complexity and cost. DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING Domestic Cold Water System The main cold water service will enter the mechanical room on the first floor. The preliminary water service size is 3” and will consist of a reduced pressure backflow assembly, water meter, and pressure reducing valve. It will serve the domestic cold water systems, domestic hot water systems, and normal pool makeup water systems. Domestic water piping will be a combination of copper and PEX. The materials will be evaluated as the design progresses. Piping insulation will be provided to prevent condensation. Refer to the civil utility narrative for work located five feet outside the building footprint. Domestic Hot Water System An air source heat pump will be used to provide the primary heat for domestic hot water. The system will consist of one heat pump, two 500 gallon storage tanks, and a third ‘swing’ tank that will be equipped with electric resistance heat for supplemental heating. The water temperature will be generated and stored around 140° F at the tanks and will be mixed down to 120° F for use at the fixtures in the building. A domestic hot water circulation pump and loop will be provided to keep hot water available at all fixtures without long wait times. Expansion tanks will be installed at the storage tanks. Domestic hot water piping will be a combination of copper and PEX. Piping insulation will be provided to meet the energy code. The heat pump unit will sit inside the mechanical room and be ducted to exterior louvers. Plumbing Fixtures All plumbing fixtures will be new and selected for the application. Fixtures and trim will be coordinated with the architect and owner and will be of the water saving type and ADA compliant where required. Fixtures in public places will be battery operated sensor type. Shower valves will be manual. The components of all fixtures will meet ANSI/NSF 61 for low lead content. Electric water coolers with bottle fillers will be installed where identified by the Architect. Exterior wall hydrants will be installed to provide service water for housekeeping and other miscellaneous outdoor uses. Sanitary Waste and Vent System A sanitary waste and vent system will be provided to serve all fixtures within the building. A dedicated waste line will be provided for pool filter backwash. Where possible, common roof vents will be used to minimize roof penetrations. Cleanouts will be conveniently located to facilitate maintenance access and as required by code. Sanitary waste and vent piping will be Schedule 40 PVC for piping runs above and below grade. Refer to the civil utility narrative for work located five feet outside the building footprint. Rainleader System A rainleader system will be provided to accommodate roof drainage for the building. Roof drains and overflow roof drains will be provided and the roof deck will be sloped to the drain locations. Rainleaders will be routed through the building and below grade to a point five feet outside the building footprint at connections to the site storm drainage. The overflow rainleaders will be routed to discharge nozzles at the perimeter walls at a height of 18 inches above grade. Cleanouts will be located to facilitate maintenance access. Piping will be Schedule 40 PVC above and below grade. Refer to the civil narrative for the site storm drainage. Natural Gas System The main building and the outdoor pool mechanical room will be served by natural gas which will be utilized for pool heating. The services will enter each mechanical room using Sch 40 steel pipe. A gas meter to be provided by the utility and will be located just outside the mechanical rooms. Gas pressure will be reduced as required to satisfy all appliance requirements. Pool Water Heating Pool water heating will be by natural gas pool heaters specified by the pool designer, WTI and installed by the pool contractor. Natural gas piping will be stubbed to the mechanical rooms for the pool contractor to connect to the boilers. Combustion air and flue exhaust are by the pool contractor. Anticipated materials are stainless steel and each will be piped to the exterior of the mechanical room. Separation between combustion air and flue exhaust will be 3 ft minimum. DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS HVAC Design Criteria The following design temperatures will be used for the HVAC design. The outdoor temperatures are based on Pasco, WA weather data for 99.6% winter and 0.4% summer conditions: • Outdoor Air Temperature – Heating Design: 11.2 degrees F 22PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 • Outdoor Air Temperature – Cooling Design: 99.2 degrees F DB, 69.1 degrees F WB • Indoor Air Temperature – Heating Design: 70 degrees F • Indoor Air Temperature – Cooling Design: 75 degrees F • Indoor Air Temperature (Natatorium) – 84 degrees F, 55% RH • Indoor Air Temperature (Locker Rooms) – 78 degrees F The insulation values for each building component (walls, roofs, glazing, etc.), are anticipated to meet or exceed the prescriptive values in the 2021 Washington State Energy Code. Packaged Rooftop Heat Pump Units Packaged rooftop units with heat pumps will be located on the roof to provide heating, ventilation, and cooling for the building. The strategy of providing multiple units that are zoned based on occupancy and exposure is being proposed in order to improve space comfort and provide energy savings. High efficiency equipment available from the manufacturers will be evaluated for this project. Units will be provided with airside economizers for energy conservation and electric resistance heating for backup heat. Natatorium Rooftop Unit(s) The natatorium is currently sized at roughly 13,500 SF with an average ceiling height of 29 ft. This equates to 379,000 CF of volume. The target airflow for the space will be 6 ACH in order to maintain good indoor air quality and control relative humidity. Roughly 38,000 cfm is anticipated in order to meet the 6 ACH at the current building size. Each unit will be sized to handle 19,000 cfm. There will be two roof mounted packaged air conditioning units with supply and return fans. The units will operate in unison. The units will have self-contained temperature and humidity controls with a DDC interface to the building control system. The units will have a heat pump coil in the airstream that will provide heating and cooling. Electric resistance heating will be provided as backup and supplemental heat. The units will have an energy recovery core that transfers energy between the supply and exhaust air streams. Each unit will be capable of 100% economizer operation and will run continuously 24/7 in order to manage space conditioning. Painted aluminum spiral duct or fabric duct will be used for supply ductwork. There will be painted aluminum return ducts with openings low at one side of the pool to sweep the surface of the pool for odors and built-up contaminants. The natatorium will be kept slightly negative air pressure relative to the other parts of the building to keep the pool chemical smells from exiting and from driving moisture into the building envelope. Locker Room Rooftop Unit The locker rooms will be served by a 100% outside air packaged rooftop unit with a sensible-only energy recovery core. This unit will operate continuously during occupied hours to exhaust toilet and shower rooms and provide conditioned fresh air. Heating and cooling will be provided by an integral heat pump with electric supplemental heat. 23PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 Air Distribution System Supply air ductwork will be low pressure and will be distributed to serve each zone. All outdoor, return, and relief air ductwork will be low pressure construction. All ductwork joints and seams will be tightly sealed as required by current standards. Specialty Cooling Equipment The specialty cooling equipment for this project consists of high efficiency ductless split system cooling units which serve the data rooms. Specialty Exhaust Equipment Dedicated exhaust fans will be provided to handle the exhaust air for specialty rooms, such as chlorine and acid storage rooms. These spaces will be served by dedicated fans that operate 24/7. The fans will be specialty coated to withstand to harsh chemical environment. The ductwork will be FRP or PVC. Dedicated Outside Air System & Exhaust Systems The 2021 Washington State Energy Code requires the admin spaces to be served by a Dedicated Outside Air System (DOAS) with energy recovery that will provide fresh air to each occupied space and exhaust stale air. The DOAS unit(s) will operate continuously during occupied hours while the heating and cooling equipment will cycle on and off throughout the day to meet space demands. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING The HVAC system and associated controls shall be fully Tested, Adjusted, and Balanced by a qualified firm certified by NEBB and provide a complete report. Building systems shall be commissioned according to the Washington State Energy Code. It is assumed that the Owner will hire a commissioning agent for the project. ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) The mechanical systems in the building will be controlled and monitored by an energy management and control system (EMCS). In addition to controlling the mechanical equipment the EMCS will monitor and control other systems in the building. The primary features included in the EMCS and systems monitored or controlled are identified in the following lists. System Features • Building Temperature Control • Building Ventilation Control • On-Site Computer for Local Operator Interface • Graphic System Interface for Intuitive Operator Control • Centralized Scheduling of Equipment Operation • Optimum Equipment Start Control for Occupied Periods • Trend Logging of Controlled and Monitored Points • Low Voltage System Wiring Routed in Metal Raceway Systems Monitored and/or Controlled • Control and Monitor all Heating, Cooling and Ventilating Equipment • Control and Monitor all Exhaust Fans • Control and Monitor all Domestic Water Heating Equipment • Monitor all Split Systems • Monitor Outside Air Temperature • Monitor Building Power Consumption • Monitor Building Natural Gas Consumption • Monitor Electrical Service Phase Failure • Control Lighting through interface with Lighting Control System • Monitor Building Intrusion Alarm System (General Alarm) • Monitor Building Fire Alarm System (General Alarm) • Control Fire Alarm Shutdown of Heating and Ventilating Equipment 24PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.7 Fire Suppression DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION: • The overall system shall comply with Washington State Fire Code (2021), City of Pasco Standards, NFPA 13 and NFPA 24. • Final design, permit application and shop drawings created will be the responsibility of the Fire Suppression Contractor. Shop drawings shall be created and stamped by a NICET level 3 or greater sprinkler designer. • Piping shall be schedule 40 minimum thickness steel with mechanical fittings. All piping and fittings shall be suitable for use in a marine environment. In addition all piping, valves and specialties located within the natatorium, locker rooms, or pool mechanical spaces shall be treated with two coatings of anti-corrosive paint/sealant. • All zones shall be served by a wet pipe system. The natatorium, pool equipment room and mechanical spaces shall include Ordinary Hazard, Group 1 coverage. It is acceptable to serve remaining zones with Light Hazard coverage. • 250 gpm hose-stream allowance shall be included in all calculations and design area reductions for quick response heads are not acceptable. • Double detector check valve assembly, backflow prevention shall be included in a vault located in the yard. System risers/ control valves will be located within the building. 25PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.8 Electrical DIVISIONS 26, 27, AND 28 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION Codes and Standards: The electrical systems will be designed to conform, as a minimum, to the following codes and standards: • National Electrical Code 2023 • International Building Code • International Fire Code • Regulations of the State Fire Marshal • Electrical Safety Orders of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries • Washington State Energy Code 2021 • Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) • Illuminating Engineers Society of North America (IESNA) • The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) • Underwriters Laboratories (UL) • Applicable state and local ordinances Electrical Power Service: Power service for this project site is provided by Franklin County PUD. The new service for the facility will terminate at a pad-mounted utility provided transformer via underground. On the secondary side of the utility transformer, the expected power service to the Recreation Center will be 480/277V, 3-phase, 4-wire and will likely be sized roughly 2,000-amperes in service main capacity. The main power service is sized to accommodate future 25,000sqft phase 2 building. The panelboards shall be provided with minimum 20% spare/space and 30% spare loading capacity. Telecommunications Services: New telecommunication services are anticipated for the project location and will be provided by Ziply Fiber or Lumen Technologies. New optical fiber services will be provided to the site. New telecom services can be routed with underground primary power conductors towards the main electrical room. Exterior Lighting: Illumination of the site will be designed to enhance a sense of safety, security, and community connection. All new luminaires will be provided with high-efficiency LED light sources. Parking areas, pedestrian walkways, and outdoor gathering areas will be lit to lighting levels and uniformity ratios that meet recommended practices as set forth by the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES). Building-mounted lighting will be provided at entries and selected areas. Pole-mounted pedestrian scale lighting will be provided along walkways that lead to entries. Pole-mounted area lights will be provided at parking areas. Outdoor pool areas will be illuminated to a minimum of 10 Footcandles (Fc) on all deck surfaces and at the surface of the water. This will be a separately controlled system comprised of pole-mounted LED flood lights mounted on 25’, 9” diameter poles. As a betterment, and within the betterment budget, some color-changing lighting effects will be integrated with the slide and shade structures. Interior Lighting: Illumination within the building will be designed to create a welcoming, safe, and fun environment. Efficient LED luminaires will be provided and designed to enhance the architecture of each space. An RGB color changing feature will be included in the community party rooms to allow guests to tailor their experience. Luminaires provided in locker rooms will be fully sealed and will be vandal resistant as to better endure the environment. Budget friendly flat panel or strip luminaires will be used in all back of house spaces. A higher level of luminaire finish will be used in the entry lobby and in the community rooms. Natatorium areas will be illuminated with a combination of direct and indirect asymmetrical flood lights. All pool and deck surfaces will be lit to a minimum of 30Fc. Some color-changing lighting elements will be included inside the natatorium space, and will be integrated with slide structures, or other architectural elements. All luminaires in the natatorium space will be rated for such environments. Lighting Controls: A low-voltage, digital, programmable system that complies with the Washington State Energy Code will be provided. This system will control interior and exterior luminaires. If a Building Automation System (BAS) is provided, then there will likely be an intertie between BAS and the lighting control system for monitoring. Manual control will be provided through the low-voltage control system. Interior lighting will be automatically controlled by a combination of occupancy sensors, a low-voltage lighting control system and manual lighting controls. Office spaces will have ceiling-mounted occupancy sensors. Smaller offices, storage rooms and custodial rooms will have wall-mounted, combination occupancy sensors/ switches. Lighting in corridors will be controlled by a low-voltage lighting control system. The control system will have built-in on/off controls based on time of day. Local override switches will be installed to provide manual on/off controls. Code-required automatic dimming will be provided for spaces where natural lighting is available. General Operation Requirements: Upon valid building access: • The access control system shall place the building in an “occupied” state. • The intrusion detection system shall activate egress lighting only. Upon activation of the Fire Alarm System: 26PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 • The fire alarm shall initiate a contact at the lighting control system and shall activate egress lighting only. During occupied hours, corridor lighting shall not be allowed to be switched “off”. Occupied hours shall be determined by the Owner. Emergency Power: The project will utilize local batteries for luminaires to satisfy the NEC 700-series minimum egress requirements and optional standby loads. Photovoltaic System: The project will require 6800sqft of roof area to install PV array panels. The new PV system will be 17.5kW including Inverter, solar panel, and associated wiring and control. Interior Power Distribution: A new service power switchboard will be installed in the main electrical room. The main overcurrent device at switchboards will be via power circuit breakers. Distribution panels will have molded-case main and branch circuit breakers and branch panel overcurrent devices will have molded- case circuit breakers. The lighting and large mechanical equipment will be powered via the 480/277V, 3-phase distribution. Receptacles, small mechanical equipment, and miscellaneous power connections will be connected to a 208Y/120V, 3-phase distribution. For interior feeders we will be utilizing aluminum feeders that are rated 100-amperes and up. Feeders that are below 100-amperes will be copper as will all branch circuiting. Interior Telecommunication Distribution: The project will have telecom racks on site with fiber backbone between each will be OS2 single-mode. Telecom racks will be either 2-post free- standing type or wall mounted type. Patch panels will be 24, 32, or 48-port types, depending on Owner preference. The cabling type at each project site to each workstation outlet will be CAT-6 and CAT-6A for WAPS. The telephone system will be accomplished via owner supplied VOIP over the local area network. Fire alarm reporting, intrusion detection reporting and elevator call-out (if included in the project) will require specialty lines for POTs lines replacement. A complete structured cabling system will be provided for voice and data distribution. Telecommunications racks will be installed in dedicated telecommunications rooms or in rooms where readily accessible. These racks will distribute telecommunication cabling in offices and other spaces. Outlet boxes will be provided for all telecommunications outlets. Raceways will be installed from outlet boxes to above accessible ceilings. J-hooks and/or D-rings will be installed to support horizontal telecommunications cabling in corridors. Open, horizontal UTP cable will be installed above inaccessible ceilings in conduit and not cable tray. Telecommunications outlets will be provided for wireless access ports (WAP) utilizing Power over Ethernet (PoE) technology. Active network equipment such as servers, switches, WAPs, and similar will be furnished and installed by the Owner. Passive equipment such as racks, data outlets, wiring, cabling support systems, and patch panels will be furnished and installed by the Contractor. Audio-Video Distribution System: • Base bid: Rough-in for the Audio-Video system only, the system components will not be installed in this facility at this time. • Betterments: The Audio-Video system shall consist of a HDMI plate below the (OFCI) display for user interface with a FSR PWB-100-W wall box behind the display in the three- party rooms, both concession stands and both of the LED screens, one in the natatorium and the other on the outside deck. If there needs to be additional sound reinforcement it shall be via a sound bar at the display location (OFOI). Paging System: • Base bid: Paging systems are not included at this time. • Betterment: The paging function shall be part of the sound reinforcement system. Clock System: • Base Bid: Clock systems are not included at this time. • Betterments: Clock system shall be a wireless synchronized master clock system with battery powered clocks. Clock shall be located in the Lobby, Concessions, Party Rooms, Administration rooms, Lifeguard Room, three weather resistant clocks in the Natatorium and one on the exterior of the building. This shall be for both the main building and the concessions building. Sound Reinforcement Systems: • Base bid: Sound system systems are not included at this time. • Betterments: The outside pool deck sound system shall have four wet rated building mounted speakers, 17 wet rated pole mounted speakers, wireless microphones, and antennas to cover the deck. The Natatorium shall have 12 wet rated ceiling mounted speakers, wireless microphones, and antennas to cover the deck. A microphone input at the admission area for paging, a touch panel for the outside pool deck, natatorium, administration office and in the main sound rack, amplifiers, and a media player for each of the spaces all mounted in a floor rack with casters. This system shall have a (SIP) Session Initiation Protocol interface for the paging function and shall need to be zoned for the outside pool deck, Natatorium, administration area, lobby, corridor, locker rooms, party rooms and the concessions building as an all call. (~55 drop tile or wall speakers and one goose neck microphone at the reception desk.). Access Control System: • The facility will include a complete access control system and will have controlled access at seven doors. Contractor will provide, but not limited to: card readers, door position switches, request-to-exit, electrical connections to door 27PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 hardware, cable termination, system programming and system commissioning. Intrusion Detection: • Base Bid: Rough-in for the Intrusion Detection system only, the system components will not be installed in this facility at this time. • Betterments: The Intrusion Detection system shall consist of a main panel, keypad in the main entry, (3) sirens, door position switched on each of the exterior doors, motion detectors in the hallways, lobby, administration, concessions, and natatorium. This shall be for both the main building and the concessions building. Video Surveillance System: • Base Bid: The Video Surveillance shall be IP based with constant video recording for 45 days storage retention for all 25 proposed cameras. The cameras shall be minimum of 5MP per lens for interior cameras and 8MP for exterior cameras. The main building exterior envelope shall receive five corner mount multi-lens cameras, the main building interior shall receive two cameras, one in each vestibule. All other cameras that are shown on the drawings will be rough-in and category cabling. Viewing of these cameras shall be from two owner supplied computers. • Alternates: The main building interior shall receive an additional three single lens cameras. • Betterments: The main building shall receive an additional six single lens cameras, the natatorium shall receive four walls mount single lens cameras, the pool deck shall have two multi-lens pole mounted cameras, and the concessions building shall receive two multi-lens exterior cameras and one single lens camera in the concessions area. Fire Alarm System: The fire alarm system will be fully addressable and will include speakers for audible alarm signals and strobes for visual signals and include head-end locations and annunciator locations. Fire alarm system circuits will be installed in metallic raceways. Smoke detection will be installed in corridors and gathering spaces. Manual stations will be installed at building exits and at the top of stairs connecting adjacent floor levels, if required by jurisdiction. Beam detectors, with remote test stations will be installed in high ceiling areas such as the natatorium space. Duct smoke detectors will be installed in HVAC equipment with air capacities exceeding 2,000 CFM. The fire alarm control panel will release fire/smoke dampers and will provide elevator recall functions. The fire alarm control panel will be capable of providing central reporting functions to a remote site. Fire alarm extender panels will be provided to support additional devices in remote locations to the new fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm extended system will be an automatic addressable system with smoke detectors, heat detectors, strobes and speakers and HVAC shut-off. The new fire alarm extended system will be networked with the fire alarm control panel. Two-way Emergency Responder System: The Two-way Emergency Responder System may not be required. The contractor will be required to carry a dollar value for this system. If the testing report of the building structure requires this system to be installed, this dollar value will be used for the installation of this system. 28PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 2.9 Building Code Analysis GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Pasco Aquatic Center will meet all requirements of the 2021 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments and the companion codes for specific disciplines adopted by the City of Pasco. Washington Administrative Code 246-260 Water Recreation Facilities & 246-262 Recreational Water Contact Facilities also apply to general use swimming pool projects and are subject to review by the state Department of Health. An introductory pre-application was held with the city in early July, 2024 to give them an overview of the project and discuss planning and process requirements. Pre-development meetings were held during the Schematic Design and Design Development phases to accommodate an early sitework development package and SEPA submittal process. Site grading and utilities packages were submitted for permitting and anticipated to begin in January 2025. The current schedule is to have construction documents ready to be submitted for full plan review to the authorities having jurisdiction by end of January 2025, while the early site work is being completed. The building is required to have an automatic fire sprinkler system throughout the main building. Quick response sprinkler heads will be used. The concessions outbuilding is small enough that it will not require a fire sprinkler system. The new main building is comprised of a 13,300 square foot natatorium, a lobby with concessions, three multipurpose party rooms, changing rooms, lockers, administrative spaces, and mechanical support spaces. The concessions outbuilding contains a lifeguard room, toilet rooms, concessions space, and pool mechanical space. Both buildings comprise approximately 34,650 square feet per the building program. Site work includes a 5,000 square foot outdoor pool with deck space, party room patios, 140 parking stalls, food truck parking, a portion of a shared pedestrian plaza, as well as required and desired landscaping areas. CONSTRUCTION TYPE A preliminary code check indicates that the facility may be constructed primarily as a Type II-B structure. Building elements in type II-B construction are not required to be fire rated, but they must be of non-combustible materials. OCCUPANCY TYPE • The project contains three occupancy types. It is predominantly a Group “A-3” Assembly Occupancy, (indoor swimming pool without spectator seating), with office areas considered Group “B” Business Occupancies and storage areas as Group S-1. • Mixed Occupancies: The code has certain requirements on how mixed occupancies can co-exist in a single building that can be somewhat restrictive when applied to Group A, B and S occupancies. This is mitigated by a method that classifies the building under the “Non-Separated Uses” provisions in IBC Section 508.3 which uses the more restrictive “A” Occupancy to calculate allowable building area and building height. Using this method, no fire separation is required between the various occupancies. ALLOWABLE AREA AND HEIGHT One of the primary methods the building code regulates construction is by specifying a maximum allowable area and height for specific types of occupancies and specific types of construction. The construction type has to do with (2) basic issues; combustible / non-combustible materials and fire rated / non-fire rated construction. Non-combustible and fire rated EXISTING SITE FLORA 29PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 construction yield higher allowable areas and heights than combustible and non-fire rated. The goal is to find a construction type that has the best cost-benefit and will be the easiest to manage over time. Typically, managing a fire rated building is more difficult than a non-fire rated building. For a Construction Type II-B building, the allowable area with an increase due to fire sprinklers for A-3 Occupancy is 38,000 square feet for a single-story building. By adding an increase for building perimeter that fronts on a public way, those numbers may be increased to approximately 45,125 for a single-story building. The code allows for 3 stories up to a maximum of 75’; currently this is a single-story building with the highest point being 42’ above grade. With the ground floor area being 33,300 square feet and less than the allowable 45,125 sf, the building will not need to be divided at some location with a 2-hour rated fire separation wall into multiple buildings. However, the project is currently complying with Unlimited Area Buildings per IBC Sections 507.4 and 507.6. Section 507.6 allows for a single-story Group A-3 building of Type II construction used as an indoor swimming pool to be of unlimited area provided it doesn’t have a stage, it has an automatic sprinkler system, and it is surrounded on all sides by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet in width. Section 507.4 allows for the area of a one-story Type A-4 building of Type II construction to be unlimited provided that is has an automatic sprinkler system and is surrounded by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet in width. This is an important distinction while planning for future Phase 2 which includes an indoor swimming pool with spectators (Occupancy Group A-4). FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF BUILDING ELEMENTS Using type II-B construction, all the structural and non-structural elements of the building may be non-fire rated with the exception that any fire wall dividing the building would be required to have a 2-hour fire rating with 120-minute self-closing fire doors at openings. This is a common strategy for community facilities like this but is not anticipated to be needed for this facility design at this time. ZONING The project is in a Mixed Use/Commercial zone as part of the Broadmoor Master Plan. The project will conform to the Broadmoor Master Plan and Development Regulations dated March 2023 as provided by the City of Pasco [Broadmoor Master Plan and Development Regulations] as well as Pasco Municipal Code 25.97.060 Mixed Residential and Commercial [https://pasco. municipal.codes/PMC/25.97.060] as part of the requirements for the Broadmoor Overlay District. The design will need to adhere to the requirements set out by the code and as reviewed by the City of Pasco. These required site considerations include: • Building Siting in proximity to public streets • Being under the maximum building height of 90’. • Providing numerous and adequate pedestrian-friendly pathways through the site. • Providing integration with city planned multi-modal transportation networks connecting to bike lanes and transit stops. LOCAL ARID LANDSCAPE 30PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Specification Narratives / 11.08.2024 • Mitigating large parking areas with multiple landscape and pedestrian features. • Landscape requirements along street frontages, property lines and throughout parking areas. • Incorporating building design elements that provide an appropriate architectural response to the neighborhood – i.e. no stark blank walls. • Screening rooftop mechanical units and ground level utilities. A State Environmental Policy Act, (SEPA), report was completed and submitted for agency review in September 2024. The mitigated determination of non-significance was received the day before the design development report was finalized. The PPFD also submitted an application and separate SEPA checklist to apply for a re-zone for Lot 34. When purchased, Lot 34 remained in the R-T (residential transition) zone. To conform with the Broadmoor master plan, the re-zone type requested was MU (mixed-use). The re-zone application has been determined to be complete and will be scheduled for review by the hearing examiner once city staff review time has been completed. It is anticipated that this re-zone process will be completed by February 2025. ENERGY CODE The project will comply with the 2021 Washington State Energy Code (WSEC). The energy code requires minimum envelope, mechanical and electrical performance as well as some whole building testing and reporting systems. Other requirements include vestibules at main building entrances and on-site renewable energy which typically takes the form of photovoltaic (PV) arrays on the roof. Skylights are not required in the project based on space types and other daylighting strategies in place but have been added by preference of the owner. The WSEC requires projects to provide a certain number of energy efficiency credits based on the project type through incorporating energy efficiency measures and building load management measures. This project type requires 49 energy efficiency credits and 26 load management credits. Energy efficiency measures such as reducing lighting power (15 credits) and increasing the building envelope performance by 15% (14 credits) are strategies that are typical to employ. For the remaining 20 required credits, the project team has identified measures that include adding additional PV arrays and testing for reduced air leakage as possible targets. As for the load management credits, the project team is pursuing incorporating HVAC load management and/or building thermal mass strategies to achieve the required number of credits. Review by a third-party reviewer is not required by the city for plan review and permit issuance. Compliance forms will be completed by the design team and submitted to the city during plan review. ELECTRICAL VEHICLE CHARGING Washington state requires new buildings to comply with WAC 51-50-0429 which calls for the provision of electrical vehicle (EV) charging infrastructure. The Pasco Aquatics Center building is considered an “A” occupancy building and qualifies for an exemption in WAC 51-50-0429. Exemption 2 and 2.2 of WAC 51-50-0429 Section 429.2 states: “Group A, Group E, and Group M occupancies shall comply with one of the following whichever is greater: One of each 200 parking spaces or fraction thereof shall be EV ready. One of each 200 parking spaces or fraction thereof shall be an EV Charging Station.” Currently, with the project’s provided 140 parking spaces, it is required to have one parking space equipped with EV charging stations, one parking space to be EV-ready which includes circuiting for future charging stations. The PPFD has decided to install two full EV charging stations to exceed the code requirements. WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH For new construction of a Water Recreation Facility for the public (swimming pool, spa, spray features, water park, or water feature), projects are required to obtain a construction permit from the Washington State Department of Health. Innovative or unconventional projects are required to schedule a pre-design meeting with Water Recreation Staff before a detailed plan is developed and submitted. Washington State Administrative Code Chapters 70.90, 246-260, and 246-262 regulates construction and maintenance of regulated recreational water facilities. Detailed permit review applications will be submitted in addition to the 90% construction documents for comments and approval. A pre-application meeting was held with DOH representatives in October 2024 to review the 50% Design Development pool drawings and explain specialty features. If the NinjaCross is submitted for review as a feature, DOH will require that all user’s feet to touch the top of the water or be submerged within the water in order to maintain the shallower pool depths in the current design. The climbing wall in the outdoor pool will be required to have 12ft of water depth below it or the project will need to apply for a variance for review by the State Board of Health to accept the minimum water depths recommended by the manufacturer product data. It was also noted that the waterslides will require stamped engineering drawings from an engineer experienced in water recreational facility features and industry safety standards. BENTON-FRANKLIN HEALTH DISTRICT Pasco’s local health district will review the project concurrently with the City of Pasco and the Washington Department of Health. Although the Washington Department of Health will review the project and grant the water recreation facility construction permit, the Benton-Franklin Health District will assist through the approval process. Benton-Franklin Health District will also review any spaces that involve food handling, such as concessions. Section Title / 11.08.2024 31PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY 3.0Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule 32PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 3.0 Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule The Bouten-NAC team utilized Target Value Delivery (TVD) to establish and understand the program, provide a baseline estimate based on the program and complete a validation level design to the estimate. The team has determined that the established program can be achieved for the target construction budget of $37.46 million. This section provides further detail of the components of the target budget including the detailed estimate summary, the project schedule and the plan to establish the Guaranteed Maximum Price. Validation Validation Phase 1 Phase 2 Total All Phases 1 DIRECT CONSTRUCTION COST 2 Division 02: Existing Conditions - - - 45,000 3 Division 03: Concrete - - - 2,756,730 1,2,3 4 Division 04: Masonry - - - 386,023 4 5 Division 05: Metals - - - 1,231,546 5,6,7,8 6 Division 06: Wood, Plastics, & Composites - - - 244,004 9 7 Division 07: Thermal & Moisture Protection - - - 1,234,517 10,11 8 Division 08: Openings - - - 1,839,036 12,13 9 Division 09: Finishes - - - 823,763 14 10 Division 10: Specialties - - - 304,075 15,16 11 Division 11: Equipment - - - 50,019 12 Division 12: Furnishings - - - 88,058 13 Division 13: Special Construction - - - 7,530,013 17 14 Division 21: Fire Suppression - - - 203,450 15 Division 22-23: D/B Plumbing, Heating, Venting, & Air Conditioning - - - 3,581,645 16 Division 26-28: D/B Electrical, Comm., & Elec. Safety & Security - - - 2,967,990 20 17 Division 31: Earthwork - - - 617,080 18 Division 32: Site Improvements - - - 1,429,121 19 Division 33: Site Utilities - - - 684,242 18,19 20 Temp Site Services / General Requirements - - - 594,417 21 * Target Adjustment - Design/Budget Reconciliation, TBD - - - - 22 Construction Subtotal -$ -$ -$ 26,610,729$ 26,610,729$ 23 GENERAL CONDITIONS, OVERHEAD, FEE, CONTINGENCY 24 Design & Estimating Contingency (6.0%)- - - 1,596,644 1,596,644 25 General Conditions - - - 2,035,880 2,035,880 26 GC Adjustment - - - (381,200) (381,200) 27 Cost of The Work Contingency (3.5%)- - - 1,058,514 1,058,514 28 Design & Engineering Services 361,960 37,400 1,591,469 703,667 2,694,496 29 Preconstruction Services 223,716 56,053 708,300 - 988,069 30 Fee (3.75%)22,182 3,540 87,104 1,185,909 1,298,735 31 General Liability Insurance 5,857 935 22,998 316,242 346,032 32 Builders Risk Insurance - - - 73,745 73,745 33 Building Permit & Plan Review Fees - - - 106,879 106,879 34 Retainage Bond - - - 16,930 16,930 35 Payment & Performance Bond 6,167 984 24,214 208,674 240,039 36 Design Builder's Contingency (0.5%)- - - 167,663 167,663 37 B&O Tax (0.471%)2,946 470 11,567 158,728 173,711 38 DESIGN-BUILD COST 622,828$ 99,381$ 2,445,652$ 33,859,003$ 37,026,864$ 39 Washington State Sales Tax 55,432 8,646 217,663 3,013,451 3,295,192 42 DESIGN-BUILD COST w/WSST 678,260$ 108,027$ 2,663,315$ 36,872,455$ 40,322,056$ Design & Preconstruction COR #1 November 8, 2024 Notes GMP-2 (Estimate) Item Description Pasco Aquatic Center Pasco Public Faciliteis District Pasco, WA 50% DD Milestone Prepared by Bouten Construction Page 1 of 2 2024.11.08 K-970 Estimate Summary_50DD FINAL 3.1 Cost Model Estimate Summary In development of the validate estimate, conceptual scopes of work were identified based on the design renderings, narratives and exhibits included in this validation package. 33PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Casework is priced as plastic laminate with solid surface tops. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ITEM DESCRIPTION TYPE COST STATUS 1 * Please see Project Betterments list under separate cover Pasco Aquatic Center Pasco Public Faciliteis District Pasco, WA 50% DD Milestone November 8, 2024 NOTES Foundations are priced as conventional spread footings. Footing volumes were developed from factors from similar projects - a preliminary footing design was not available at the time of this estimate. Deep foundations (piling) and ground improvements (soil mixing, aggregate piers, etc.) are not anticipated. Pool scope includes: indoor & outdoor pool with lazy rivers (w/vortex and social bench), spa, two water slides, drop slide, climbing wall, pool play structure, spray features. See project betterments for additional scope items not currently included in the budget. The storm system is anticipated to be an infiltration type system relying on localized swales to capture and infiltrate runoff. Structured detention and infiltration systems are not included. All site utility work is limited to scope within the property boundary lines. ALTERNATES AND PATH BACK OPPORTUNITIES Franklin PUD power conduits and vaults for primary power from Harris Road to site are included in this budget. Furish, install and trenching incl. Costs associated with waterslide towers, stairs, foundations, and supports are included in the Division 13 pool budget. Pump pits and surge tank structures are included per current WPI design dimensions, and are factored as 8' deep, resting on pit slab foundations. Provisions for a walkable grating surface and access ladders for the pump pits are included. Precast insulated concrete panels include a $10/sf allowance for form liner on the exterior face, and $2/sf allowance for a smooth sandblast finish on the inside face. Embedment of electrical conduits, sprinkler & plumbing piping is excluded at this time. Masonry is priced as a conventional modular CMU ground block configured in a running bond pattern. Block is assumed to receive a painted finish in public areas, and exposed in back of house areas. A target reduction is incorporated into the estimate to convert select interior masonry partitions walls to less expensive framed drywall partitions. Steel is priced as conventional AISC shapes with a standard SSPS-2 shop finish. Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel (AESS) requirements are not anticipated at this time. The roof structure is being designed to accommodate a future Ninja Cross structure (see betterments). All roofs are priced as TPO (membrane). Galvanized acoustical metal deck is included in Lobby and Circulation spaces with open ceilings. All other metal deck is standard 1.5" galvanized metal roof deck. Aluminum storefront style doors are included at all interior "wet" locations. Wood doors in hollow metal frames are included at admin, and other front of house locations. Hollow metal doors and frames are included at all entrances to back of house spaces, interior and exterior. Glazing is priced as standard double-pane aluminum curtainwall or storefront glazing, depending on application. Premiums for glass fritting, integral shading, and custom aluminum frame finishes are not included at this time. Soffits/roof overhangs are priced as updated metal panel soffits per the betterment. Provisions for bird netting is removed at these locations. See estimate detail for flooring, ceiling, and wall finish types and locations. Includes provisions for phenolic double-stack lockers, and prefabricated (aluminum) cell phone lockers. Glass interlayer for sun shading and shading devices are included for sun screening at the Natatorium. Prepared by Bouten Construction Page 1 of 2 2024.11.08 K-970 Estimate Summary_50DD FINAL 34PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Pasco Public Faciliteis District Pasco, WA 50% DD Milestone November 8, 2024 1 2 3 Work shall take during normal business hours (1-shift) in one continuous phase. 4 5 1 2 3 4 Removal of underground storage tanks, and other undocumented encumbrances. 5 Deep foundation systems 6 Right-of-way improvements beyond areas adjacent to property/ design documents. 7 Permanent site perimeter (security) fencing. 8 Digital reader boards and/or pylon style monument signs. 9 Bleachers / structured seating 10 Food service, point-of-sale, and vending equipment. 11 Waste handling equipment (trash compactors). 12 Window washing equipment. 13 Loose furnishings and equipment. 14 15 16 Fire sprinkler booster pump (design based on adequate water pressure). 17 Packaged (electrical) generator assemblies 18 Franklin PUD fees. Conduit and Vaults included. 19 Phase 2 scope 20 Pickleball courts 21 Work at non-disturbed areas of the site (restoration, weeding, grading, etc). The basis of budget pricing is the October 24, 2024 SD floorplan update and October 25, 2024 Site Plan site plan from NAC Architects. Budget pricing is based on a 64 week construction schedule with a Q4 2024 notice to proceed. Bouten shall maintain exclusive use of the project site and facility through construction completion. ASSUMPTIONS Artwork and visual graphics packages. Soils remediation, stabilization, and reinforcement. Exterior sculptures or wayfinding. EXCLUSIONS Owner contingency Good Faith Survey Site is balanced (equal cut-to-fill ratio). Retaining walls are not anticipated at this time. In-situ materials can be used for structural fill. Prepared by Bouten Construction Page 2 of 2 2024.11.08 K-970 Estimate Summary_50DD FINAL 35PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 3.2 Betterments Summary DEFFERED SCOPE (BETTERMENTS) In the process of developing the initial TVD estimate, the Bouten- NAC team, along with the Design and Construction Committee have identified potential project enhancements/amenities to enhance the “WOW” factor of the completed project. These betterments will be tracked throughout the remainder of Phase 1 – Design and Preconstruction for inclusion as estimate risks are relinquished and funds become available. These enhancements are currently listed as Rough-Order Magnitude (ROM) costs. PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 1 Add 3rd waterslide 380,000$ 4/30/2025 Highest Base Estimate: Provisions (piping, platform, etc) are included for a future waterslide, but the waterslide itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: Add a third waterslide 10/11: Design for 3rd slide within current budget, wait on this betterment for now and update the Decision Date to pull back from opening day. 8/2: High priority 11/8: Continue to focus - High priority 2 Add NexGen chlorinator 340,000$ 12/18/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Conventional chlorine disinfection system. Bulk chlorine is delivered to the facility from a third-party supplier and stored on-site until utilized. Proposed Betterment: Upgrade to NexGen chlorine generator to produce on-site chlorine as a solution of hypochlorous acid. The only raw material required is conventional salt (inert), which can be stored in a feeder on-site. 8/2: High priority 10/11: Still high priority, highest priority for City of Pasco 3 Add enhanced sound system 210,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: A paging system is included. Proposed Betterment: The outdoor pool deck will be enhanced with an amplified sound system that included building and pole mounted wet-rated speakers and wet- rated microphones. The indoor pool sound system would be upgraded to include an amplified sound system with wet-rated speakers and wet-rated microphones. The paging system functionality would remain. 4 Beach volleyball - 2 full courts in Phase 2 building's footprint 110,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add two full beach volleyball courts in the Phase 2 building footprint. Provisions for site court lighting are included. Spectator seating is not included. 5 Epoxy flooring (Natatorium & Locker Rooms)140,000$ 9/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The Natatorium and Locker Rooms flooring is comprised of a transparent concrete sealer. The floor would look like a grey concrete slab. Proposed Betterment: Sealed concrete would be upgraded to epoxy (fluid applied) flooring. Epoxy flooring comes is a variety of colors 6 NinjaCross course Interior Natatorium (Purchase/Install of equip only)760,000$ 9/13/2025 Highest Base Estimate: The natatorium and associated structure will be sized to accommodate a future indoor NinjaCross. The NinjaCross equipment itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: The NinjaCross equipment would be furnished and installed as part of the Design/Build scope of work. 10/11: Still a high priority 11/8: Focus on dialing in cost, High Priority 7 Additional four shade structures / cabanas (includes power)80,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Provisions for apx. ten shade structures and ten cabanas (depending on type and features) are included in the base estimate. Shade structures include provisions for electrical convenience power. Proposed Betterment: Add four additional cabanas. Page 1 of 6 36PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 8 Additional 500 sf of exterior pool area 360,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add apx. 500sf of "water area" to the outdoor pool. The outdoor pool apron area remains unchanged. 8/2: Too many changes to outdoor program. 9/27: Leave as rejected for now 9 Additional outdoor pool activity feature 140,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add pool element(s) equivalent to apex. $100k direct cost. Any revisions to the pool equipment supporting these features would need to be reflected in this allowance as well. 10/10: Leave on list for now but scope would need defined. 10A Myrtha pool vessel (outdoor/indoor)1,300,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for both the indoor and outdoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/2: Currently rejected. 10B Myrtha pool vessel (indoor leisure pool only, not hot tub)700,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for the indoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel for the indoor pool only. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/6: Pending Pricing 10/10: Pricing needs updated for new pool layout 11 Indoor or outdoor LED screen (includes support structure)250,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This item is not included in the base scope of work. Proposed Betterment: Provide a large-format indoor or outdoor LED screen. Provisions for a support structure are included. It would be recommended that the betterment for enhanced sound be accepted in conjunction with this betterment. 12 Additional 10% interior Natatorium area 1,200,000$ 9/27/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The natatorium is anticipated to be approximately. 12,000sf Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Natatorium appx 10% or 1,200sf. 9/13: If bonding works, this is HIGH priority 8/2: TBD - pending indoor aquatic programming. 9/19: Proceed with incorporating into design and firm up pricing. 10/11: Proceeding with design, pending board approval of the increase to the D/B budget. 13 Additional colorful lighting (interior and exterior)60,000$ 11/15/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Tunable lighting included in the party rooms Proposed Betterment: Enhanced color changing lighting fixtures in the Natatorium, and post mounted theatrical style color changing lighting elements in the outdoor pool area. 10/11: Define what features can be added for next time Page 2 of 6 37PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 14 Additional 10% deck or landscaping area within pool enclosure 25,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The base estimate includes appx. 12,800 sf of pool deck. Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the pool deck (or pool deck landscaping) and associated enclosure (fencing) by appx. 10%. 15 Additional Nanawall opening in the Natatorium 50,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: Appx. 40lf of Nanawall folding glass wall are included. (20' inside, 20' outside) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Nanawall are by apx 25% 10/11: Reject for now. Design team to explore replacing the natatorium base scope with another opening scheme. 16 Add pickleball courts (Phase 2 footprint)150,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate Proposed Betterment: Add four pickleball courts (asphalt base) in the Phase 2 footprint. 17 Additional landscaping feature 140,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Landscaping is priced at $6/sf (typical school/civil campus). There are no specific provisions for specific landscaping features. Proposed Betterment: Provide an allowance (appx. $100k direct cost) for landscaping enhancements or a special landscaping feature, TBD. 18 Add skylights in the Natatorium 395,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: No skylights included in the Natatorium at this time Proposed Betterment: Add appx. 1200sf of skylights within the Natatorium. Pricing includes provisions for enhanced lighting control. 10/11: Design team to study and propose this betterment at the next meeting with an updated price. 19 Additional sunshade devices for Natatorium (Exterior)140,000$ 11/15/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Provisions for standard horizontal aluminum sunshades at top of windows. Proposed Betterment: Vertical sunshade (see Validation rendering). 10/11: Evolving with the base scope, low priority for now. 11/8: Covered in the base scope with laminated glass and mechanical shades. 20 Allowance for single Party Room upgrade 20,000$ 12/18/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Party rooms include resilient flooring, acoustical tile ceilings, painted walls, and appx. 8lf of plastic laminate casework each. Proposed Betterment: Additional room features, TBD (more casework, architectural features, etc.) 10/11: Design team to finish design and we will revisit in a future design meeting. 11/8: Scope potentially upgraded refer and casework. 21 Increase parking count 120,000$ 8/31/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: Includes appx. 140 paved parking stalls Proposed Betterment: Add 40 additional paved parking stalls. Included provisions for added electric vehicle charging stations per Washington State Energy Code requirements. 8/2: For now not a high priority 22 Add soffit cladding to exposed metal deck (exterior of building)100,000$ 11/15/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The roof overhangs are exposed (beams and metal decking). Proposed Betterment: Provide soffit cladding at roof overhangs to cover structural elements 10/11: Medium High Priority, design team to update the plan and budget Page 3 of 6 38PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 23 Add lane to indoor pool -$ 9/13/2024 TBD CLOSED Base Estimate: Pool per validation sketches (appx. 4,825 sf of water area) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the indoor pool to accommodate an additional lane. This would allow for a larger NinjaCross (side-by-side competition vs single). 8/2: Added 9/19: Part of base scope now. 24 Make ready for future Flow Rider (Outdoor)-$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: No provisions for space, piping, and equipment to support the Flow Rider are included. Proposed Betterment: Provide space, and pool plumbing infrastructure to accommodate a future flow rider. Provisions for pool equipment to support Flow Rider are not included. 8/2: Added 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/11: Define scope and update the price. Electrical conduits, sewer, water to future mechanical room, what may including electrical capacity now 10/25: Combine with 26 25 Add Flow Rider 3,950,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide flow rider and associated pool equipment and piping. 8/2: Added. Includes all scope identified in Flow Rider make ready 10/11: Rejected 26 Make ready for future outdoor amenity (TBD)-$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide plunge pool area, or area to accommodate future slide runout. 10/11: Conduits, sewer water (no mech room), possible electrical capacity. 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD 11/8: Scope to be defined. Use basis as flow rider sized amenity. Focus on developing 27a Outdoor slide complex (all runouts)2,070,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide an outdoor slide complex 8/30 Added. 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 27b Outdoor slide complex (without Raft Slide)1,390,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide outdoor slide complex (without the raft slide) 8/30 Added. 10/11: Higher priority than the 3rd indoor slide **Can we go 35' or 40'?? 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 28 Outdoor slide complex (make-ready only)517,588$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide infastructure to add outdoor slide complex (piping/conduit), additional pool mechanical and pump pit, etc. 8/30 Added. 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD - Placeholder cost for now 11/8: High priority - focus on developing 29 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower)170,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH See Betterment 30 Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects. 8/30 Added. 10/11: Only keep Betterment 30. Page 4 of 6 39PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 30 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower) with Sound Coordination 190,000$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST ACCEPTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/8 Added. 10/11: High priority - Pursue and understand better how this integrates with the other lighting betterments 31 Color changing lights in the pool? Or some other way to enhance experience -$ 1/15/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Tradidional Pool Lighting Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 32 Access Control - 10 Additional Devices (card readers and control boards)-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: 7 Devices accounted for in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 10 additional card readers and associated access control infrastructure 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 33 Room scheduling rough-in and cabling 3 party room locations -$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No room scheduling infrastructure in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 3 locations at party rooms - Rough-in and cabling to add scheduling monitors in the future. 10/11: Plan to accept in a future meeting 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 34 Slide camera and monitor for operator at top to see the people at the runouts.-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: No slide tower operator camera/monitor system in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide camera at base of slide tower and monitoring device at top of slide tower for the lifeguard to easily see that runouts have cleared 10/11: High priority. 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 35 Cameras in parking lot (rough-in)-$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No cameras at parking lot light poles in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide conduit rough-in to all parking lot light standards to add parking lot cameras in the future. 10/11: High priority 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 36 Splashtacular Aquatic Game -$ 5/31/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Not in cluded in base scope. Proposed Betterment: Provide rough-in for future aquatic game that splashtacular has under development. Touch-screen game where one player gets a bucket of water dropped on them 10/11: Added 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD Page 5 of 6 40PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes Cost Reduction Opportunities ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level 1 (450,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 2a Target enclosure reduction of approx. 3,800 sf (360,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Update betterment to revised SketchUp 2b Target enclosure reduction per 8/2/2024 NAC Sketch (190,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Added 3 (150,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Keep and study further 9/19: Part of base scope reduction 4 Omit spa (325 sf water area)(200,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 5 Revise indoor changing rooms from 17 to 8 ea - utilize conventional locker rooms (190,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 6 Combine pool mechanical rooms (110,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 9/27: Not being pursued NOTES 1 Values shown are rough order of magnitude. Final values to be updated upon scope alignment and requirements. 2 Dates shown are for initial discussions and may be adjusted based on timing of further design meetings and space planning. 3 Values represent total design-build cost inclusive of Washington State Sales Tax. Reduce square footage to 33,000 sf (apx. 278 sf reduction) Reduce outdoor pool water area by 700 sf Page 6 of 6 41PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 1 Add 3rd waterslide 380,000$ 4/30/2025 Highest Base Estimate: Provisions (piping, platform, etc) are included for a future waterslide, but the waterslide itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: Add a third waterslide 10/11: Design for 3rd slide within current budget, wait on this betterment for now and update the Decision Date to pull back from opening day. 8/2: High priority 11/8: Continue to focus - High priority 2 Add NexGen chlorinator 340,000$ 12/18/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Conventional chlorine disinfection system. Bulk chlorine is delivered to the facility from a third-party supplier and stored on-site until utilized. Proposed Betterment: Upgrade to NexGen chlorine generator to produce on-site chlorine as a solution of hypochlorous acid. The only raw material required is conventional salt (inert), which can be stored in a feeder on-site. 8/2: High priority 10/11: Still high priority, highest priority for City of Pasco 3 Add enhanced sound system 210,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: A paging system is included. Proposed Betterment: The outdoor pool deck will be enhanced with an amplified sound system that included building and pole mounted wet-rated speakers and wet- rated microphones. The indoor pool sound system would be upgraded to include an amplified sound system with wet-rated speakers and wet-rated microphones. The paging system functionality would remain. 4 Beach volleyball - 2 full courts in Phase 2 building's footprint 110,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add two full beach volleyball courts in the Phase 2 building footprint. Provisions for site court lighting are included. Spectator seating is not included. 5 Epoxy flooring (Natatorium & Locker Rooms)140,000$ 9/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The Natatorium and Locker Rooms flooring is comprised of a transparent concrete sealer. The floor would look like a grey concrete slab. Proposed Betterment: Sealed concrete would be upgraded to epoxy (fluid applied) flooring. Epoxy flooring comes is a variety of colors 6 NinjaCross course Interior Natatorium (Purchase/Install of equip only)760,000$ 9/13/2025 Highest Base Estimate: The natatorium and associated structure will be sized to accommodate a future indoor NinjaCross. The NinjaCross equipment itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: The NinjaCross equipment would be furnished and installed as part of the Design/Build scope of work. 10/11: Still a high priority 11/8: Focus on dialing in cost, High Priority 7 Additional four shade structures / cabanas (includes power)80,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Provisions for apx. ten shade structures and ten cabanas (depending on type and features) are included in the base estimate. Shade structures include provisions for electrical convenience power. Proposed Betterment: Add four additional cabanas. Page 1 of 6 42PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 8 Additional 500 sf of exterior pool area 360,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add apx. 500sf of "water area" to the outdoor pool. The outdoor pool apron area remains unchanged. 8/2: Too many changes to outdoor program. 9/27: Leave as rejected for now 9 Additional outdoor pool activity feature 140,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add pool element(s) equivalent to apex. $100k direct cost. Any revisions to the pool equipment supporting these features would need to be reflected in this allowance as well. 10/10: Leave on list for now but scope would need defined. 10A Myrtha pool vessel (outdoor/indoor)1,300,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for both the indoor and outdoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/2: Currently rejected. 10B Myrtha pool vessel (indoor leisure pool only, not hot tub)700,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for the indoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel for the indoor pool only. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/6: Pending Pricing 10/10: Pricing needs updated for new pool layout 11 Indoor or outdoor LED screen (includes support structure)250,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This item is not included in the base scope of work. Proposed Betterment: Provide a large-format indoor or outdoor LED screen. Provisions for a support structure are included. It would be recommended that the betterment for enhanced sound be accepted in conjunction with this betterment. 12 Additional 10% interior Natatorium area 1,200,000$ 9/27/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The natatorium is anticipated to be approximately. 12,000sf Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Natatorium appx 10% or 1,200sf. 9/13: If bonding works, this is HIGH priority 8/2: TBD - pending indoor aquatic programming. 9/19: Proceed with incorporating into design and firm up pricing. 10/11: Proceeding with design, pending board approval of the increase to the D/B budget. 13 Additional colorful lighting (interior and exterior)60,000$ 11/15/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Tunable lighting included in the party rooms Proposed Betterment: Enhanced color changing lighting fixtures in the Natatorium, and post mounted theatrical style color changing lighting elements in the outdoor pool area. 10/11: Define what features can be added for next time Page 2 of 6 43PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 14 Additional 10% deck or landscaping area within pool enclosure 25,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The base estimate includes appx. 12,800 sf of pool deck. Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the pool deck (or pool deck landscaping) and associated enclosure (fencing) by appx. 10%. 15 Additional Nanawall opening in the Natatorium 50,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: Appx. 40lf of Nanawall folding glass wall are included. (20' inside, 20' outside) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Nanawall are by apx 25% 10/11: Reject for now. Design team to explore replacing the natatorium base scope with another opening scheme. 16 Add pickleball courts (Phase 2 footprint)150,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate Proposed Betterment: Add four pickleball courts (asphalt base) in the Phase 2 footprint. 17 Additional landscaping feature 140,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Landscaping is priced at $6/sf (typical school/civil campus). There are no specific provisions for specific landscaping features. Proposed Betterment: Provide an allowance (appx. $100k direct cost) for landscaping enhancements or a special landscaping feature, TBD. 18 Add skylights in the Natatorium 395,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: No skylights included in the Natatorium at this time Proposed Betterment: Add appx. 1200sf of skylights within the Natatorium. Pricing includes provisions for enhanced lighting control. 10/11: Design team to study and propose this betterment at the next meeting with an updated price. 19 Additional sunshade devices for Natatorium (Exterior)140,000$ 11/15/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Provisions for standard horizontal aluminum sunshades at top of windows. Proposed Betterment: Vertical sunshade (see Validation rendering). 10/11: Evolving with the base scope, low priority for now. 11/8: Covered in the base scope with laminated glass and mechanical shades. 20 Allowance for single Party Room upgrade 20,000$ 12/18/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Party rooms include resilient flooring, acoustical tile ceilings, painted walls, and appx. 8lf of plastic laminate casework each. Proposed Betterment: Additional room features, TBD (more casework, architectural features, etc.) 10/11: Design team to finish design and we will revisit in a future design meeting. 11/8: Scope potentially upgraded refer and casework. 21 Increase parking count 120,000$ 8/31/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: Includes appx. 140 paved parking stalls Proposed Betterment: Add 40 additional paved parking stalls. Included provisions for added electric vehicle charging stations per Washington State Energy Code requirements. 8/2: For now not a high priority 22 Add soffit cladding to exposed metal deck (exterior of building)100,000$ 11/15/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The roof overhangs are exposed (beams and metal decking). Proposed Betterment: Provide soffit cladding at roof overhangs to cover structural elements 10/11: Medium High Priority, design team to update the plan and budget Page 3 of 6 44PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 23 Add lane to indoor pool -$ 9/13/2024 TBD CLOSED Base Estimate: Pool per validation sketches (appx. 4,825 sf of water area) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the indoor pool to accommodate an additional lane. This would allow for a larger NinjaCross (side-by-side competition vs single). 8/2: Added 9/19: Part of base scope now. 24 Make ready for future Flow Rider (Outdoor)-$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: No provisions for space, piping, and equipment to support the Flow Rider are included. Proposed Betterment: Provide space, and pool plumbing infrastructure to accommodate a future flow rider. Provisions for pool equipment to support Flow Rider are not included. 8/2: Added 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/11: Define scope and update the price. Electrical conduits, sewer, water to future mechanical room, what may including electrical capacity now 10/25: Combine with 26 25 Add Flow Rider 3,950,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide flow rider and associated pool equipment and piping. 8/2: Added. Includes all scope identified in Flow Rider make ready 10/11: Rejected 26 Make ready for future outdoor amenity (TBD)-$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide plunge pool area, or area to accommodate future slide runout. 10/11: Conduits, sewer water (no mech room), possible electrical capacity. 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD 11/8: Scope to be defined. Use basis as flow rider sized amenity. Focus on developing 27a Outdoor slide complex (all runouts)2,070,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide an outdoor slide complex 8/30 Added. 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 27b Outdoor slide complex (without Raft Slide)1,390,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide outdoor slide complex (without the raft slide) 8/30 Added. 10/11: Higher priority than the 3rd indoor slide **Can we go 35' or 40'?? 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 28 Outdoor slide complex (make-ready only)517,588$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide infastructure to add outdoor slide complex (piping/conduit), additional pool mechanical and pump pit, etc. 8/30 Added. 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD - Placeholder cost for now 11/8: High priority - focus on developing 29 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower)170,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH See Betterment 30 Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects. 8/30 Added. 10/11: Only keep Betterment 30. Page 4 of 6 45PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 30 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower) with Sound Coordination 190,000$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST ACCEPTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/8 Added. 10/11: High priority - Pursue and understand better how this integrates with the other lighting betterments 31 Color changing lights in the pool? Or some other way to enhance experience -$ 1/15/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Tradidional Pool Lighting Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 32 Access Control - 10 Additional Devices (card readers and control boards)-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: 7 Devices accounted for in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 10 additional card readers and associated access control infrastructure 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 33 Room scheduling rough-in and cabling 3 party room locations -$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No room scheduling infrastructure in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 3 locations at party rooms - Rough-in and cabling to add scheduling monitors in the future. 10/11: Plan to accept in a future meeting 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 34 Slide camera and monitor for operator at top to see the people at the runouts.-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: No slide tower operator camera/monitor system in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide camera at base of slide tower and monitoring device at top of slide tower for the lifeguard to easily see that runouts have cleared 10/11: High priority. 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 35 Cameras in parking lot (rough-in)-$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No cameras at parking lot light poles in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide conduit rough-in to all parking lot light standards to add parking lot cameras in the future. 10/11: High priority 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 36 Splashtacular Aquatic Game -$ 5/31/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Not in cluded in base scope. Proposed Betterment: Provide rough-in for future aquatic game that splashtacular has under development. Touch-screen game where one player gets a bucket of water dropped on them 10/11: Added 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD Page 5 of 6 46PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes Cost Reduction Opportunities ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level 1 (450,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 2a Target enclosure reduction of approx. 3,800 sf (360,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Update betterment to revised SketchUp 2b Target enclosure reduction per 8/2/2024 NAC Sketch (190,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Added 3 (150,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Keep and study further 9/19: Part of base scope reduction 4 Omit spa (325 sf water area)(200,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 5 Revise indoor changing rooms from 17 to 8 ea - utilize conventional locker rooms (190,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 6 Combine pool mechanical rooms (110,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 9/27: Not being pursued NOTES 1 Values shown are rough order of magnitude. Final values to be updated upon scope alignment and requirements. 2 Dates shown are for initial discussions and may be adjusted based on timing of further design meetings and space planning. 3 Values represent total design-build cost inclusive of Washington State Sales Tax. Reduce square footage to 33,000 sf (apx. 278 sf reduction) Reduce outdoor pool water area by 700 sf Page 6 of 6 47PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 1 Add 3rd waterslide 380,000$ 4/30/2025 Highest Base Estimate: Provisions (piping, platform, etc) are included for a future waterslide, but the waterslide itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: Add a third waterslide 10/11: Design for 3rd slide within current budget, wait on this betterment for now and update the Decision Date to pull back from opening day. 8/2: High priority 11/8: Continue to focus - High priority 2 Add NexGen chlorinator 340,000$ 12/18/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Conventional chlorine disinfection system. Bulk chlorine is delivered to the facility from a third-party supplier and stored on-site until utilized. Proposed Betterment: Upgrade to NexGen chlorine generator to produce on-site chlorine as a solution of hypochlorous acid. The only raw material required is conventional salt (inert), which can be stored in a feeder on-site. 8/2: High priority 10/11: Still high priority, highest priority for City of Pasco 3 Add enhanced sound system 210,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: A paging system is included. Proposed Betterment: The outdoor pool deck will be enhanced with an amplified sound system that included building and pole mounted wet-rated speakers and wet- rated microphones. The indoor pool sound system would be upgraded to include an amplified sound system with wet-rated speakers and wet-rated microphones. The paging system functionality would remain. 4 Beach volleyball - 2 full courts in Phase 2 building's footprint 110,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add two full beach volleyball courts in the Phase 2 building footprint. Provisions for site court lighting are included. Spectator seating is not included. 5 Epoxy flooring (Natatorium & Locker Rooms)140,000$ 9/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The Natatorium and Locker Rooms flooring is comprised of a transparent concrete sealer. The floor would look like a grey concrete slab. Proposed Betterment: Sealed concrete would be upgraded to epoxy (fluid applied) flooring. Epoxy flooring comes is a variety of colors 6 NinjaCross course Interior Natatorium (Purchase/Install of equip only)760,000$ 9/13/2025 Highest Base Estimate: The natatorium and associated structure will be sized to accommodate a future indoor NinjaCross. The NinjaCross equipment itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: The NinjaCross equipment would be furnished and installed as part of the Design/Build scope of work. 10/11: Still a high priority 11/8: Focus on dialing in cost, High Priority 7 Additional four shade structures / cabanas (includes power)80,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Provisions for apx. ten shade structures and ten cabanas (depending on type and features) are included in the base estimate. Shade structures include provisions for electrical convenience power. Proposed Betterment: Add four additional cabanas. Page 1 of 6 48PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 8 Additional 500 sf of exterior pool area 360,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add apx. 500sf of "water area" to the outdoor pool. The outdoor pool apron area remains unchanged. 8/2: Too many changes to outdoor program. 9/27: Leave as rejected for now 9 Additional outdoor pool activity feature 140,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add pool element(s) equivalent to apex. $100k direct cost. Any revisions to the pool equipment supporting these features would need to be reflected in this allowance as well. 10/10: Leave on list for now but scope would need defined. 10A Myrtha pool vessel (outdoor/indoor)1,300,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for both the indoor and outdoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/2: Currently rejected. 10B Myrtha pool vessel (indoor leisure pool only, not hot tub)700,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for the indoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel for the indoor pool only. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/6: Pending Pricing 10/10: Pricing needs updated for new pool layout 11 Indoor or outdoor LED screen (includes support structure)250,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This item is not included in the base scope of work. Proposed Betterment: Provide a large-format indoor or outdoor LED screen. Provisions for a support structure are included. It would be recommended that the betterment for enhanced sound be accepted in conjunction with this betterment. 12 Additional 10% interior Natatorium area 1,200,000$ 9/27/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The natatorium is anticipated to be approximately. 12,000sf Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Natatorium appx 10% or 1,200sf. 9/13: If bonding works, this is HIGH priority 8/2: TBD - pending indoor aquatic programming. 9/19: Proceed with incorporating into design and firm up pricing. 10/11: Proceeding with design, pending board approval of the increase to the D/B budget. 13 Additional colorful lighting (interior and exterior)60,000$ 11/15/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Tunable lighting included in the party rooms Proposed Betterment: Enhanced color changing lighting fixtures in the Natatorium, and post mounted theatrical style color changing lighting elements in the outdoor pool area. 10/11: Define what features can be added for next time Page 2 of 6 49PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 14 Additional 10% deck or landscaping area within pool enclosure 25,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The base estimate includes appx. 12,800 sf of pool deck. Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the pool deck (or pool deck landscaping) and associated enclosure (fencing) by appx. 10%. 15 Additional Nanawall opening in the Natatorium 50,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: Appx. 40lf of Nanawall folding glass wall are included. (20' inside, 20' outside) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Nanawall are by apx 25% 10/11: Reject for now. Design team to explore replacing the natatorium base scope with another opening scheme. 16 Add pickleball courts (Phase 2 footprint)150,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate Proposed Betterment: Add four pickleball courts (asphalt base) in the Phase 2 footprint. 17 Additional landscaping feature 140,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Landscaping is priced at $6/sf (typical school/civil campus). There are no specific provisions for specific landscaping features. Proposed Betterment: Provide an allowance (appx. $100k direct cost) for landscaping enhancements or a special landscaping feature, TBD. 18 Add skylights in the Natatorium 395,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: No skylights included in the Natatorium at this time Proposed Betterment: Add appx. 1200sf of skylights within the Natatorium. Pricing includes provisions for enhanced lighting control. 10/11: Design team to study and propose this betterment at the next meeting with an updated price. 19 Additional sunshade devices for Natatorium (Exterior)140,000$ 11/15/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Provisions for standard horizontal aluminum sunshades at top of windows. Proposed Betterment: Vertical sunshade (see Validation rendering). 10/11: Evolving with the base scope, low priority for now. 11/8: Covered in the base scope with laminated glass and mechanical shades. 20 Allowance for single Party Room upgrade 20,000$ 12/18/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Party rooms include resilient flooring, acoustical tile ceilings, painted walls, and appx. 8lf of plastic laminate casework each. Proposed Betterment: Additional room features, TBD (more casework, architectural features, etc.) 10/11: Design team to finish design and we will revisit in a future design meeting. 11/8: Scope potentially upgraded refer and casework. 21 Increase parking count 120,000$ 8/31/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: Includes appx. 140 paved parking stalls Proposed Betterment: Add 40 additional paved parking stalls. Included provisions for added electric vehicle charging stations per Washington State Energy Code requirements. 8/2: For now not a high priority 22 Add soffit cladding to exposed metal deck (exterior of building)100,000$ 11/15/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The roof overhangs are exposed (beams and metal decking). Proposed Betterment: Provide soffit cladding at roof overhangs to cover structural elements 10/11: Medium High Priority, design team to update the plan and budget Page 3 of 6 50PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 23 Add lane to indoor pool -$ 9/13/2024 TBD CLOSED Base Estimate: Pool per validation sketches (appx. 4,825 sf of water area) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the indoor pool to accommodate an additional lane. This would allow for a larger NinjaCross (side-by-side competition vs single). 8/2: Added 9/19: Part of base scope now. 24 Make ready for future Flow Rider (Outdoor)-$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: No provisions for space, piping, and equipment to support the Flow Rider are included. Proposed Betterment: Provide space, and pool plumbing infrastructure to accommodate a future flow rider. Provisions for pool equipment to support Flow Rider are not included. 8/2: Added 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/11: Define scope and update the price. Electrical conduits, sewer, water to future mechanical room, what may including electrical capacity now 10/25: Combine with 26 25 Add Flow Rider 3,950,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide flow rider and associated pool equipment and piping. 8/2: Added. Includes all scope identified in Flow Rider make ready 10/11: Rejected 26 Make ready for future outdoor amenity (TBD)-$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide plunge pool area, or area to accommodate future slide runout. 10/11: Conduits, sewer water (no mech room), possible electrical capacity. 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD 11/8: Scope to be defined. Use basis as flow rider sized amenity. Focus on developing 27a Outdoor slide complex (all runouts)2,070,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide an outdoor slide complex 8/30 Added. 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 27b Outdoor slide complex (without Raft Slide)1,390,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide outdoor slide complex (without the raft slide) 8/30 Added. 10/11: Higher priority than the 3rd indoor slide **Can we go 35' or 40'?? 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 28 Outdoor slide complex (make-ready only)517,588$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide infastructure to add outdoor slide complex (piping/conduit), additional pool mechanical and pump pit, etc. 8/30 Added. 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD - Placeholder cost for now 11/8: High priority - focus on developing 29 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower)170,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH See Betterment 30 Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects. 8/30 Added. 10/11: Only keep Betterment 30. Page 4 of 6 51PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 30 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower) with Sound Coordination 190,000$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST ACCEPTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/8 Added. 10/11: High priority - Pursue and understand better how this integrates with the other lighting betterments 31 Color changing lights in the pool? Or some other way to enhance experience -$ 1/15/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Tradidional Pool Lighting Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 32 Access Control - 10 Additional Devices (card readers and control boards)-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: 7 Devices accounted for in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 10 additional card readers and associated access control infrastructure 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 33 Room scheduling rough-in and cabling 3 party room locations -$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No room scheduling infrastructure in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 3 locations at party rooms - Rough-in and cabling to add scheduling monitors in the future. 10/11: Plan to accept in a future meeting 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 34 Slide camera and monitor for operator at top to see the people at the runouts.-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: No slide tower operator camera/monitor system in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide camera at base of slide tower and monitoring device at top of slide tower for the lifeguard to easily see that runouts have cleared 10/11: High priority. 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 35 Cameras in parking lot (rough-in)-$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No cameras at parking lot light poles in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide conduit rough-in to all parking lot light standards to add parking lot cameras in the future. 10/11: High priority 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 36 Splashtacular Aquatic Game -$ 5/31/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Not in cluded in base scope. Proposed Betterment: Provide rough-in for future aquatic game that splashtacular has under development. Touch-screen game where one player gets a bucket of water dropped on them 10/11: Added 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD Page 5 of 6 52PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes Cost Reduction Opportunities ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level 1 (450,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 2a Target enclosure reduction of approx. 3,800 sf (360,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Update betterment to revised SketchUp 2b Target enclosure reduction per 8/2/2024 NAC Sketch (190,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Added 3 (150,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Keep and study further 9/19: Part of base scope reduction 4 Omit spa (325 sf water area)(200,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 5 Revise indoor changing rooms from 17 to 8 ea - utilize conventional locker rooms (190,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 6 Combine pool mechanical rooms (110,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 9/27: Not being pursued NOTES 1 Values shown are rough order of magnitude. Final values to be updated upon scope alignment and requirements. 2 Dates shown are for initial discussions and may be adjusted based on timing of further design meetings and space planning. 3 Values represent total design-build cost inclusive of Washington State Sales Tax. Reduce square footage to 33,000 sf (apx. 278 sf reduction) Reduce outdoor pool water area by 700 sf Page 6 of 6 53PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 1 Add 3rd waterslide 380,000$ 4/30/2025 Highest Base Estimate: Provisions (piping, platform, etc) are included for a future waterslide, but the waterslide itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: Add a third waterslide 10/11: Design for 3rd slide within current budget, wait on this betterment for now and update the Decision Date to pull back from opening day. 8/2: High priority 11/8: Continue to focus - High priority 2 Add NexGen chlorinator 340,000$ 12/18/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Conventional chlorine disinfection system. Bulk chlorine is delivered to the facility from a third-party supplier and stored on-site until utilized. Proposed Betterment: Upgrade to NexGen chlorine generator to produce on-site chlorine as a solution of hypochlorous acid. The only raw material required is conventional salt (inert), which can be stored in a feeder on-site. 8/2: High priority 10/11: Still high priority, highest priority for City of Pasco 3 Add enhanced sound system 210,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: A paging system is included. Proposed Betterment: The outdoor pool deck will be enhanced with an amplified sound system that included building and pole mounted wet-rated speakers and wet- rated microphones. The indoor pool sound system would be upgraded to include an amplified sound system with wet-rated speakers and wet-rated microphones. The paging system functionality would remain. 4 Beach volleyball - 2 full courts in Phase 2 building's footprint 110,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add two full beach volleyball courts in the Phase 2 building footprint. Provisions for site court lighting are included. Spectator seating is not included. 5 Epoxy flooring (Natatorium & Locker Rooms)140,000$ 9/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The Natatorium and Locker Rooms flooring is comprised of a transparent concrete sealer. The floor would look like a grey concrete slab. Proposed Betterment: Sealed concrete would be upgraded to epoxy (fluid applied) flooring. Epoxy flooring comes is a variety of colors 6 NinjaCross course Interior Natatorium (Purchase/Install of equip only)760,000$ 9/13/2025 Highest Base Estimate: The natatorium and associated structure will be sized to accommodate a future indoor NinjaCross. The NinjaCross equipment itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: The NinjaCross equipment would be furnished and installed as part of the Design/Build scope of work. 10/11: Still a high priority 11/8: Focus on dialing in cost, High Priority 7 Additional four shade structures / cabanas (includes power)80,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Provisions for apx. ten shade structures and ten cabanas (depending on type and features) are included in the base estimate. Shade structures include provisions for electrical convenience power. Proposed Betterment: Add four additional cabanas. Page 1 of 6 54PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 8 Additional 500 sf of exterior pool area 360,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add apx. 500sf of "water area" to the outdoor pool. The outdoor pool apron area remains unchanged. 8/2: Too many changes to outdoor program. 9/27: Leave as rejected for now 9 Additional outdoor pool activity feature 140,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add pool element(s) equivalent to apex. $100k direct cost. Any revisions to the pool equipment supporting these features would need to be reflected in this allowance as well. 10/10: Leave on list for now but scope would need defined. 10A Myrtha pool vessel (outdoor/indoor)1,300,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for both the indoor and outdoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/2: Currently rejected. 10B Myrtha pool vessel (indoor leisure pool only, not hot tub)700,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for the indoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel for the indoor pool only. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/6: Pending Pricing 10/10: Pricing needs updated for new pool layout 11 Indoor or outdoor LED screen (includes support structure)250,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This item is not included in the base scope of work. Proposed Betterment: Provide a large-format indoor or outdoor LED screen. Provisions for a support structure are included. It would be recommended that the betterment for enhanced sound be accepted in conjunction with this betterment. 12 Additional 10% interior Natatorium area 1,200,000$ 9/27/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The natatorium is anticipated to be approximately. 12,000sf Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Natatorium appx 10% or 1,200sf. 9/13: If bonding works, this is HIGH priority 8/2: TBD - pending indoor aquatic programming. 9/19: Proceed with incorporating into design and firm up pricing. 10/11: Proceeding with design, pending board approval of the increase to the D/B budget. 13 Additional colorful lighting (interior and exterior)60,000$ 11/15/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Tunable lighting included in the party rooms Proposed Betterment: Enhanced color changing lighting fixtures in the Natatorium, and post mounted theatrical style color changing lighting elements in the outdoor pool area. 10/11: Define what features can be added for next time Page 2 of 6 55PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 14 Additional 10% deck or landscaping area within pool enclosure 25,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The base estimate includes appx. 12,800 sf of pool deck. Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the pool deck (or pool deck landscaping) and associated enclosure (fencing) by appx. 10%. 15 Additional Nanawall opening in the Natatorium 50,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: Appx. 40lf of Nanawall folding glass wall are included. (20' inside, 20' outside) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Nanawall are by apx 25% 10/11: Reject for now. Design team to explore replacing the natatorium base scope with another opening scheme. 16 Add pickleball courts (Phase 2 footprint)150,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate Proposed Betterment: Add four pickleball courts (asphalt base) in the Phase 2 footprint. 17 Additional landscaping feature 140,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Landscaping is priced at $6/sf (typical school/civil campus). There are no specific provisions for specific landscaping features. Proposed Betterment: Provide an allowance (appx. $100k direct cost) for landscaping enhancements or a special landscaping feature, TBD. 18 Add skylights in the Natatorium 395,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: No skylights included in the Natatorium at this time Proposed Betterment: Add appx. 1200sf of skylights within the Natatorium. Pricing includes provisions for enhanced lighting control. 10/11: Design team to study and propose this betterment at the next meeting with an updated price. 19 Additional sunshade devices for Natatorium (Exterior)140,000$ 11/15/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Provisions for standard horizontal aluminum sunshades at top of windows. Proposed Betterment: Vertical sunshade (see Validation rendering). 10/11: Evolving with the base scope, low priority for now. 11/8: Covered in the base scope with laminated glass and mechanical shades. 20 Allowance for single Party Room upgrade 20,000$ 12/18/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Party rooms include resilient flooring, acoustical tile ceilings, painted walls, and appx. 8lf of plastic laminate casework each. Proposed Betterment: Additional room features, TBD (more casework, architectural features, etc.) 10/11: Design team to finish design and we will revisit in a future design meeting. 11/8: Scope potentially upgraded refer and casework. 21 Increase parking count 120,000$ 8/31/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: Includes appx. 140 paved parking stalls Proposed Betterment: Add 40 additional paved parking stalls. Included provisions for added electric vehicle charging stations per Washington State Energy Code requirements. 8/2: For now not a high priority 22 Add soffit cladding to exposed metal deck (exterior of building)100,000$ 11/15/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The roof overhangs are exposed (beams and metal decking). Proposed Betterment: Provide soffit cladding at roof overhangs to cover structural elements 10/11: Medium High Priority, design team to update the plan and budget Page 3 of 6 56PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 23 Add lane to indoor pool -$ 9/13/2024 TBD CLOSED Base Estimate: Pool per validation sketches (appx. 4,825 sf of water area) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the indoor pool to accommodate an additional lane. This would allow for a larger NinjaCross (side-by-side competition vs single). 8/2: Added 9/19: Part of base scope now. 24 Make ready for future Flow Rider (Outdoor)-$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: No provisions for space, piping, and equipment to support the Flow Rider are included. Proposed Betterment: Provide space, and pool plumbing infrastructure to accommodate a future flow rider. Provisions for pool equipment to support Flow Rider are not included. 8/2: Added 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/11: Define scope and update the price. Electrical conduits, sewer, water to future mechanical room, what may including electrical capacity now 10/25: Combine with 26 25 Add Flow Rider 3,950,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide flow rider and associated pool equipment and piping. 8/2: Added. Includes all scope identified in Flow Rider make ready 10/11: Rejected 26 Make ready for future outdoor amenity (TBD)-$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide plunge pool area, or area to accommodate future slide runout. 10/11: Conduits, sewer water (no mech room), possible electrical capacity. 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD 11/8: Scope to be defined. Use basis as flow rider sized amenity. Focus on developing 27a Outdoor slide complex (all runouts)2,070,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide an outdoor slide complex 8/30 Added. 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 27b Outdoor slide complex (without Raft Slide)1,390,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide outdoor slide complex (without the raft slide) 8/30 Added. 10/11: Higher priority than the 3rd indoor slide **Can we go 35' or 40'?? 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 28 Outdoor slide complex (make-ready only)517,588$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide infastructure to add outdoor slide complex (piping/conduit), additional pool mechanical and pump pit, etc. 8/30 Added. 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD - Placeholder cost for now 11/8: High priority - focus on developing 29 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower)170,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH See Betterment 30 Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects. 8/30 Added. 10/11: Only keep Betterment 30. Page 4 of 6 57PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 30 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower) with Sound Coordination 190,000$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST ACCEPTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/8 Added. 10/11: High priority - Pursue and understand better how this integrates with the other lighting betterments 31 Color changing lights in the pool? Or some other way to enhance experience -$ 1/15/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Tradidional Pool Lighting Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 32 Access Control - 10 Additional Devices (card readers and control boards)-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: 7 Devices accounted for in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 10 additional card readers and associated access control infrastructure 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 33 Room scheduling rough-in and cabling 3 party room locations -$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No room scheduling infrastructure in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 3 locations at party rooms - Rough-in and cabling to add scheduling monitors in the future. 10/11: Plan to accept in a future meeting 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 34 Slide camera and monitor for operator at top to see the people at the runouts.-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: No slide tower operator camera/monitor system in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide camera at base of slide tower and monitoring device at top of slide tower for the lifeguard to easily see that runouts have cleared 10/11: High priority. 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 35 Cameras in parking lot (rough-in)-$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No cameras at parking lot light poles in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide conduit rough-in to all parking lot light standards to add parking lot cameras in the future. 10/11: High priority 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 36 Splashtacular Aquatic Game -$ 5/31/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Not in cluded in base scope. Proposed Betterment: Provide rough-in for future aquatic game that splashtacular has under development. Touch-screen game where one player gets a bucket of water dropped on them 10/11: Added 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD Page 5 of 6 58PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes Cost Reduction Opportunities ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level 1 (450,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 2a Target enclosure reduction of approx. 3,800 sf (360,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Update betterment to revised SketchUp 2b Target enclosure reduction per 8/2/2024 NAC Sketch (190,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Added 3 (150,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Keep and study further 9/19: Part of base scope reduction 4 Omit spa (325 sf water area)(200,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 5 Revise indoor changing rooms from 17 to 8 ea - utilize conventional locker rooms (190,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 6 Combine pool mechanical rooms (110,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 9/27: Not being pursued NOTES 1 Values shown are rough order of magnitude. Final values to be updated upon scope alignment and requirements. 2 Dates shown are for initial discussions and may be adjusted based on timing of further design meetings and space planning. 3 Values represent total design-build cost inclusive of Washington State Sales Tax. Reduce square footage to 33,000 sf (apx. 278 sf reduction) Reduce outdoor pool water area by 700 sf Page 6 of 6 59PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 1 Add 3rd waterslide 380,000$ 4/30/2025 Highest Base Estimate: Provisions (piping, platform, etc) are included for a future waterslide, but the waterslide itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: Add a third waterslide 10/11: Design for 3rd slide within current budget, wait on this betterment for now and update the Decision Date to pull back from opening day. 8/2: High priority 11/8: Continue to focus - High priority 2 Add NexGen chlorinator 340,000$ 12/18/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Conventional chlorine disinfection system. Bulk chlorine is delivered to the facility from a third-party supplier and stored on-site until utilized. Proposed Betterment: Upgrade to NexGen chlorine generator to produce on-site chlorine as a solution of hypochlorous acid. The only raw material required is conventional salt (inert), which can be stored in a feeder on-site. 8/2: High priority 10/11: Still high priority, highest priority for City of Pasco 3 Add enhanced sound system 210,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: A paging system is included. Proposed Betterment: The outdoor pool deck will be enhanced with an amplified sound system that included building and pole mounted wet-rated speakers and wet- rated microphones. The indoor pool sound system would be upgraded to include an amplified sound system with wet-rated speakers and wet-rated microphones. The paging system functionality would remain. 4 Beach volleyball - 2 full courts in Phase 2 building's footprint 110,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add two full beach volleyball courts in the Phase 2 building footprint. Provisions for site court lighting are included. Spectator seating is not included. 5 Epoxy flooring (Natatorium & Locker Rooms)140,000$ 9/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The Natatorium and Locker Rooms flooring is comprised of a transparent concrete sealer. The floor would look like a grey concrete slab. Proposed Betterment: Sealed concrete would be upgraded to epoxy (fluid applied) flooring. Epoxy flooring comes is a variety of colors 6 NinjaCross course Interior Natatorium (Purchase/Install of equip only)760,000$ 9/13/2025 Highest Base Estimate: The natatorium and associated structure will be sized to accommodate a future indoor NinjaCross. The NinjaCross equipment itself is not included. Proposed Betterment: The NinjaCross equipment would be furnished and installed as part of the Design/Build scope of work. 10/11: Still a high priority 11/8: Focus on dialing in cost, High Priority 7 Additional four shade structures / cabanas (includes power)80,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Provisions for apx. ten shade structures and ten cabanas (depending on type and features) are included in the base estimate. Shade structures include provisions for electrical convenience power. Proposed Betterment: Add four additional cabanas. Page 1 of 6 60PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 8 Additional 500 sf of exterior pool area 360,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add apx. 500sf of "water area" to the outdoor pool. The outdoor pool apron area remains unchanged. 8/2: Too many changes to outdoor program. 9/27: Leave as rejected for now 9 Additional outdoor pool activity feature 140,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate. Proposed Betterment: Add pool element(s) equivalent to apex. $100k direct cost. Any revisions to the pool equipment supporting these features would need to be reflected in this allowance as well. 10/10: Leave on list for now but scope would need defined. 10A Myrtha pool vessel (outdoor/indoor)1,300,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for both the indoor and outdoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/2: Currently rejected. 10B Myrtha pool vessel (indoor leisure pool only, not hot tub)700,000$ 9/13/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: A conventional concrete pool vessel is included for the indoor pool. Proposed Betterment: Provide a Myrtha pool vessel for the indoor pool only. Myrtha pools are engineered using a proprietary modular stainless steel/PVC system with an array of finish selections. 8/6: Pending Pricing 10/10: Pricing needs updated for new pool layout 11 Indoor or outdoor LED screen (includes support structure)250,000$ 5/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This item is not included in the base scope of work. Proposed Betterment: Provide a large-format indoor or outdoor LED screen. Provisions for a support structure are included. It would be recommended that the betterment for enhanced sound be accepted in conjunction with this betterment. 12 Additional 10% interior Natatorium area 1,200,000$ 9/27/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The natatorium is anticipated to be approximately. 12,000sf Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Natatorium appx 10% or 1,200sf. 9/13: If bonding works, this is HIGH priority 8/2: TBD - pending indoor aquatic programming. 9/19: Proceed with incorporating into design and firm up pricing. 10/11: Proceeding with design, pending board approval of the increase to the D/B budget. 13 Additional colorful lighting (interior and exterior)60,000$ 11/15/2024 Highest ACCEPTED Base Estimate: Tunable lighting included in the party rooms Proposed Betterment: Enhanced color changing lighting fixtures in the Natatorium, and post mounted theatrical style color changing lighting elements in the outdoor pool area. 10/11: Define what features can be added for next time Page 2 of 6 61PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 14 Additional 10% deck or landscaping area within pool enclosure 25,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: The base estimate includes appx. 12,800 sf of pool deck. Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the pool deck (or pool deck landscaping) and associated enclosure (fencing) by appx. 10%. 15 Additional Nanawall opening in the Natatorium 50,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: Appx. 40lf of Nanawall folding glass wall are included. (20' inside, 20' outside) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the Nanawall are by apx 25% 10/11: Reject for now. Design team to explore replacing the natatorium base scope with another opening scheme. 16 Add pickleball courts (Phase 2 footprint)150,000$ 7/30/2025 TBD Base Estimate: This scope of work is not included in the base estimate Proposed Betterment: Add four pickleball courts (asphalt base) in the Phase 2 footprint. 17 Additional landscaping feature 140,000$ 8/31/2025 TBD Base Estimate: Landscaping is priced at $6/sf (typical school/civil campus). There are no specific provisions for specific landscaping features. Proposed Betterment: Provide an allowance (appx. $100k direct cost) for landscaping enhancements or a special landscaping feature, TBD. 18 Add skylights in the Natatorium 395,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: No skylights included in the Natatorium at this time Proposed Betterment: Add appx. 1200sf of skylights within the Natatorium. Pricing includes provisions for enhanced lighting control. 10/11: Design team to study and propose this betterment at the next meeting with an updated price. 19 Additional sunshade devices for Natatorium (Exterior)140,000$ 11/15/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Provisions for standard horizontal aluminum sunshades at top of windows. Proposed Betterment: Vertical sunshade (see Validation rendering). 10/11: Evolving with the base scope, low priority for now. 11/8: Covered in the base scope with laminated glass and mechanical shades. 20 Allowance for single Party Room upgrade 20,000$ 12/18/2024 LOW Base Estimate: Party rooms include resilient flooring, acoustical tile ceilings, painted walls, and appx. 8lf of plastic laminate casework each. Proposed Betterment: Additional room features, TBD (more casework, architectural features, etc.) 10/11: Design team to finish design and we will revisit in a future design meeting. 11/8: Scope potentially upgraded refer and casework. 21 Increase parking count 120,000$ 8/31/2024 Middle REJECTED Base Estimate: Includes appx. 140 paved parking stalls Proposed Betterment: Add 40 additional paved parking stalls. Included provisions for added electric vehicle charging stations per Washington State Energy Code requirements. 8/2: For now not a high priority 22 Add soffit cladding to exposed metal deck (exterior of building)100,000$ 11/15/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH ACCEPTED Base Estimate: The roof overhangs are exposed (beams and metal decking). Proposed Betterment: Provide soffit cladding at roof overhangs to cover structural elements 10/11: Medium High Priority, design team to update the plan and budget Page 3 of 6 62PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 23 Add lane to indoor pool -$ 9/13/2024 TBD CLOSED Base Estimate: Pool per validation sketches (appx. 4,825 sf of water area) Proposed Betterment: Enlarge the indoor pool to accommodate an additional lane. This would allow for a larger NinjaCross (side-by-side competition vs single). 8/2: Added 9/19: Part of base scope now. 24 Make ready for future Flow Rider (Outdoor)-$ 12/18/2024 TBD Base Estimate: No provisions for space, piping, and equipment to support the Flow Rider are included. Proposed Betterment: Provide space, and pool plumbing infrastructure to accommodate a future flow rider. Provisions for pool equipment to support Flow Rider are not included. 8/2: Added 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/11: Define scope and update the price. Electrical conduits, sewer, water to future mechanical room, what may including electrical capacity now 10/25: Combine with 26 25 Add Flow Rider 3,950,000$ 12/18/2024 TBD REJECTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide flow rider and associated pool equipment and piping. 8/2: Added. Includes all scope identified in Flow Rider make ready 10/11: Rejected 26 Make ready for future outdoor amenity (TBD)-$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide plunge pool area, or area to accommodate future slide runout. 10/11: Conduits, sewer water (no mech room), possible electrical capacity. 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD 11/8: Scope to be defined. Use basis as flow rider sized amenity. Focus on developing 27a Outdoor slide complex (all runouts)2,070,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide an outdoor slide complex 8/30 Added. 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 27b Outdoor slide complex (without Raft Slide)1,390,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide outdoor slide complex (without the raft slide) 8/30 Added. 10/11: Higher priority than the 3rd indoor slide **Can we go 35' or 40'?? 11/8: 38.5' Platform priced 28 Outdoor slide complex (make-ready only)517,588$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide infastructure to add outdoor slide complex (piping/conduit), additional pool mechanical and pump pit, etc. 8/30 Added. 10/10: Needs more research and scope defined 10/25: Pricing with 50% DD - Placeholder cost for now 11/8: High priority - focus on developing 29 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower)170,000$ 12/18/2024 MEDIUM-HIGH See Betterment 30 Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects. 8/30 Added. 10/11: Only keep Betterment 30. Page 4 of 6 63PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes 30 Rain Cloud (Sun Shower) with Sound Coordination 190,000$ 12/18/2024 HIGHEST ACCEPTED Base Estimate: This element is not included Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/8 Added. 10/11: High priority - Pursue and understand better how this integrates with the other lighting betterments 31 Color changing lights in the pool? Or some other way to enhance experience -$ 1/15/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Tradidional Pool Lighting Proposed Betterment: Provide pool piping overhead in natatorium for rain cloud, including electrical for lighting effects, and coordination with sound system. 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 32 Access Control - 10 Additional Devices (card readers and control boards)-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: 7 Devices accounted for in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 10 additional card readers and associated access control infrastructure 10/10 Added. Pricing 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 33 Room scheduling rough-in and cabling 3 party room locations -$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No room scheduling infrastructure in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide 3 locations at party rooms - Rough-in and cabling to add scheduling monitors in the future. 10/11: Plan to accept in a future meeting 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 34 Slide camera and monitor for operator at top to see the people at the runouts.-$ 1/15/2025 High Base Estimate: No slide tower operator camera/monitor system in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide camera at base of slide tower and monitoring device at top of slide tower for the lifeguard to easily see that runouts have cleared 10/11: High priority. 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 35 Cameras in parking lot (rough-in)-$ 5/31/2025 High Base Estimate: No cameras at parking lot light poles in base scope Proposed Betterment: Provide conduit rough-in to all parking lot light standards to add parking lot cameras in the future. 10/11: High priority 10/25: Updating with 50% DD 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD 36 Splashtacular Aquatic Game -$ 5/31/2025 Medium Base Estimate: Not in cluded in base scope. Proposed Betterment: Provide rough-in for future aquatic game that splashtacular has under development. Touch-screen game where one player gets a bucket of water dropped on them 10/11: Added 11/8: Will provide at 100%DD Page 5 of 6 64PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 PROJECT BETTERMENTS LIST Accepted Betterments Validation Budget Current Budget Pasco Aquatic Center 2,285,000$ 37,458,776$ 39,743,776$ 8-Nov-24 Item Description ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level Notes Cost Reduction Opportunities ROM Cost Decision Date Priority Level 1 (450,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 2a Target enclosure reduction of approx. 3,800 sf (360,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Update betterment to revised SketchUp 2b Target enclosure reduction per 8/2/2024 NAC Sketch (190,000)$ 9/13/2024 N/A 8/2: Added 3 (150,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Keep and study further 9/19: Part of base scope reduction 4 Omit spa (325 sf water area)(200,000)$ 10/22/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 5 Revise indoor changing rooms from 17 to 8 ea - utilize conventional locker rooms (190,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 8/2: Rejected 6 Combine pool mechanical rooms (110,000)$ 8/16/2024 N/A 9/27: Not being pursued NOTES 1 Values shown are rough order of magnitude. Final values to be updated upon scope alignment and requirements. 2 Dates shown are for initial discussions and may be adjusted based on timing of further design meetings and space planning. 3 Values represent total design-build cost inclusive of Washington State Sales Tax. Reduce square footage to 33,000 sf (apx. 278 sf reduction) Reduce outdoor pool water area by 700 sf Page 6 of 6 65PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Target Value Delivery & Project Schedule / 11.08.2024 Validation Report 7/23/2024 GMP 1 and Mobilization December 2024 GMP 2 and Structure February 2025 Substantial Completion February 2026 DOH Permit April 2025 3.3 Phase 1 & 2 Schedule TARGET SCHEDULE The target schedule has been developed based on the activities completed to date, with the sequence of design and construction activities to include procurement and timing for the setting of the GMP packages. Upon owner review, our design-build team will work with the Pasco PFD to make adjustments or revise this schedule accordingly to align with owner objectives. As an overview to the entire progressive design-build process; below is a graphic depicting where we are at in the process as well as the GMP and completion milestones. TARGET SCHEDULE 3.4 Early GMP Plan The schedule currently requires an Initial Guaranteed Maximum Price (iGMP). This will allow the project to commence in December 2024 as well as achieve substantial completion by February 2026. The team has outlined this plan in both the full Design and Construction Schedule (Exhibit 5.8) as well as the Subcontract Plan (Section 4.3) The following items are proposed to be included in the iGMP scope. Long Lead Procurement The following long-lead equipment will need to be sized, specified and released early in design: • Air Handling Equipment: Will need to order these based on CFM calculations and specifications in the iGMP phase. • Electrical Equipment: Electrical gear in general is experiencing the most significant procurement delays and is being tracked as a schedule risk to this project. • Pool Equipment: There is time to allow the design to progress through most of the CD’s design phase but will likely need to be included in the iGMP. This will be detailed and understood fully during the next phase (Phase 1 design). • EV Charging Equipment: The charger lead times vary depending on which make/model is specified, however we are identifying it as a long-lead item to be specified during early CD’s to be included in an iGMP proposal. Mobilization, grading and utilities The overall project schedule requires the construction team to mobilize to site in early December to begin grading and utilities. The site is remote and not all utilities (including natural gas and power) are within the area and will need to be extended from Harris Road. Reference the Civil site plans for more information. These early activities will allow foundations construction to begin in the early spring the following year. In order to achieve the proposed schedule, we propose creating an early site construction set and estimate as a part of the iGMP. In discussions with the City of Pasco – Building Division, early site excavation and utility permits are common and would be acceptable for this project. The design and construction team plan to work diligently with the subconsultants, trade partners and the PFD to identify all requirements necessary to work towards an early site package and iGMP phase. Section Title / 11.08.2024 66PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY 4.0Appendix 67PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.1 Architectural Renderings CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS ENTRY FROM ROAD 108 68PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS ENTRY FROM PLAZA 69PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS NORTH FAÇADE 70PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS WEST LOBBY 71PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS PARTY ROOM 72PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS EAST LOBBY 73PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS PARTY ROOM 74PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS INDOOR POOL 75PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS SOUTH FACING AERIAL VIEW 76PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS POOL DECK 77PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS CONCESSIONS 78PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 CONCEPTUAL RENDERINGS NORTH FACING AERIAL VIEW 79PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.2 Landscape Materials MATERIALS CUTSHEET FIRE LANE NEW PARKING NEW PARKING NEW PARKING NEW PARKING NE W P A R K I N G FOOD TRUCK LANDING OUTDOOR POOL BLDG - PHASE 1 OUTDOOR POOL AQUATIC CENTER PHASE 1 AQUATIC CENTER PHASE 2 FUTURE DEVELOPMENT HA R R I S R O A D RE V I S I O N HA R R I S R O A D RE V I S I O N TRASH CONTAINER 1 ENTRY PLAZA BACKLESS BENCH BACKLESS BENCH BIKE RACK PROPOSED SITTING AREA/PATIO PROPOSED SITTING AREA/PATIO 24 7 6 PA S C O A Q U A T I C C E N T E R PA S C O , W A S H I N G T O N LA N D S C A P E PLA N NM C TC S L-201 50% DESIGN DEVELOPMENT 10/25/2024 Revisions: CHE C K E D B Y : DRA W N B Y : PROJE C T N U M B E R : ©PLOT D A T E : Fr i d a y , O c t o b e r 2 5 , 2 0 2 4 F I L E L O C A T I O N : N:\2 4 7 6 P a s c o A q u a t i c C e n t e r \ D r a w i n g s \ 2 4 7 6 . l a n d s c a p e . d w g SHEET: SHE E T T I T L E : CONSULTANT: SEAL: NORTH SYMBOLBOTANICAL / COMMON NAMEQTY TREES ACER RUBRUM 'ARMSTRONG' / ARMSTRONG RED MAPLE19 AMELANCHIER X GRANDIFLORA 'AUTUMN BRILLIANCE' / AUTUMN BRILLIANCE APPLE SERVICEBERRY14 PINUS NIGRA `ARNOLD SENTINEL` / ARNOLD SENTINEL AUSTRIAN PINE6 TILIA TOMENTOSA / SILVER LINDEN17 SHRUBS BERBERIS THUNBERGII 'ATROPURPUREA NANA' / DWARF RED LEAF JAPANESE BARBERRY47 EUONYMUS ALATUS 'COMPACTUS' / COMPACT BURNING BUSH12 PINUS MUGO `PUMILIO` / DWARF MUGO PINE6 GROUNDCOVER ARCTOSTAPHYLOS UVA-URSI / KINNIKINNICK16 JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS 'BLUE FOREST' / BLUE FOREST CREEPING JUNIPER19 JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS 'MOTHER LODE' / MOTHER LODE CREEPING JUNIPER13 NATIVE SHRUB ARTEMISIA TRIDENTATA / BIG SAGEBRUSH16 ATRIPLEX ACANTHOCARPA / TUBERCLED SALTBUSH36 CORNUS SERICEA / RED TWIG DOGWOOD45 ERICAMERIA NAUSEOSA / RUBBER RABBITBRUSH15 GRAYIA SPINOSA / SPINY HOPSAGE31 SPIRAEA BETULIFOLIA / BIRCHLEAF SPIREA21 SPIRAEA DOUGLASII / WESTERN SPIREA22 ORNAMENTAL GRASSES CALAMAGROSTIS X ACUTIFLORA 'KARL FOERSTER' / KARL FOERSTER FEATHER REED GRASS92 DESCHAMPSIA CESPITOSA 'NORTHERN LIGHTS' / NORTHERN LIGHTS TUFTED HAIR GRASS64 FESTUCA IDAHOENSIS / IDAHO FESCUE134 PANICUM VIRGATUM 'HEAVY METAL' / HEAVY METAL SWITCH GRASS107 PLANT SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION QTY PROPOESED FENCED OFF AREA FOR STORAGE UNDER SLIDES LAWN 64,486 SF CRUSHED BASALT MULCH 23,455 SF 2" TO 4" WASHED RIVER ROCK 3,921 SF BASALT BOULDER - 24"X 24" X 36"77 REVEGETATION FOR DISTURBED LAND 102,156 SF LANDSCAPE FORMS MILEN-AL REINFORCED CAST STONE BACKLESS BENCH, ANGLED LEFT. 105IN. LENGTH, 18IN. HEIGHT. BENCH: BEIGE CAST STONE 2 1 REFERENCE NOTES SCHEDULE GENERAL PLANTING NOTES: 1.CORRESPONDING SPECIFICATION SECTION(S) HAVE NOT BEEN DEVELOPED FOR THIS PROJECT. ALL PERTINENT INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED ON THESE PLAN SHEETS. ENSURE THAT ALL RELATED ARCHITECTURAL AND CIVIL SHEETS ARE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED AS REFERENCE TO INFORMATION ON THE LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION SHEETS. 2.VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING AND PROPOSED UTILITIES EITHER ABOVE OR BELOW GRADE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID CONFLICTS BETWEEN IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT AND TREE/SHRUB PLACEMENT, AND/OR OTHER SITE AMENITIES. 3.VERIFY THAT SUB GRADE PREPARATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED TO ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. 4.ALL WORK COMPLETED SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE (1) FULL YEAR. 5.LANDSCAPED AREAS TO RECEIVE 4" OF APPROVED TOPSOIL IN LAWN AREAS AND 6" IN ALL SHRUB PLANTING AREAS. 6.ACCEPTABLE TOPSOIL SHALL BE EITHER TAKEN FROM 'ON-SITE' STRIPPED AND STOCKPILED TOPSOIL, OR IMPORTED FROM LOCAL SUPPLIERS, AND SHALL BE FRIABLE SURFACE SOIL TAKEN ONLY FROM THE 'A' HORIZON AS DETERMINED BY THE USDA SOIL CONSERVATION SERVICE; FREE FROM TOXIC MATERIAL, NOXIOUS WEED SEEDS, SUBSOIL, STONES AND OTHER DEBRIS GREATER THAN 1" DIAMETER. MAXIMUM ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY: 2.0 MILLIOHMS; MAXIMUM EXCHANGEABLE SODIUM PERCENTAGE: 10%; PH: 5.5 TO 6.5; ORGANIC CONTENT: 5 - 7%. PROVIDE THREE SEPARATE SOIL SAMPLES (TAKEN FROM THREE DIFFERENT LOCATIONS WITHIN THE SOIL SOURCE). SUBMIT TEST RESULTS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE OWNER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 7.ALL LANDSCAPE AREAS SHALL BE IRRIGATED BY AN AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM. 8.COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR THE PROTECTION AND WATERING OF EXISTING PLANT MATERIAL IDENTIFIED AS 'TO REMAIN' UNTIL THE NEW IRRIGATION SYSTEM IS OPERABLE. 9.SHRUB PLANTING AREAS SHALL BE MULCHED WITH 3" OF APPROVED CLEAN CHIP BASALT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FINISHED GRADE OF MULCH SHALL NOT BE ABOVE OR MORE THAN 1" BELOW ADJOINING SURFACES. 10.LAWN AREAS SHALL BE SEEDED/SODDED WITH LOCALLY PRODUCED SEED MIX. 11.ALL NATIVE GRASS AREAS SHALL BE SEEDED AT A RATE OF 5/LBS. PER THOUSAND SQ. FT. 12.PLANT SYMBOLS SHALL DICTATE COUNT. 0 feet80 1" = 40' 40 120 PASCO AQUATIC CENTER 10.30.2024 MATERIALS CUTSHEETSMATERIALS CUTSHEETS 80PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 MATERIALS CUTSHEET Cut Sheets / Pasco Aquatic Center / 10.30.24 2 TREES & GROUNDCOVER 1. ARMSTRONG RED MAPLE 2. AUTUMN BRILLIANCE SERVICEBERRY 3. ARNOLD SENTINEL AUSTRIAN PINE 4. SILVER LINDEN 5. KINNIKINNICK 6. BLUE FOREST CREEPING JUNIPER 7. MOTHERLODE CREEPING JUNIPER 331122 44 55 66 77 81PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 MATERIALS CUTSHEET Cut Sheets / Pasco Aquatic Center / 10.30.24 3 SHRUBS 1. DWARF RED LEAF JAPANESE BARBERRY 2. COMPACT BURNING BUSH 3. DWARF MUGO PINE 4. BIG SAGEBRUSH 5. TUBERCLED SALTBUSH 6. RED TWIG DOGWOOD 7. RUBBER RABBITBRUSH 8. SPINY HOPSAGE 9. BIRCHLEAF SPIREA 10. WESTERN SPIREA 11 22 33 55 66 77 88 44 99 1010 82PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Cut Sheets / Pasco Aquatic Center / 10.30.24 4 33 441122 ORNAMENTAL GRASSES, ROCK MULCH, & BOULDERS 1. KARL FOERSTER FEATHER REED GRASS 2. NORTHERN LIGHTS TUFTED HAIR GRASS 3. IDAHO FESCUE 4. HEAVY METAL SWITCH GRASS 5. CRUSHED BASALT MULCH 6. 3”-6” BASALT COBBLE 7. BASALT BOULDERS (HAND PLACED) 8. 2’-4’ BASALT COLUMNS 9. 2”-4” RIVER ROCK 55 66 77 88 99 MATERIALS CUTSHEET 83PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 LANDSCAPE FORMS Milenio Reinforced Cast Stone Backless Bench Angled left 105” Length, 18” Height Color: Beige Cast Stone LANDSCAPE FORMS 84PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.3 Aquatic Features Cutsheets SPRAYLINK™ GEYSER VOR 3005 Ideal age group: For all ages VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. *Water jet heights may not always be equals depending on water flow. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Spraylink™ is a cutting-edge ground spray collection. With a wide variety of water effects and designs to choose from, these ground sprays are a sustainable solution perfect for any sized Splashpad®. • Enjoy running your feet and hands through soft water jets • Provides high interactivity with low water consumption • Offers many imaginative play opportunities • Designed and manufactured with sustainability at the forefront • One-size interchangeable nozzles for all Spraylink™ items SPECIFICATIONS 0/5.3/5.3 in 0/13.5/13.5 cm H./W./L. 2-4 PSI 0.1-0.3 BAR Pressure 4-6 GPM 15-23 LPM Flow Recommended jet height: 5' (152cm) SprayZone Color choices Colors as shown INSTALLATION ADVANTAGES VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Spraylink™ Geyser (1) Easy on-site assembly and installation Easy maintenance and winterization ø10' (304cm) • Follow Installation guide provided. • Polymer encapsulated assembly, no earth grounding and bonding recommended for SpraylinkTM system. Follow local code. • Replace nozzle and ring with provided cap for winterization. One-size interchangeable nozzle (sufficIent flow and sprayzone required) 85PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SPECIFICATIONS 0/45/41 in 0/115/105 cm H./W./L. 2-3 PSI 0.1-0.2 BAR Pressure 10-12 GPM 38-45 LPM Flow Recommended jet height: 4' (122cm) All Podsprays activated: 6' (183cm) SprayZone Color choices Colors as shown INSTALLATION ADVANTAGES VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Spraylink™ Podspray™(3) Spraylink™ Team (1) Easy on-site assembly and installation Easy maintenance and winterization ø10' (304cm) • Follow Installation guide provided. • Polymer encapsulated assembly, no earth grounding and bonding recommended for SpraylinkTM system. Follow local code. • Replace nozzle and ring with provided cap for winterization. One-size interchangeable nozzle (sufficIent flow and sprayzone required) SPRAYLINK™ TEAM N°1 VOR 3059 Ideal age group: For all ages VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. *Water jet heights may not always be equals depending on water flow. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Spraylink™ is a cutting-edge ground spray collection. With a wide variety of water effects and designs to choose from, these ground sprays are a sustainable solution perfect for any sized Splashpad®. • Enjoy running your feet and hands through soft water jets • Collaborate to step on any Podspray™ to increase geyser • Offers many imaginative play opportunities • Designed and manufactured with sustainability at the forefront • One-size interchangeable nozzles for all Spraylink™ items 86PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 120" (304 cm) 252" (640 cm) VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (FREE USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) H/W/L 123/34/10 in 312/86/25 cm Pressure 7-10 PSI 0.5-0.7 BAR Flow Spray Zone WATER EFFECTS •Triple stream (1) 1-3 GPM 3.8-11.4 LPM Color Choices: Vortex colors VORTEX EXCLUSIVE TECHNOLOGIES This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. TOEGUARDTM •Soft-touch elastomer •Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware •Durable, vandal resistant, resistant to chemicals •Infused with a UV resistant bright color •Available in one or two pieces ensuring tight fit to post 1 SEEFLOWTM •Impact-resistant polymer •Resistant to UV rays and chemicals •Colorful reflections are created with the combination of bright colors, water, and sunlight •Manufactured with up to 40% pre- consumer recycled materials •Reusable at the end of life 3 2 SAFESWAPTM ANCHORING SYSTEM •Attractive ground caps are substituted for future play products •Easily add future play elements with no change to infrastructure •Easily move products from one location to another at no additional cost •Provides flexibility to spread investment over time as capital becomes available •Structural stainless steel base for maximum strength •Optional interim spray cap (as shown) 2 3 1 VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (FREE USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) BAMBOO STEM N°2 VOR 7728 PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS •The triangular water stream pattern created by the nozzle stimulates imaginative & creative play opportunities •Offers a visual experience by casting colorful shadows on the ground with the Seeflow™ *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold.Ideal age group: for all ages 87PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Stainless Steel stairs Anti-slip finish SPECIFICATIONS 53/33/117 in 135/84/297 cm H./W./L. 1.5-2.5 PSI 0.1-0.2 BAR Pressure 8-14 GPM 30-53 LPM Flow Spray Zone - Safety Zone 15' (457 cm)11' (335 cm) 14' 4" (437 cm) 28' (853 cm) Color propositions Installation Color choices Slide + Stairs: Selected Vortex colors Structure: Vortex Steel colors VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Barriers (2) Soft stream (2) Fiberglass slide • Installation on a flat surface or on a slope up to 1:12 maximum • Slide must be installed in the same direction of the slope • Maximum water depth of 12" at the bottom of the slide • 36" x 76" Landing Mat sold separately and required if flooring is not soft surfacing Slope direction Suggested color 1 Suggested color 2 Suggested color 3 SLIDENUK VOR 7257 *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold.Ideal age group: 2-5 year old PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS SlideNuk offers a fun and safe first waterslide experience for your youngest visitors! • Soft water jets create a gentle ride designed for 2-5 year olds • Clear side panels facilitate lifeguard and parent supervision • Toddler sized stairs with anti-slip finish promote independence and develop gross motor skills VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) * Recommended installation in supervised areas 88PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 H/W/L Pressure Flow Smartflow Spray Zone VORTEX EXCLUSIVE TECHNOLOGIES This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. 90/39/10 in 228/99/25 cm 20 PSI 1.5 BAR - - 75-90 GPM 283-340 LPM Color choices: Vortex colors or polished VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) 48 in 121 cm 84 in 213 cm WATER EFFECTS • Laminar water curtain 1 2 SAFESWAPTM ANCHORING SYSTEM • Attractive ground caps are substituted for future play products • Easily add future play elements with no change to infrastructure • Easily move products from one location to another at no additional cost • Provides flexibility to spread investment over time as capital becomes available • Structural stainless steel base for maximum strength • Optional interim spray cap (as shown) TOEGUARD TM • Soft-touch Elastomer • Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware • Durable, vandal resistant, resistant to chemicals • Infused with a UV resistant bright color • Available in one or two pieces ensuring tight fit to postRIO WATERFALL VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • A compact feature to fit anywhere on a lazy river • A thick gush of water soaks those traveling below *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. VOR 7243 • Adds a layer of fun and dynamic water effect to play with 89PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 H/W/L Pressure Flow Smartflow Spray Zone VORTEX EXCLUSIVE TECHNOLOGIES This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. 90/77/10 in 228/195/25 cm 20 PSI 1.5 BAR - - 75-90 GPM 283-340 LPM Color choices: Vortex colors or polished VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) 36 in 91 cm 66 in 167 cm WATER EFFECTS • Laminar water curtain 1 2 SAFESWAPTM ANCHORING SYSTEM • Attractive ground caps are substituted for future play products • Easily add future play elements with no change to infrastructure • Easily move products from one location to another at no additional cost • Provides flexibility to spread investment over time as capital becomes available • Structural stainless steel base for maximum strength • Optional interim spray cap (as shown) TOEGUARD TM • Soft-touch Elastomer • Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware • Durable, vandal resistant, resistant to chemicals • Infused with a UV resistant bright color • Available in one or two pieces ensuring tight fit to postRIO WATERCURTAIN VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • A compact feature to fit anywhere on a lazy river • A laminar sheet of water soaks those traveling below *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. VOR 7244 • Adds a layer of fun and dynamic water effect to play with 90PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 86/175/38 in 218/444/96 cm 86/196/38 in 218/497/96 cm 5-10 PSI 0.3-0.7 BAR 5-10 PSI 0.3-0.7 BAR 3-6 GPM 11-22 LPM 4-8 GPM 15-30 LPM This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. VORTEX EXCLUSIVE TECHNOLOGIES WATER EFFECTS VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Toeguard (2) Toeguard (2) 2 2 SPECIFICATIONS H./W./L. H./W./L. Pressure Pressure Flow Flow Marine Nature Urban VOR 7695 Rio Nano N°1 VOR 7696 Rio Nano N°2 Color choices Post: Vortex colors Seeflow: Pre-set moods Best suited for curve section of rivers Dumping water bucket (3)1 Dumping water bucket (4)1 103" (262 cm) 103" (262 cm) 153" (388 cm) 181" (459 cm) SEEFLOW™ • Impact-resistant polymer resistant to UV rays and chemicals • Colorful reflections are created with the combination of bright colors, water, and sunlight 1 TOEGUARD™ • Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware • Durable, vandal and chemical resistant • Soft-touch Elastomer • Infused with a UV resistant bright color 2 *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold.Ideal age group: for all ages River widths* *for larger river widths please contact your Vortex sales rep VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • A compact feature designed to bring surprise and excitement in tight curves • Anticipate where water will drop and play as you float under the soaking canopy • Offers a visually stimulating experience by casting colorful shadows through the Seeflow™ *Great for use in Lazy River or Pool Play, not for Splashpad installation RIO NANO N°1-N°2 VOR 7695, VOR 7696 8-10ft 2.4-3M 10-12ft 3-3.6M 91PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Slope direction Post and Orb Vortex colors Seeflow™ (6) Seeflow™ Pond (3) VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Version 3.0 June 2021 © Vortex Aquatic Structures International, 2021 SPECIFICATIONS 71 / 73 / 72” 180 / 186 / 182cm H./W./L. 3-4 PSI 0.2-0.3 BAR Pressure 4-6 GPM 15-23 LPM Flow SprayZone PRODUCT INNOVATIONS Installation This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. Toeguard™ (3) SeeFlow™ Pond (3) Waves (4) Ocean Blue TOEGUARD™ • Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware • Durable, vandal resistant, resistant to chemicals • Soft-touch Elastomer • Infused with a UV resistant bright color 1 ANCHORING SYSTEM SAFESWAP™ • Attractive ground caps are substituted for future play products • Easily move products from one location to an- other at no additional cost • Structural stainless steel base for maximum strength SEEFLOW™ • Impact-resistant polymer resistant to UV rays and chemicals • Colorful reflections are created with the combination of bright colors, water, and sunlight 2 ORB • Brings a new level of interaction to every play feature • Promotes the learning of cause & effect • Develops dexterity and motor skills 3 • Waterfeed basins must be placed at slope's highest point • Anchors must be installed level (not on a slope) • Perfect for installation in pool under 12" (30cm) of water depth Color choices 1 3 2 Waterfall (2) Water stream (3) Orb (2) SeeFlow™ (6) 2 144" (365cm) 144" (365cm) 18" (46cm) Ideal age group: 2 to 5 years CASCADE LOOP VOR 7250 PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • Hands-on water exploration through flow play and interactive Waves and Orbs • Encourages collaborative play by allowing many children to play at the same time • Accessible configuration and various types of game opportunities VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. * Recommended installation in supervised areas 92PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (Canada/États-Unis) • +1 514 694-3868 (International) H/W/L 143/46/27 in 363/116/68 cm Pressure 5-10 PSI 0.3-0.7 BAR Flow 3-6 GPM 11.4-22.7 LPM Smartflow – – Color Choices: Vortex colors or polished Sprayzone VORTEX EXCLUSIVE TECHNOLOGIES This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. 2 WATER EFFECTS • Cascading water (3) 21SEEFLOWTM • Impact-resistant polymer • Resistant to UV rays and chemicals • Colorful reflections are created with the combination of bright colors, water, and sunlight • Manufactured with up to 40% pre-consumer recycled materials • Reusable at the end of life TOEGUARDTM • Soft-touch Elastomer • Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware • Durable, vandal resistant, resistant to chemicals • Infused with a UV resistant bright color • Available in one or two pieces ensuring tight fit to post 1 120" (304 cm) 132" (335 cm) vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/Canada) • +1.514.694.3868 (International) BAMBOO TREE N°2 VOR 7789 PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • The gentle water effect creates a calming and contemplative experience • The clean, sleek lines integrate with any landscape • Offers a visual experience by casting colorful shadows on the ground through the Seeflow™ Ideal age group: for all ages 93PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 INNER RAIN BAND 2in PVC PIPEWATER FEED 75 GPM 2" PVC ELECTRICAL CONDUIT OUTER RAIN BAND 4 POINT CONNECTIONEQUALLY SPACED TENSION SUPPORT CABLE 10 58" [ 0 . 2 7 0 m ] DMX CONTROLLED 12V LED PAR CAN LIGHT (RGBAW)OPERATING VOLTAGE: 100-264VAC, 47-63 HERTZ ·FUSE: 3A 250V ·POWER CONSUMPTION: 120W IF WATER FEATURE CONTROL IS DESIRED, ACONTROLLER AND SOLENOID ARE AVAILABLE. ADDITIONAL SPACE WILL BE REQUIRED FORTHE WALL-MOUNTED CONTROLLER (APPROXIMATELY - 3'W x 4'H x 3'D)POWER REQUIREMENTS: 20amp 120VAC Ø3'-3" [Ø0.990m] Ø5'-9" [Ø1 . 7 5 5 m ] FEATURE WEIGHTS:423 LBS DRY WEIGHT MAXIMUM 211 GALLON CAPACITY (1760.9 LBS ADDITIONAL) 50 GALLON TYPICAL OPERATING CAPACITY (417.3 LBS ADDITIONAL) SOUND PACKAGE: (OPTIONAL) AN AUXILIARY SOUND SYSTEM ISAVAILABLE, AND IS SYNCHRONIZED WITHA DYNAMIC LIGHT SHOW ANDRAINSTORM. Ø6'-0" [ Ø 1 . 8 3 0 m ] ® MOUNTING: 401 N. East Street, Paola, Kansas 66071 P 800.844.5334 www.splashtacular.com sales@splashtacular.com FEATURE: DESCRIPTION: © - Splashtacular, LLC. All Right Reserved. The drawings, designs and content contained herein are the exclusive property of Spashtacular, and may not be reproduced, distrbuted, or promoted without the written consent of Splashtacular, or its authorized representative. SERIES:PART #:DATE:DRAWN BY: FEED REQUIREMENTS: FOUNDATION: SUN SHOWER SPECIAL SOLUTIONS CLASSIC SS-SS 06/05/2024 TRL 2.0Inch NPT CONNECTION 50GPM [11.4m³/h] @ 35' [11m] TDH (BY OTHERS) NOT REQUIRED FIXINGS REQUIRED ABOVE FEAUTRE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT 2023 UP T O 1 0 ' - 0 " [ 3 m ] SPR A Y Z O N E vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Ideal age group: For all ages FOAMING GEYSER N°2 VOR 8084 PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • Exciting water effect from the ground for an immersive play • Kids will enjoy running their hands and legs through the water 94PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SPRAYLINK™ BLOOM VOR 3006 Ideal age group: For all ages VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. *Water jet heights may not always be equals depending on water flow. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Spraylink™ is a cutting-edge ground spray collection. With a wide variety of water effects and designs to choose from, these ground sprays are a sustainable solution perfect for any sized Splashpad®. • Enjoy running your feet and hands through soft water jets • Provides high interactivity with low water consumption • Offers many imaginative play opportunities • Designed and manufactured with sustainability at the forefront • One-size interchangeable nozzles for all Spraylink™ items vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) H/W/L 1/11/11 in 2.5/28/28 cm Pressure 2-5 PSI 0.1-0.3 BAR Flow 8-20 GPM 30.3-75.7 LPM Smartflow – – Color Choices: Colors as shown Spray Zone WATER EFFECTS • Frothy ground jet (1) ø 96” (ø 244 cm) 95PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SPRAYLINK™ FUNNEL VOR 3008 Ideal age group: For all ages VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. *Water jet heights may not always be equals depending on water flow.. PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS Spraylink™ is a cutting-edge ground spray collection. With a wide variety of water effects and designs to choose from, these ground sprays are a sustainable solution perfect for any sized Splashpad®. • Enjoy running your feet and hands through soft water jets • Provides high interactivity with low water consumption • Offers many imaginative play opportunities • Designed and manufactured with sustainability at the forefront • One-size interchangeable nozzles for all Spraylink™ items SPECIFICATIONS 0/5.3/5.3 in 0/13.5/13.5 cm H./W./L. 3-4 PSI 0.2-0.3 BAR Pressure 7-9 GPM 26.5-34 LPM Flow Recommended jet height: 6' (183cm) SprayZone Color choices Colors as shown INSTALLATION ADVANTAGES VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Spraylink™ Bloom (1) Easy on-site assembly and installation Easy maintenance and winterization ø15' (457cm) • Follow Installation guide provided. • Polymer encapsulated assembly, no earth grounding and bonding recommended for SpraylinkTM system. Follow local code. • Replace nozzle and ring with provided cap for winterization. One-size interchangeable nozzle (sufficIent flow and sprayzone required) 96PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/Canada) +1.514.694.3868 (International) BAMBOO TREE N°1 VOR 7725 PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • The gentle water effect creates a calming and contemplative experience • The clean, sleek lines integrate with any landscape • Offers a visual experience by casting colorful shadows on the ground through the Seeflow™ Ideal age group: for all ages SPECIFICATIONS 0/5.3/5.3 in 0/13.5/13.5 cm H./W./L. 1-2 PSI 0.1-0.2 BAR Pressure 6-8 GPM 23-30 LPM Flow Recommended jet height: 6-12in (15-30cm) SprayZone Color choices Colors as shown INSTALLATION ADVANTAGES VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Spraylink™ Funnel (1) Easy on-site assembly and installation Easy maintenance and winterization ø6' (183cm) • Follow Installation guide provided. • Polymer encapsulated assembly, no earth grounding and bonding recommended for SpraylinkTM system. Follow local code. • Replace nozzle and ring with provided cap for winterization. One-size interchangeable nozzle (sufficIent flow and sprayzone required) 97PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/Canada) +1.514.694.3868 (International) BAMBOO RAIN VOR 7730 PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • Cross through the water curtain effect for a dynamic and immersive experience • Offers many play opportunities Ideal age group: for all ages*The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/Canada) +1.514.694.3868 (International) H/W/L 170/71/11 in 431/180/27 cm Pressure 5-10 PSI 0.3-0.7 BAR Flow 1-2 GPM 3.8-7.6 LPM Smartflow – – Color Choices: Vortex colors or polished Spray zone ø 120" (ø 304 cm) VORTEX EXCLUSIVE TECHNOLOGIES This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. 2 WATER EFFECTS • Cascading water (1) 21SEEFLOWTM • Impact-resistant polymer • Resistant to UV rays and chemicals • Colorful reflections are created with the combination of bright colors, water, and sunlight • Manufactured with up to 40% pre-consumer recycled materials • Reusable at the end of life TOEGUARDTM • Soft-touch Elastomer • Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware • Durable, vandal resistant, resistant to chemicals • Infused with a UV resistant bright color • Available in one or two pieces ensuring tight fit to post 1 98PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ALTO N°3 VOR 7132 VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS •Features a bigger surface area and wider indentations for even more tactile play experiences. •Incorporates Water Journey™ Hop—textured stones that, when skipped and stepped on, impact the pressure of Alto’s geysering summit. Ideal age group: 2-5 years*The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. vortex-intl.com • info@vortex-intl.com 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/Canada) +1.514.694.3868 (International) H/W/L 119/77/10 in 302/195/25 cm Pressure 5-10 PSI 0.3-0.7 BAR Flow 5-14 GPM 18.9-53.0 LPM Smartflow – – Color Choices: Vortex colors Sprayzone VORTEX EXCLUSIVE TECHNOLOGIES This product features the following technologies that are unique to Vortex. 2 WATER EFFECTS • Jet stream (7) 21SEEFLOWTM • Impact-resistant polymer • Resistant to UV rays and chemicals • Colorful reflections are created with the combination of bright colors, water, and sunlight • Manufactured with up to 40% pre-consumer recycled materials • Reusable at the end of life TOEGUARDTM • Soft-touch Elastomer • Protects children’s toes from anchoring hardware • Durable, vandal resistant, resistant to chemicals • Infused with a UV resistant bright color • Available in one or two pieces ensuring tight fit to post 1 96" (243 cm) 131" (332 cm) 3 SAFESWAPTM ANCHORING SYSTEM • Attractive ground caps are substituted for future play products • Easily add future play elements with no change to infrastructure • Easily move products from one location to another at no additional cost • Provides flexibility to spread investment over time as capital becomes available • Structural stainless steel base for maximum strength • Optional interim spray cap (as shown) 3 99PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 HOP N°2 VOR 7134 VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • Skipped and stepped on, these textured stones spray their soft jets of water higher into the sky. • Promotes balance and coordination. • The ground-level design is textured and facilitates easy contact for all ages and abilities. • Demonstrates cause and effect by interacting with spray functions. Ideal age group: 2-5 years*The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. ø216" (ø549 cm) A B HOP VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) 23/73/78 in 58/185/198 cm 1.5-2 PSI 0.1-0.1 BAR 13-18 GPM 49.2-68.1 LPM Spray zone WATER EFFECTS •Cascade (1)•Soft stream (9) Flow PressureH/W/L COLOR COMBINATIONS 100PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS • Misty water jets create a refreshing experience • Very low water consumption for urban applications • Solar ambiance glow at night • Integrated activation around 30 seconds, no controller or electricity required (Optional) Ideal age group: for all ages VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) *The product shown in the image may differ from the actual product sold. ** Must only be used with potable water ** GLOMIST NANO VOR 7248 GLOMIST VOR 7247 120" (305 cm) 84" (213 cm) 1 2 3 4 VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) 1/14/47 in 3/36/119 cm 1.3-2.2 PSI 0.1-0.1 BAR 8-12 GPM 30.3-45.4 LPM - - Spray zone WATER EFFECTS • Soft jet stream (9) Flow Smartflow PressureH/W/L COLOR COMBINATIONS 101PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Post: Vortex colors VORTEX-INTL.COM • INFO@VORTEX-INTL.COM 1.877.586.7839 (free USA/CANADA) +1.514.694.3868 (INTERNATIONAL) Version 1.0 August 2021 © Vortex Aquatic Structures International, 2021 SPECIFICATIONS 86/10/14” 218/25/36 cm H./W./L. 20-30 PSI 1.4-2.0 BAR 20-30 PSI 1.4-2.0 BAR PressurePressure 0.1-0.3 GPM 0.4-1.1 LPM 0.3-0.5 GPM 1.1-1.9 LPM FlowFlow SprayZone SprayZone DETAILS Color choices Fine mist (5) Flush to ground cover Ambiance glow Integrated activation (30 sec) (Optinal $) Solar LEDs • Fine mist nozzles could need more maintenance in hard water areas • Easy nozzle disassembly for clean-up or replacement with Vortex tools • LEDs powered with rechargeable batteries by a solar cell • Night sensor embedded for ambiance glow at sunset • South facing solar cell is recommended, avoid shadow areas for installation 144" (366cm) 144" (366cm) 144" (366cm) 144" (366cm) 108/10/16” 274/25/41 cm H./W./L. Fine mist (3) Toeguard™ kit also available on demand (33903.1455) MAINTENANCE 102PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 AquaClimb® Four Unique Models AquaClimb Krystal •Budget-friendly and entry-level option •Modular, flat panels in clear, blue, and green transparent tint •Customizable up to four height options sized to pool's depth AquaClimb 3D •3D contoured panels for realistic climbing available in translucent Ice, Glacier, or Jade colors, and solid painted color schemes •Modular panels can be turned and flipped to change up the experience •Translucent panels allow lifeguard visibility while giving privacy to the climber behind the wall AquaClimb Kurve •Sleek, curved frame that allows heights up to 20 feet •3D contoured panels available in color options of Ice or Glacier •Translucent panels allow lifeguard visibility while giving privacy to the climber behind the wall AquaClimb Luxe •Completely customizable design to match your pool's aesthetics •3D contoured panels •Deck mounted or Pool wall mounted Turn your pool into an adventure with AquaClimb® Activates the Deep End As a safer alternative or enhancement to diving boards, AquaClimb attracts tweens and teens to those under-utilized, deep areas of a pool. Minimal Footprint AquaClimb’s small deck-mounted system saves clearance space and doesn’t interfere with normal lap swimming. And with no water source required, it is an easy amenity to add. Modular and Customizable AquaClimb’s height, width, and panel style can all be tailored to fit the size and design of your pool, with options for adding more panels at a later phase as your budget allows. Top Safety Record With best-in-class safety features to ensure climbers fall away from the wall, AquaClimb also has a proven performance history from 1,000 installations across the globe. Easy to Install Because AquaClimb is pre-assembled in the factory, no specialized skills or equipment are required for onsite installation at your facility on any pool gutter configuration. Challenging, Realistic Climbing With 3D contoured panels, AquaClimb delivers a realistic rock-climbing experience that engages adolescents through adults to conquer the climb in different ways. For recreation centers, fitness facilities, camps, and private clubs, AquaClimb expands poolside programming with an easy addition that is safe, engaging, and fun. As the market leader, AquaClimb offers more benefits to its customers than any other climbing product: 103PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 33'9.3" 10.3m 20'6.7" 6.3m 50'5.2" 15.4m 33'10.6" 10.3m SAFETY ZONE SPRAY ZONE MANIFOLD LOCATION32in (0.8m) DECK4" WATER CONNECTION(256 GPM@20 PSI at connection)(968.96 LPM@1.4bar at connection) MANIFOLD LOCATION64in (1.0m) DECK4" WATER CONNECTION(95.5 GPM@20 PSI at connection)(364.46 LPM@1.4bar at connection) MANIFOLD LOCATION72in (1.8m) DECK4" WATER CONNECTION(110 GPM@20 PSI at connection)(416.35 LPM@1.4bar at connection) THICKENED REINFORCED CONCRETE SLABRefer to General Specifications 1'7.0" 0.5m 17'9.9" 5.4m Minimum clearance required from ceiling = 1'-7" (0.5m) Notes: • Spray free area (buffer zone) should be considered around product sprayzone • Thickened reinforced concrete slab required under structure On sloped floors higher than 2%, posts can be adjusted to pool slope as an option. Minimum User Height for waterslide(s): 36" [0.91m] ELEVATIONS LEGEND WATER ANCHOR(S) = 4 DECKS = 8 WATER PLAY FEATURES= 20 WATERSLIDE(S) = 2 TOTAL FLOW = 581.5 gpm (2201 lpm) MAX USER CAPACITY = 104 users DATE: PROJECT LOCATION: PROJECT NAME: 7800 Trans Canada, Pointe-Claire (Montreal)Québec, Canada H9R 1C6 PROJECT ID: DESIGNER: PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL VERSION: DRAWING TITLE: ELEVATIONS MODEL: SCALE:NTS THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THISDRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OFVORTEX AQUATIC STRUCTURES INTERNATIONAL. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PARTOR AS A WHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTENPERMISSION OF VORTEX AQUATICSTRUCTURES INTERNATIONAL IS PROHIBITED.11" x 17" (B) SIZEDRAWING FORMAT: THE DIMENSIONS CONTAINED HERE IN ARE A RESULT OF INITIAL SITE INFORMATION THAT WAS PROVIDED DURING THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN PROCESS. WHILE EVERY ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO ASSURE ACCURACY, FINAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWING DIMENSIONS MAY VARY. PRELIMINARY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Sheet 1 of 2 PASCO AQUATIC CENTER 42804 CS WA,USA OCT 23 2024 GENERAL VIEWS L8B 104PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 C DATE: PROJECT: CLIENT: SCALE:CITY: DESIGNER:COUNTRY: STATE: TITLE:PROPOSED DROP SLIDE LAYOUT PASCO WASHINGTON USASCM10.9.24 NTS SLD7 2 OF 2 PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTION2024 - Splashtacular, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 401 N. East Street v. 800.844.5334 Paola, KS 66071 f. 913.294.2496 Waterslides and Waterpark Attractions R which has exclusive rights to without prior written consent use this document does not information contained herein convey any rights to use the proprietary trade secrets and confidential information contained This document is the intellectual property of Splashtacular, herein. Receipt of permission to of Splashtacular. fiberglass sections. Refer to actual fiberglass samples for an accurate representation of the color and translucency.fiberglass depicted on this color rendering and the amount of transparency shown is only for facilitating the location of translucentColors shown here will differ from actual colors due to variations in the calibration of computer monitors and printers. Translucent EL. 100.00' WATER LEVEL EL. 100.00'POOL DECK EL. 111.08' START DECK D = 6'-0" WATER DEPTH Water level is assumed to be EVEN with finished pool deck.Slide height is from finished pool/runout deck to finished start deck. D 32" ENCLOSED DROP SLIDE 11.08'23.65'300-500 MARK SLIDE TYPE HEIGHT (ft)LENGTH (ft) TOTAL LENGTH:23.65' GPM 21'-6" 13 ' - 6 14" 5' - 0 " 6' - 0 " 1' - 9 " 2'-7" 105PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 C DATE: PROJECT: CLIENT: SCALE:CITY: DESIGNER:COUNTRY: STATE: TITLE:PROPOSED INDOOR/OUTDOOR SLIDE LAYOUT PASCO WASHINGTON USATRL/SCM10.30.24 NTS SLD9 1 OF 1 PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTION2024 - Splashtacular, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 401 N. East Street v. 800.844.5334 Paola, KS 66071 f. 913.294.2496 Waterslides and Waterpark Attractions R which has exclusive rights to without prior written consent use this document does not information contained herein convey any rights to use the proprietary trade secrets and confidential information contained This document is the intellectual property of Splashtacular, herein. Receipt of permission to of Splashtacular. fiberglass sections. Refer to actual fiberglass samples for an accurate representation of the color and translucency.fiberglass depicted on this color rendering and the amount of transparency shown is only for facilitating the location of translucentColors shown here will differ from actual colors due to variations in the calibration of computer monitors and printers. Translucent A EL. 100.00'POOL DECK EL. 129.75' START DECK EL. 100.00'RUNOUT DECK BC Slide height is from finished pool/runout deck to finished start deck. * Slide length includes 49.00' of runout. MARK SLIDE TYPE HEIGHT (ft)LENGTH (ft) TOTAL LENGTH:694.46' GPM A 32" ENCLOSED BODY SLIDE 29.75'238.24' *300-500 B 32" ENCLOSED BODY SLIDE 29.75'221.96' *300-500 C 32" ENCLOSED BODY SLIDE 29.75'234.26' *300-500 53'-2" 12 ' - 6 " 21 ' - 0 " 53'-1" 4' - 0 " STAIR START MIN RUNOUTS CLEAR EXTENTS SEE ATTACHED RUNOUT DETAILS (TYP) Wall blockouts, closure panels and sealing around the slide at wall penetrations is by others (typ.) 29 ' - 9 " 106PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 401 N. East Street v. 800.844.5334 Paola, KS 66071 f. 913.294.2496 Waterslides and Waterpark Attractions R which has exclusive rights to without prior written consent use this document does not information contained herein convey any rights to use the proprietary trade secrets and confidential information contained This document is the intellectual property of Splashtacular, LLC. herein. Receipt of permission to of Splashtacular, LLC. C DATE: PROJECT: CLIENT: SCALE:CITY: DESIGNER:COUNTRY: STATE: TITLE:PROPOSED OUTDOOR SLIDE LAYOUT USABCM NTS SLD 3 1 OF 1 PRELIMINARYNOT FOR CONSTRUCTION2022 - Splashtacular, LLC. All Rights Reserved.fiberglass sections. Refer to actual fiberglass samples for an accurate representation of the color and translucency.fiberglass depicted on this color rendering and the amount of transparency shown is only for facilitating the location of translucentColors shown here will differ from actual colors due to variations in the calibration of computer monitors and printers. Translucent 326.69'A 54" OPEN/ENCLOSED TUBE SLIDE 30.33'B 338.89' Slide height is from finished pool/runout deck to finished start deck. 1200-1800 * Slide length includes 54.25' of runout. ** Slide length includes 53.00' of runout. 30.33'800 MARK SLIDE TYPE HEIGHT (ft)LENGTH (ft) TOTAL LENGTH:665.58' GPM TRAXX MULTI-LANE RACERTM - 2 LANE SEE ATTACHED RUNOUT DETAIL (TYP) STAIR START MIN RUNOUT CLEAR EXTENTS START DECK EL. 540.75' POOL DECKEL. 510.42' RUNOUT DECKEL. 510.42' 6 1 ' - 2 " 21'-8 " 6' - 0 " MIN 14'-6" CLEARANCE ABOVE EL. 510.42' 107PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ColorsColor Selection SPW SPW USA Color Selection Obstacle Frame Secondary Color Obstacle Frame Primary Color Obstacle Ropes Ceiling Steel THIS DOCUNET IS THE PROPERTY OFWJN, LLC OF OVERLAND PARK, KS.WHICH HAS THE EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS TOPROPRIETARY TRADE SECRETS ANDCONFIDENTIAL INFORMATIONCONTAINED HEREIN. RECIEPT OFPERMISSION TO USE THIS DOCUMENTDOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO USEANY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINEDHEREIN WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTENPERMISSION OF WJN, LLC. MARK REVISIONS CHECKED BY: SCALE: DATE: PROJECT: TITLE: APPROVED BY: DESIGNER: COUNTRY: STATE: COUNTY: CITY: PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION© 2020 - NINJACROSS™ SYSTEMS THE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT SYSTEMDEPICTED ON THESE DRAWINGS WASDESIGNED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER WHO'SSEAL AND SIGNATURE ARE AFFIXED TO THIS DRAWING. THIS PROFESSIONALENGINEER DID NOT PERFORM ANY DESIGN OR REVIEW OF THE OTHERSYSTEMS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGSAND THEREFORE ASSUMES NORESPONSBILTY FOR THIER ADEQUACY WJN, LLC dba NINJACROSS SYSTEMS TM APPV'DDateSupplied Drawing # PROJECT #: 108PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 109PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 110PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.4 Plumbing Fixtures Cutsheets Highcliff™ Ultra Top spud flushometer bowl K-96057 CL of Outlet 26-1/8" (664 mm) 16-5/8" (422 mm) 14-5/8" (371 mm) 5-5/8" (143 mm) 10" (254 mm) Front of Bowl For Back-to-Back Toilet Installations Use a 45° double wye fitting. Do not use a double sanitary tee. 6-3/8" (162 mm)1-1/2" Spud 28" (711 mm) or 30" (762 mm)1-5/8" (41 mm) or 3-5/8" (92 mm) 10" (254 mm) or 12" (305 mm) 3-5/8" (92 mm) or 5-5/8" (143 mm) 16-1/4" (413 mm) Technical Information All product dimensions are nominal. Toilet type:Floor-mount Waste Outlet:Floor Bowl shape:Elongated Flush type:Flushometer valve siphon Spud size:1 1/2, Inlet, Top Trap passageway:2-1/8" (54 mm) Water surface size:10" x 7" (254 mm x 178 mm) Rim to water surface: 6" (152 mm) Rough-in:12" (305 mm) Seat-mounting holes: 5-1/2" (140 mm) Fixture Supply Requirements Min static pressure:35 psi (241.3 kPa) Max static pressure:80 psi (551.6 kPa) Min flowing pressure: 25 psi (172.4 kPa) Min flow rate:25 gpm (94.6 lpm) Notes Install this product according to the installation instructions. For back-to-back toilet installations: Use only a 45° double wye fitting. ADA, OBC, CSA B651 compliant when installed to the specific requirements of these regulations. Plumbing codes may require elongated toilets and elongated, open-front seats in public bathrooms. Accessibility standards may require controls to be located on the open side of the toilet. 1-800-4KOHLER (1-800-456-4537) Kohler Co. reserves the right to make revisions without notice to product specifications. For the most current Specification Sheet, go to www.kohler.com USA or www.kohler.ca Canada 7-3-2024 20:24 - US Highcliff™ Ultra Top spud flushometer bowl K-96057 Features•Elongated bowl offers added room and comfort•1-1/2" (38 mm) top spud•2-1/8" (54 mm) fully glazed trapway•10" x 7" (254 mm x 178 mm) water surface•1.0 gpf (3.8 lpf), 1.1 gpf (4.2 lpf), 1.28 (4.8 lpf), or 1.6 gpf (6.0 lpf) depending on flushometer specified•Also available with antimicrobial finish K-96057-SS•10" or 12" (254 or 305 mm) rough-in•Supports static load of 2,500 lbs Material•Vitreous china Technology•Designed to outperform competitors in bowl cleanliness and plug resistance•Maximum waste removal•Engineered for toilet seat cover removal•Excellent bowl rinse•Engineered to flush effectively in buildings with low supply pressure and flow•Maximum drain line carry at all flush volumes per ASME standard Installation•Replaces Highcrest K-4302, Highcliff K-4368 and Highline K-4405. Height and footprint may vary Codes/Standards ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 DOE - Energy Policy Act 1992 EPA WaterSense® California Energy Commission (CEC) ADA ICC/ANSI A117.1 CSA B651 OBC IAPMO Certification KOHLER® One-Year Limited Warranty See website for detailed warranty information. Available Colors/Finishes Color tiles intended for reference only. Color Code Description 0 White 96 Biscuit 7 Black Black™ 1-800-4KOHLER (1-800-456-4537) Kohler Co. reserves the right to make revisions without notice to product specifications. For the most current Specification Sheet, go to www.kohler.com USA or www.kohler.ca Canada 7-3-2024 20:24 - US WC-1 111PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ECOS® SENSOR FLUSHOMETERECOS 8111-1.28 Sloan 10500 Seymour Ave, Franklin Park, IL 60131 Phone: 800.982.5839 • Fax: 800.447.8329 • sloan.com Code 3370448 • Downloaded 09/30/24 • Revised 06/21/24 • View Latest Version Page 2 of 2 Tail Piece Repair and Maintenance Guide ECOS Repair and Maintenance Guide Flushometer Pressure gauges Additional Downloads NOTES All information contained within this document subject to change without notice. Looking for other variations of the ECOS 8111 product? View the general spec sheet with all options. WaterSense compliant when used with a WaterSense compliant fixture Battery life varies according to actual usage and restroom conditions. WARRANTY View Warranty Information ROUGH-IN ECOS® SENSOR FLUSHOMETERECOS 8111-1.28 Sloan 10500 Seymour Ave, Franklin Park, IL 60131 Phone: 800.982.5839 • Fax: 800.447.8329 • sloan.com Code 3370448 • Downloaded 09/30/24 • Revised 06/21/24 • View Latest Version Page 1 of 2 CODE NUMBER 3370448 DESCRIPTION 1.28 gpf, Polished Chrome Finish, Fixture Connection Top Spud, Single Flush, Electrical Override, Battery, ECOS® Exposed Sensor Water Closet Flushometer. DETAILS Flush Volume: 1.28 gpf (4.8 Lpf) Finish: Polished Chrome (CP) Power Type: Battery Battery Life: 6 years Valve: Diaphragm Valve Body Material: Semi-red Brass Fixture Type: Water Closet Fixture Connection: Top Spud Rough-In Dimension: 11 ½" (292mm) Spud Coupling: 1 ½" (38mm) Supply Pipe: 1" (25mm) Override: Electrical FEATURES Sweat Solder Adapter with Cover Tube and Cast Set Screw Wall Flange Main Seat, Stop Seat and Vacuum Breaker Molded from PERMEX® Rubber Compound for Chloramine resistance User friendly three (3) second Flush Delay “Low Battery” Flashing LED Infrared Sensor with Multiple-focused, Lobular Sensing Fields for high and low target detection Fixed Metering Bypass and No External Volume Adjustment to Ensure Water Conservation Flex Tube Diaphragm designed for improved life and reduced maintenance Engineered Metal Cover with replaceable Lens Window Courtesy Flush® Override Button Four (4) Size AA Batteries included 1” I.P.S. Screwdriver Bak-Chek® Angle Stop with Free Spinning Vandal Resistant Stop Cap PERMEX® Synthetic Rubber Diaphragm with Dual Filtered Fixed Bypass VIDEOS PVD Special Finishes COMPLIANCES & CERTIFICATIONS (ADA Compliant, BAA Compliant, BABAA Compliant, BREEAM Materials Credit, BREEAM Water Credit, CalGreen Compliant, cUPC Green Certified, cUPC Certified, EPD, Green Globes Materials & Resources Credit, Green Globes Water Credit, HPD, LEED Materials & Resources EPD Credit, LEED Materials & Resources HPD Credit, LEED V4 Water Efficiency Credit, WaterSense Listed, Satisfies LEED Credits, WELL Building Standard) RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATION Valve Body, Cover, Tailpiece and Control Stop shall be in conformance with ASTM Alloy Classification for Semi- Red Brass. Valve shall be in compliance with the applicable sections of ASSE 1037 and ANSI/ASME 112.19.2. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Arming Delay: 16 seconds Battery Life: 6 years Flush Delay: 3s Sensor Range: 22" – 42" (559 – 1,067mm) VALVE OPERATING PRESSURE (FLOWING) 15 – 80 PSI (103 – 552 kPa). Specific fixtures may require greater minimum flowing pressure - consult manufacturer requirements. DOWNLOADS Sloan ECOS Single/Dual-Flush Flushometer & Retrofit Valve Installation Instructions Sloan Ecos Valve (Spanish) Installation Instructions Control Stop Repair and Maintenance Guide Flush Connections Flanges Repair and Maintenance Guide 112PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Brenham™ Wall-Mount Bathroom Sink K-1997-4 9" (229 mm) Min 11" (279 mm) Min 24" (610 mm) 31" (787 mm)8" (203 mm) Min 28-1/2" (724 mm) 21-15/16" (557 mm) 9-1/4" (235 mm) 31" (787 mm) 6-1/2" (165 mm)7-3/4" (197 mm) 4" (102 mm) 3/8" Cold3/8" Hot 9/16" (14 mm)1-1/2" (38 mm) 29-1/8" (714 mm) 1-1/4" OD Children's Environment 6-12 yrs Recommended ADA/TAS Installation 3-1/2" (89 mm) 8" (203 mm) Min Recommended ADA/TAS Installation 34" (864 mm) 27" (686 mm)11" (279 mm) Min 9" (229 mm) Min Ø 1-1/4" (32 mm) Leveling Screw Hole 19-3/4" (502 mm) 8-1/2" (216 mm)13-3/4" (349 mm) 18-5/16" (465 mm) Ø 1-1/4" (32 mm) Locking Device Hole 2-11/16" (68 mm)7-15/16" (202 mm) Standard Installation 4" (102 mm)4" (102 mm) Concealed Arm Hole Locations Technical Information All product dimensions are nominal. Basin configuration:Single Bowl Center(s):4 Bowl area (Only):Length: 14-3/8" (365 mm) Width: 12-5/16" (313 mm) Water depth: 3-1/4" (83 mm) With overflow:Yes Number of deck holes: 3 Faucet hole spacing:4" (102 mm) Faucet hole(s):1-1/4" (32 mm) Drain hole:1-3/4" (44 mm) Notes Install this product according to the installation instructions. ADA, OBC, CSA B651 compliant when installed to the specific requirements of these regulations. 1-800-4KOHLER (1-800-456-4537) Kohler Co. reserves the right to make revisions without notice to product specifications. For the most current Specification Sheet, go to www.kohler.com USA or www.kohler.ca Canada 10-21-2024 23:02 - US/CA Brenham™ Wall-Mount Bathroom Sink K-1997-4 Features•4" (102 mm) centerset faucet holes•Oval basin•Overflow drain•Includes wall hanger Material•Vitreous china Installation•Wall-mount•Drilled for concealed arm carrier installation Recommended Products/Accessories K-23726 Drain treatment K-23725 Cast iron cleaner Optional Products/Accessories K-8998 P-Trap K-1998 Shroud Codes/Standards ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 ADA ICC/ANSI A117.1 CSA B651 OBC IAPMO Certification KOHLER® Vitreous China Bathroom Sink Lifetime Limited Warranty See website for detailed warranty information. Available Colors/Finishes Color tiles intended for reference only. Color Code Description 0 White 96 Biscuit 7 Black Black™ 1-800-4KOHLER (1-800-456-4537) Kohler Co. reserves the right to make revisions without notice to product specifications. For the most current Specification Sheet, go to www.kohler.com USA or www.kohler.ca Canada 10-21-2024 23:02 - US/CA L-1 113PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4"(102mm) 5-7/8"(149mm)4-3/4"(121mm) 4 1/2"(114mm) 3-3/4" (95mm) Deck Application Dependent 2-1/4" (57mm) Supplied 12" (305mm) Max. Deck Thickness 1-1/2"(38mm) Specifications FAUCET DESCRIPTION • Solid brass body with chrome plated finish • Elegant styling • 4"centerset OPERATION • Adjustable infrared sensor (range, turn off delay and obstruction delay) • Temperature controlled by mixing valve or mixing tee (optional) • Battery powered (AC optional) FLOW • Supplied with vandal resistant 0.5 gpm (1.9 L/min) aerator (with key) VALVES • In-line filter included • Slow close solenoid valve STANDARDS • Third party certified to ASME A112.18.1/CSA B-125.1 and all applicable specifications refer- enced therein • Contains no more than 0.25% weighted average lead content • Complies with California Proposition 65 and with the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act • ADA for lever handles WARRANTY • Warranted for 5 years against material or manufacturer defects M•Power™ Deck-Mount (4" Center), Non-Mixing, Battery Powered Electronic Faucet Models: CA8301 series NOTE: DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED THROUGH 3 HOLES 1" MIN. DIA. 2" ON CENTER TO ORDER PARTS CALL: 1-877-MOEN-PRO pro.moen.com/sensor CRITICAL DIMENSIONS (DO NOT SCALE) Rev. 3/16 For models manufactured before July 2016. 4-7/8" (124mm) 7" (178mm) 4" (102mm) 5" (127mm)1-1/8" (29mm) 6" (152mm) 2-1/4" (64mm) 2-5/8" (67mm) 2-3/8" (60mm)4" (102mm) 4" (102mm) 6-1/8" (156mm) Specifications DESCRIPTION • One piece, cast brass construction above-deck with various finishes identified by suffix • Transitional style matches M•Power™ soap dispenser (model 8558) • 4" centerset • Vandal resistant aerator • Flexible stainless steel supply line • Vandal resistant below-deck box with included mounting hardware OPERATION • "Touch free" operation for improved hygiene • Adjustable sensor activation distance from 3" to 12" (default 5-1/2") • Vandal Mode: 30 second time-out feature • Maintenance / Cleaning Mode: Allows for a 30 second deactivation for maintenance or cleaning • Sentinel Flow: Eliminates stagnant water supply lines every 24 hours (factory setting = off) • Metering Mode Feature: Adjustable run time from 10 to 180 seconds (factory setting = off) • Battery 4 (AA) with AC compatibility º For AC connection: Transformer 104630 required for up to 8 devices, and 182538 connector for each device • Battery level indicator with low battery warning light • Battery life: Up to 8 years* • In-line filter included FLOW • 0.5 gpm (1.9 L/min) vandal-resistant multi-stream laminar flow STANDARDS • Third party certified to meet ASME A112.18.1/CSA B-125.1, and all applicable requirements referenced therein including NSF 61/9 & 372 • Complies with California Proposition 65 and with the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act • Meets the current requirements of the Buy American Act (BAA) • ADA compliant WARRANTY • Warranted for 5 years against material or manufacturer defects * Typical alkaline battery life at 150 uses per day M•Power™ Electronic Faucet Below-Deck Transitional Style Models: CA8301 Series NOTE: DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED THROUGH 3 HOLES, 1" MIN. DIA. & 2" ON CENTER TO ORDER PARTS CALL: 1-877-MOEN-PRO pro.moen.com/sensor CRITICAL DIMENSIONS (DO NOT SCALE) Rev. 2/21 Adjustable Temperature Thermostatic Mixing Valve 104451 • Minimum flow rate of .35gpm • ASSE 1070 & CSA B-125.1 certified Optional There is more than 1 version of this model. Page down to identify the version you have. 114PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Verse™ 33" top-mount single-bowl kitchen sink K-20060-1 22" (559 mm) 11" (279 mm) 9-5/16" (237 mm) 2-1/4" (57 mm)16-1/2" (419 mm) 8-3/4" (222 mm) 33" (838 mm) 14-11/16" (373 mm) 1-1/2" OD Technical Information All product dimensions are nominal. Basin configuration:Single Bowl Min. base cabinet width: 36" (914 mm) Bowl area (Only):Length: 29-7/16" (748 mm) Width: 15-11/16" (399 mm) Bowl depth: 9" (229 mm) Water depth: 9" (229 mm) Number of deck holes: 1 Faucet hole(s):1-7/16" (37 mm) Drain hole:3-3/4" (94 mm) Notes Install this product according to the installation instructions. 1-800-4KOHLER (1-800-456-4537) Kohler Co. reserves the right to make revisions without notice to product specifications. For the most current Specification Sheet, go to www.kohler.com USA or www.kohler.ca Canada 10-23-2024 20:38 - US/CA Verse™ 33" top-mount single-bowl kitchen sink K-20060-1 Features•36" minimum base cabinet width•Single bowl•9" (229 mm) depth provides generous workspace•Single faucet hole•Includes installation hardware Material•Premium 18-gauge stainless steel Installation•Top-mount Recommended Products/Accessories K-8801 Sink drain and strainer with tailpiece K-8799 Sink drain and strainer basket K-23726 Drain treatment K-23729 Stainless steel cleaner Optional Products/Accessories K-11352 Disposal Flange with Stopper Codes/Standards ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4 IAPMO Certification KOHLER® Stainless Steel Sinks Lifetime Limited Warranty See website for detailed warranty information. 1-800-4KOHLER (1-800-456-4537) Kohler Co. reserves the right to make revisions without notice to product specifications. For the most current Specification Sheet, go to www.kohler.com USA or www.kohler.ca Canada 10-23-2024 20:38 - US/CA S-1 115PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Page 1 Revised: 08/23/18 Fixture May Show Some Available Options Terrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink Shoulders are pitched to provide drainage and pitched toward the inside without caps exposing the natural terrazzo finish. Stainless steel or vinyl bumper guard accessories are available to provide protection. Accessories to complement and complete the installation of the mop sink include: • chrome finish faucets • 36" hose to reduce splashing with wall hanger to support the hose • mop hanger for easy storage of the mop over the sink • rubber drain gaskets for easy installation of the fixture • stainless steel wall guards to protect sensitive walls from splashing water • tiling flanges for simple, flexible field installation • stainless steel or vinyl bumper guards ACORN Terrazzo-Ware™ precast mop sinks provide flexibility in configuration and size as required by the design of the building and the specific installation. Mop sinks are attractive, durable fixtures designed to be easy to install and maintain. Fixtures are available in 10" and 6" heights in a variety of square and rectangular sizes. A 6" high neo-corner configuration is optionally available. Integral Drain is supplied with a removable, stainless steel grid strainer and provides for an inside caulked connection to a 3" pipe. The mop sink has coved corners and is pitched to the drain outlet to provide positive drainage. A beehive dome strainer is optionally available. GUIDE SPECIFICATION Provide and install an ACORN Reduced Height Mop Sink (specify model number and options). Mop Sink shall be made of precast terrazzo to produce a compressive strength of at least 3,000 PSI seven days after casting. All exposed surfaces shall be ground smooth and sealed. No air holes or pits shall be allowed on the finished surface. Sink shall have coved corners and be pitched to the drain outlet for positive drainage. Integral drain shall have a stainless steel strainer and provide for an inside caulked connection to a 3" pipe. The manufacturer will provide to the installer the necessary installation instructions. Construction is one piece, precast terrazzo composed of marble chips cast in Portland cement to provide a compressive strength of at least 3,000 PSI seven days after casting. The mop sink surface is ground smooth and sealed to provide years of service. T.MSRH Terrazzo-Ware™ Mop Sink - Reduced Height Series TRH-242410 Acorn Engineering Company • 15125 Proctor Avenue • P.O. Box 3527 • City of Industry, CA 91744-0527 U.S.A. Tel: (800) 488-8999 • (626) 336-4561 • Fax: (626) 961-2200 • www.acorneng.com • E-mail: info@acorneng.com Please visit www.acorneng.com for most current specifications. MB-1 01-11-2021 DESCRIPTION • Power Boost™ Spray Technology provides boosted water performance with the push of a button • Reflex™ pulldown system offers smooth operation, easy movement and secure docking • Metal construction with various finishes identified by suffix • Duralock™ quick connect system • Pulldown spray with 68” braided hose • Flexible supply lines with 3/8” compression fittings • High arc spout provides height and reach to fill or clean large pots while pulldown wand provides the maneuverability for cleaning or rinsing • 360˚ rotating spout OPERATION • Lever style handle • Operates with less than 5 lbs. of force • Operates in stream or spray mode in the docked or retracted position • Temperature controlled by 100˚ arc of handle travel FLOW • Flow is limited to 1.5 gpm (5.7 L/min) at 60 psi CARTRIDGE • 1255™ Duralast™ cartridge for Single-Handle Faucets • Engineered polymers, non-ferrous and stainless steel materials STANDARDS • Third party certified to IAPMO Green, ASME A112.18.1/CSA B-125.1 and all applicable requirements referenced therein including NSF 61/9 & 372 • Meets CalGreen and Georgia SB370 requirements • Complies with California Proposition 65 and with the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act • ADA for lever handle • The backflow protection system in this device consists of two independently operating check valves, a primary and a secondary which prevent backflow WARRANTY • Lifetime limited warranty against material or manufacturing defects to the original homeowner • 10 year limited warranty when used in a multifamily installation • 5 year limited warranty when used in a commercial installation • Visit www.moen.com/support for complete details and limitations Cia ™ Single Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet NOTE: THIS FAUCET IS DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED THROUGH 1 OR 3 HOLES, 1-1/2” (38mm) MIN. DIA. MODELS:7622 SERIES 1-800-BUY-MOENwww.moen.com CRITICAL DIMENSIONS DO NOT SCALE Specifications 2-1/2” (5.7cm) Max. Deck Thickness 16-7/8”427mm 9-3/8”238mm 10-5/8”269mm 8-3/4”221mm 2-5/8”66mm 3-5/8”92mm 8-1/8”206mm5-3/8”136mm 5-3/16”132mm 11/16”17mm3-13/16”216mm 116PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Job Name ________________________________________________ Item Number _____________________________________________ Section/Tag ______________________________________________ Model Specified ___________________________________________ Architect _________________________________________________ Engineer _________________________________________________ Contractor ________________________________________________ [ ] Submitted as Shown [ ] Submitted with Variations Date _____________________________________________________ 2100 South Clearwater DriveDes Plaines, ILP: 847/803-5000F: 847/803-5454Technical: 800/TEC-TRUEwww.chicagofaucets.com Manual Sink Faucets 897-CRCF Product Type Wall-mounted manual faucet with 8" centers Features & Specifications Handles include color-coded index Includes supply stops 8" body, adjustable arms 7-5/8" - 8-3/8" centers Vandal Proof 2-3/8" lever handle Ceramic 1/4-turn operating cartridge, right-hand Ceramic 1/4-turn operating cartridge, left-hand 3/8" Offset Inlet Supply Arm with Integral Check CFNow! Item Ships in 3 Days Performance Specification Rated Operating Pressure: 20-125 PSI Rated Operating Temperature: 40-140°F Warranty 5-Year Limited Cartridge Warranty Lifetime Limited Faucet Warranty 1-Year Limited Finish Warranty Codes & Standards ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 Last Revision: 07/24/2024 • Product specifications subject to change without noticePage 2 Selection Summary Model No. & Option___________________________ Quantity____________________________________ Approved for Manufacturing Company__________________Title______________ Signature_________________ Date______________ Important: Installation instructions and current rough-in are furnished with each fixture. Do not rough in without certified dimensions. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer’s tolerance of plus or minus 1/4" and change without notice. Acorn assumes no responsibility for use of void or superseded data. © Copyright 2007 Acorn Engineering Company ACCESSORIES o KBGV Bumper Guard, Vinyl Specify fixture front length: o 24" o 36" o KBGS Bumper Guard, Stainless Steel Specify fixture front length: o 24" o 36" o KDG3 Rubber Drain Gasket for 3" Waste Pipe o KDG32 Rubber Drain Gasket Reducer for 2" Waste Pipe o KF Tiling Flange(s) (Shipped Loose) Specify length(s): o 24" Qty:_______ o 30" Qty:_______ o 32" Qty:_______ o 36" Qty:_______ o KFC Faucet, Chrome Finish (H & C) o KH36 Hose 36" Long with Wall Hanger o KMH Mop Hanger with 3 Grips on a Stainless Steel Bracket o KWG Wall Guard (Shipped Loose) Specify number of sides: o 1 Side o 2 Sides o 3 Sides Specify length(s): o 24" Qty:_______ o 30" Qty:_______ o 32" Qty:_______ o 36" Qty:_______ o LB Lint Basket/Strainer T.MSRH Terrazzo-Ware™ : Mop Sink-Reduced Height Series BASE MODEL, SIZE & TYPE (must specify) o TRH- 242410 24" x 24" x 10" Square Terrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink o TRH- 362410 36" x 24" x 10" Rectangular Terrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink o TRH- 242406 24" x 24" x 6" SquareTerrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink o TRH- 303006 30" x 30" x 6" SquareTerrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink o TRH- 323206 32" x 32" x 6" Square Terrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink o TRH- 363606 36" x 36" x 6" Square Terrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink o TRH- 362406 36" x 24" x 6" Rectangular Terrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sink o TRH- 363206 36" x 32" x 6" Rectangular Terrazzo Reduced Height Mop Sin SUFFIX OPTIONS o -BDS Beehive Dome Strainer o -NC Neo-Corner Design (Model TRH-363606 Only) o -SSC Stainless Steel Cap Revised: 08/23/18 Acorn Engineering Company • 15125 Proctor Avenue • P.O. Box 3527 • City of Industry, CA 91744-0527 U.S.A. Tel: (800) 488-8999 • (626) 336-4561 • Fax: (626) 961-2200 • www.acorneng.com • E-mail: info@acorneng.com Please visit www.acorneng.com for most current specifications. WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov X 117PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Vandal-Resistant Bottle Filling Station & Bi-Level Cooler Non-Filtered Refrigerated Stainless Model VRCTL8WSK In keeping with our policy of continuing product improvement, Elkay reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Please visit elkay.com for the most current version of Elkay product specification sheets. This specification describes an Elkay product with design, quality, and functional benefits to the user. When making a comparison of other producers’ offerings, be certain these features are not overlooked. Elkay REV 09122024 1-800-260-6640 | SVtechservice@Elkay.com © 2024 Page 1 VRCTL8WSK Patent zurn-elkay.com/patents VRCTL8WSK_spec.pdf PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Vandal-Resistant Bottle Filling Station & Bi-Level Cooler Non- Filtered Refrigerated Stainless. Chilling Capacity of 8.0 GPH (gallons per hour) of 50 F drinking water, based on 80 F inlet water and 90 F ambient, per ASHRAE 18 testing. Features shall include Green Ticker™, Laminar Flow, Real Drain, Vandal Resistant. Furnished with Vandal Resistant bubbler. Electronic Bottle Filler Button with Mechanical Front Bubbler Button activation. Product shall be Wall Mount (On Wall), for Indoor + Outdoor applications, serving 2 station(s). Unit shall be certified to UL 399 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 120. Special Features: Green Ticker™, Laminar Flow, Real Drain, Vandal Resistant Finish: Stainless Steel Power: 115V/60Hz Bubbler Style: Vandal Resistant Activation by: Electronic Bottle Filler Button with Mechanical Front Bubbler Button Mounting Type: Wall Mount (On Wall) Chilling Capacity*: 8.0 GPH Full Load Amps 1 Rated Watts: 370 Dimensions (L x W x H): 36-1/8" x 18-5/8" x 38-13/16" Approx. Shipping Weight: 118 lbs. Installation Location: Indoor + Outdoor No. of Stations Served: 2 *Based on 80° F inlet water & 90° F ambient air temp for 50° F chilled drinking water. **When used in non-temperature controlled environments, unit(s) must be adequately winterized and/or protected from extreme heat to prevent damage where climates dictate. Mechanically-Activated unit continues to supply water in event of service disruptions. Green Ticker: Informs user of number of 20 oz. plastic water bottles saved from waste. Laminar flow provides clean fill with minimal splash. Real Drain System eliminates standing water. COOLING SYSTEM Compressor: Hermetically-sealed, reciprocating type, single phase. Sealed-in lifetime lubrication. Condenser: Fan cooled, copper tube with aluminum fins. Fan motor is permanently lubricated. Cooling Unit: Combination tube-tank type. Continuous copper tubing with is fully insulated with EPS foam that meets UL requirements for self-extinguishing material. Refrigerant Control: Refrigerant R-134a is controlled by accurately calibrated capillary tube. Temperature Control: Easily accessible enclosed Included with Product: Water Cooler (VRCTL8WSC), Bottle Filler (VRCWS) Ships in multiple boxes. A Century of Tradition and Quality. For more than 100 years, Elkay has been making innovative products and providing exceptional customer care. We take pride in offering plumbing products that make life easier, inspire change and leave the world a better place. PRODUCT COMPLIANCE ADA & ICC A117.1 ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4 CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 120 GreenSpec® NSF/ANSI 61 (Q≤1) & 372 (lead free) UL 399 Complies with ADA & ICC A117.1 accessibility requirements when installed according to the requirements outlined in these standards. Installation may require additional components and/or construction features to be fully compliant. Consult the local Authority Having Jurisdiction if necessary. Installation Instructions (PDF) - 98982C 5 Year Limited Warranty on the refrigeration system of the unit. Electrical components and water system are warranted for 12 months from date of installation. Warranty pertains to drinking water applications only. Non-drinking water applications are not covered under warranty. Warranty (PDF) PART:________________________________QTY: _____________ PROJECT:______________________________________________ CONTACT:______________________________________________ DATE:__________________________________________________ NOTES:_________________________________________________ APPROVAL:_____________________________________________ DF-1 2100 South Clearwater DriveDes Plaines, ILP: 847/803-5000F: 847/803-5454Technical: 800/TEC-TRUEwww.chicagofaucets.com 897-CRCF Architect/Engineer Specification Chicago Faucets No. 897-CRCF, Sink Faucet for hot and cold water, wall-mounted with 7-5/8" - 8-3/8" adjustable centers. Body and spout made of durable cast brass with rough chrome finish. Includes integral hot and cold water supply stops. Vacuum breaker spout with pail hook and wall brace. 2-3/8" metal, vandal-proof, lever handles with sixteen-point, tapered broach and secured blue and red index buttons. Quaturn™ rebuildable compression cartridge, opens and closes 90°, closes with water pressure, features square, tapered stem. Adjustable supply arms include 1/2" NPT female union nut and integral check valves. 3/4" male hose thread outlet. Round wall escutcheons. Integral stop valves for servicing the faucet. NOTE: Atmospheric vacuum breaker is NOT intended for continuous pressure applications. This product meets ADA ANSI/ICC A117.1 requirements and is tested and certified to industry standards: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. Operation and Maintenance Installation should be in accordance with local plumbing codes. Flush all pipes thoroughly before installation. After installation, remove spout outlet or flow control and flush faucet thoroughly to clear any debris. Care should be taken when cleaning the product. Do not use abrasive cleaners, chemicals or solvents as they can result in surface damage. Use mild soap and warm water for cleaning and protecting the life of Chicago Faucet products. For specific operation and maintenance refer to the installation instructions and repair parts documents that are located at www.chicagofaucets.com. Chicago Faucets, member of the Geberit Group, is the leading brand of commercial faucets and fittings in the United States, offering a complete range of products for schools, laboratories, hospitals, office buildings, food service, airports and sport facilities. Call 1.800.TECTRUE or 1.847.803.5000 Option 1 for installation or other technical assistance. Last Revision: 07/24/2024 • Product specifications subject to change without notice 118PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Vandal-Resistant Bottle Filling Station & Bi-Level Cooler Non-Filtered Refrigerated Stainless Model VRCTL8WSK In keeping with our policy of continuing product improvement, Elkay reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Please visit elkay.com for the most current version of Elkay product specification sheets. This specification describes an Elkay product with design, quality, and functional benefits to the user. When making a comparison of other producers’ offerings, be certain these features are not overlooked. Elkay REV 09122024 1-800-260-6640 | SVtechservice@Elkay.com © 2024 Page 3 VRCTL8WSK Patent zurn-elkay.com/patents VRCTL8WSK_spec.pdf SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Vandal-Resistant Bottle Filling Station & Bi-Level Cooler Non-Filtered Refrigerated Stainless Model VRCTL8WSK In keeping with our policy of continuing product improvement, Elkay reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Please visit elkay.com for the most current version of Elkay product specification sheets. This specification describes an Elkay product with design, quality, and functional benefits to the user. When making a comparison of other producers’ offerings, be certain these features are not overlooked. Elkay REV 09122024 1-800-260-6640 | SVtechservice@Elkay.com © 2024 Page 2 VRCTL8WSK Patent zurn-elkay.com/patents VRCTL8WSK_spec.pdf adjustable thermostat is factory preset. Requires no adjustment other than for altitude requirements. Optional Accessories EWF3000 Elkay® Universal Filtration Kit (3000-Gallon) Spec Sheet (PDF) 98324C Cane Apron for HAC HVR EMABF & VRC Models (Stainless) Spec Sheet (PDF) 36292C Power Block for Multistation Bottle Filling Stations Spec Sheet (PDF) 119PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Bottle Filling Station Surface Mount Filtered Non- Refrigerated Stainless Model LZWSSM In keeping with our policy of continuing product improvement, Elkay reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Please visit elkay.com for the most current version of Elkay product specification sheets. This specification describes an Elkay product with design, quality, and functional benefits to the user. When making a comparison of other producers’ offerings, be certain these features are not overlooked. Elkay REV 09222024 1-800-260-6640 | SVtechservice@Elkay.com © 2024 Page 2 LZWSSM Patent zurn-elkay.com/patents LZWSSM_spec.pdf Optional Accessories 51300C WaterSentry® Lead + Microplastics NSF/ANSI Certified Filter (Bottle Fillers) Spec Sheet (PDF) ECH8 Elkay Remote Chiller Non-Filtered Refrigerated 8 GPH Spec Sheet (PDF) WSF6000R-2PK WaterSentry 6000 CTO Replacement Filter (2pack) Spec Sheet (PDF) SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Bottle Filling Station Surface Mount Filtered Non- Refrigerated Stainless Model LZWSSM In keeping with our policy of continuing product improvement, Elkay reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Please visit elkay.com for the most current version of Elkay product specification sheets. This specification describes an Elkay product with design, quality, and functional benefits to the user. When making a comparison of other producers’ offerings, be certain these features are not overlooked. Elkay REV 09222024 1-800-260-6640 | SVtechservice@Elkay.com © 2024 Page 1 LZWSSM Patent zurn-elkay.com/patents LZWSSM_spec.pdf PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Bottle Filling Station Surface Mount Filtered Non-Refrigerated Stainless. Features shall include Antimicrobial*, Filtered, Green Ticker™, Hands Free, Laminar Flow, Real Drain, Visual Filter Monitor. Electronic Bottle Filler Sensor activation. Product shall be Wall Mount (On Wall), for Indoor applications, serving 1 station(s). Unit shall be certified to UL 399 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 120. Special Features: Antimicrobial, Filtered, Green Ticker™, Hands Free, Laminar Flow, Real Drain, Visual Filter Monitor Finish: Stainless Steel Power: 115V/60Hz Bubbler Style: No Bubbler Activation by: Electronic Bottle Filler Sensor Mounting Type: Wall Mount (On Wall) Chilling Capacity: Non-refrigerated Full Load Amps 1 Rated Watts: 15 Dimensions (L x W x H): 17-15/16" x 8-3/16" x 25-7/16" Approx. Shipping Weight: 35 lbs. Installation Location: Indoor No. of Stations Served: 1 Special Note: Able to pair with a remote chiller. Visual Filter Monitor: LED Filter Status Indicator for when filter change is necessary. Filter is certified to NSF 42 and 53 for lead, cyst, particulate, chlorine, taste and odor reduction. 3,000 gal. capacity. Green Ticker: Informs user of number of 20 oz. plastic water bottles saved from waste. Laminar flow provides clean fill with minimal splash. Key plastic components are manufactured with silver ion antimicrobial agent helping to provide clean, stain- and odor-free surfaces. Real Drain System eliminates standing water. *Antimicrobial claims are in refence to components manufactured antimicrobial agents, helping to provide clean, stain- and odor-free surfaces. Included with Product: Bottle Filler, Filter Ships in one box. A Century of Tradition and Quality. For more than 100 years, Elkay has been making innovative products and providing exceptional customer care. We take pride in offering plumbing products that make life easier, inspire change and leave the world a better place. PRODUCT COMPLIANCE ADA & ICC A117.1 CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 120 GreenSpec® NSF/ANSI 42, 53, 61 (Q≤1), 372 (lead free), & 401 UL 399 Complies with ADA & ICC A117.1 accessibility requirements when installed according to the requirements outlined in these standards. Installation may require additional components and/or construction features to be fully compliant. Consult the local Authority Having Jurisdiction if necessary. Installation Instructions (PDF) - 2000000494 Electrical components and water system are warranted for 12 months from date of installation. Warranty pertains to drinking water applications only. Non-drinking water applications are not covered under warranty. Warranty (PDF) PART:________________________________QTY: _____________ PROJECT:______________________________________________ CONTACT:______________________________________________ DATE:__________________________________________________ NOTES:_________________________________________________ APPROVAL:_____________________________________________ BF-1 120PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 FI G U R E NU M B E R DR A W N B Y : DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T TO M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E WE C A N A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y F O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A CH E C K E D B Y : A P P R O V E D B Y : D A T E : SC A L E : DR A W I N G N U M B E R LOCATION FIGURE NUMBERVOLUME CUBIC FEET WEIGHT POUNDS CKD. BYBYDATEREV.DESCRIPTION SI Z E A NO N E FLOOR OR SHOWER DRAINSWITH ADJUSTABLE STRAINER HEADS 2005 2 0 0 5 PJ TD TD 5- 1 7 - 8 5 S2 0 0 5 Z SEE PM 0457 FOR OPTIONAL STRAINER HEADS. X 3-10-23 Added ® to "Speedi-Set" KK CL NOTE: Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters. Meets ASME Standard A112.6.3-2001 02(50), 03(75) or 04"(100) sizes only. Strainer Size B DIA or SQ 05 (125) 06 (150) 07 (180) 08 (205) •09 (230) •10 (255) *Collar In High Position X MIN MAX 1 1/4(32) 2 1/4(57) 1 1/4(32) 2 1/4(57) 1 1/4(32) 2 1/4(57) 1 1/2(38) 2 1/2(64) 1 1/2(38) 2 3/8(60) 1 1/2(38) 2 3/8(60) *Collar In Low Position XX MIN MAX 3/4(19) 1 5/8(41) 3/4(19) 1 5/8(41) 7/8(22) 1 7/8(48) 1(25) 1 7/8(48) 1(25) 1 7/8(48) 1(25) 1 7/8(48) Free Area SQ IN (SQ CM) ROUND SQUARE 7(45) 6.5(42) 9(58) 12.5(81) 14(90) 11(71) 17(110) 14(90) 18(116) 16(103) 23(48) 16(103) Outlet Size 02(50) 03(75) 04(100) Nickel Bronze Strainer Head 05(125) DIA or SQ 06(150) DIA or SQ 08(205) DIA or SQ Fig. 2005L……(A) ROUND TOP Fig. 2005L……(B) SQUARE TOP Fig. 2005Y……(A) ROUND TOP Fig. 2005Y.……(B) SQUARE TOP A (Pipe Size) = 02(50), 03(75), 04(100), 05(125) or 06(150) SPEEDI-SET® OUTLET •• NO-HUB OUTLET MAX HighPosition MAX LowPosition MAX HighPositionLowPosition MAX Trap PrimerConnection(When Specified) XX-MIN X-MIN 4(100)1 1/4 (32) Trap PrimerConnection(When Specified) XX-MIN X-MIN 4(100) SeepageOpenings SeepageOpenings**6 3/4 (170) A 9 (230) DIA B DIA or SQ 9 (230) DIA B DIA or SQ **6 3/4 (170) A 1 1/4 (32) REGULARLY FURNISHED: Duco Cast Iron Body with Flashing Collar and Adjustable Strainer Head with ADA Grate as Indicated by Suffix Letter Selected. VARIATIONS: Flapper Type Backwater Valve -V (NOTE 2) Hinged Grate -H (NOTE 1) L Speedi-Set® Service Weight 2(50), 3(75) & 4"(100) only LXH Speedi-Set® Extra Heavy 2(50), 3(75) & 4"(100) only Sediment Bucket -B Trap Primer Connection -P050 1/2" (13) & -P075 3/4" (19) Vandal Proof Screws -U Wide Flanged Strainer (Specify Fig. DX2005) T Threaded Outlet (Specify 2010T) Heelproof Grate -HP -AHP (Round) or -BHP (Square) Quad Close Trap Seal (Specify Fig. 2692) OPTIONAL MATERIALS: Bronze Body -BB Chrome Plated Strainer -CP Galvanized Cast Iron Body -G Nickel Bronze Strainer -NB Polished Bronze Strainer -PB All Stainless Steel (Specify Fig. 9700) Stainless Steel Strainers -SS [Available in 05(125) & 06(150) sizes only] WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONAL POST OFFICE BOX 3237 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA) TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 888-377-7818 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ASPE ® S A NITARY ENGINEE R I N GPrevention Rather T h a n C ure SINCE 1926 PL U M B I N G AND DRAINAGE INSTIT U T E M E M B E R ® M E M B E R This dimension to internal stop of speedi-set® gasket. •Add 3/8"(10) to all min/max dimensions for round strainers. * Collar is reversible to obtain extreme high and low strainer positions. •• Not available for 5"(125) size strainer. ** MIN 6 3/4"(170) hole required for core drilled application. 2 5/8"(67) Load Rating: Light Duty having a Safe Live (Static) Load less than 2,000 lbs. (900 kg) per ASME A112.6.3 Floor Drain Standard. For the specific Safe Live Load rating of any grate, contact the Smith representative or factory direct. Y 8-9-23 Removed Function HS CL NOTE 1: Sediment Bucket -B not provided for a Hinged Grate (-H) NOTE 2: Sediment Bucket -B not provided for a Ball Float (-BFV) or a Flapper Type (-V) W 10-8-21 Added NOTE 1 & 2 KK JM Z 7-22-24 Revised Reg. Furnished HS KV FD-1 SPECIFICATIONS ezH2O® Bottle Filling Station Surface Mount Filtered Non- Refrigerated Stainless Model LZWSSM In keeping with our policy of continuing product improvement, Elkay reserves the right to change product specifications without notice. Please visit elkay.com for the most current version of Elkay product specification sheets. This specification describes an Elkay product with design, quality, and functional benefits to the user. When making a comparison of other producers’ offerings, be certain these features are not overlooked. Elkay REV 09222024 1-800-260-6640 | SVtechservice@Elkay.com © 2024 Page 3 LZWSSM Patent zurn-elkay.com/patents LZWSSM_spec.pdf 121PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 FIGURE NUMBER LOCATION A OPTIONAL STRAINER HEADS Specify Ty pe, Size & Finisheg: H05CPSUFFIX -H SOLID HINGED COVER H B SUFFIX -G Specify Type, Size & Finisheg: G08PB LOW DOME STRAINER MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB H B Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: J06NBSUFFIX -J MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB SPANNER WRENCH COVER XMIN MAX2 (51) 3 (76) Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: K07CPSUFFIX -K MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB REINFORCED SQUARE STRAINER H B ANGLE STRAINER Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: VPB, WNBSUFFIX -V -W D C 2 1/2 B Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: YCP, ZCPSUFFIX -Y-Z VA RIAT IONS: Less Dome -LD Standpipe Height other than 6" (150) (Specify Height) MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Nickel Bronze -NB Polished Bronze -PB OVERFLOW WITH STANDPIPE A 4 1/2 2 6 SUFFIX A X SIZE MIN MAX -Y 2 (51) 3/4 (19) 2 1/8 (54) -Z 3 (76) 3/4 (19) 2 1/8 (54) 2005/2010 SERIES OPTIONAL STRAINER HEADS 2 of 2 20 1 0 S E R I E S O P T I O N A L ST R A I N E R H E A D S FI G U R E NU M B E R DR A W N B Y : CH E C K E D B Y : AP P R O V E D B Y : D A T E : SC A L E DR A W I N G N U M B E R DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T T O M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A SI Z E Specify Ty pe,Size & Finish eg: LNB RECTANGULAR STRAINER VA RIAT IONS: Sediment Bucket -B Va ndal Proof Screws -U SUFFIX L M N P R T B x B' 4 1/2(115)x8(205) 4(100)x12(305) 5(125)x9(230) 5(125)x13(330)6(150)x10(255) 5(125)x17(430) H 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/4 (57) 3 (76) 2 1/4 (57) 3 (76) MIN 1 3/8 (35) 1 7/8 (48) 1 3/8 (35) 2 1/8 (54) 1 3/8 (35) 2 1/4 (57) MAX 2 3/8 (60) 2 3/4 (70) 2 3/8 (60) 3 (76) 2 3/8 (60) 3 1/8 (79)X H B x B' SUFFIX -L-M-N-P-R-T MATERIALS: Polished Bronze -PB Rough Bronze -RB HEAVY DUTY ADJUSTABLE 2 3/16 6 SUFFIX -69SUFFIX -X EXTENSION ADAPTOR REGULARLY FURNISHED: Duco Cast Iron -CI MATERIALS: Cast Bronze -CB Galvanized Cast Iron -G NOTE: Extension can be stacked for increased maximum adjustment. MIN 2 3/16(56)MAX 3 7/8(98) REV. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CKD. BY PJ TD TD 5- 1 7 - 8 5 NO N E PM 0 4 5 7 S H 2 o f 2 M 8 1/4 x 3 1/4 Oval (210) x (83) 4 1/2 (115) 5 x 2 1/2(125) x (64) 4 (100) DIA 4 1/4 (110) 2 1/2(64) 5 x 2 1/2 (125) x (64) 1 (25) Fig. 3580 6 DIA (150) 4 1/4 (110) 2 1/2 (64) Fig. 3581 Fig. 3590 Fig. 3591 B DIA 05 (125) 06 (150) 08 (205)H 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 1/2 (64) MIN 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/2 (38)MAX 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/2 (64) 3 3/4-12 4 1/2 (11 5) 6 (150) 2 (51) 6 (150) 2 3/16 (56) 6 x 2 1/2 Oval (150) x (64) eg: A06NB-69 J 1-17-12 Rev. Variations of Suffix -J TBW AMK 10-20-17 Rev. Materials Suffix -H, -V-W TBW CL Nickel Bronze -NB MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB Nickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NB B DIA 05 (125) 06 (150) 07 (180) 08 (205) H 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) MIN 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/2 (38) MAX 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64)X SUFFIX B C D X -V 3 1/2 (89) 3 1/2 (89) 4 1/2 (115) 1 5/8 (41) 2 5/8(67) -W 6 3/4 (170) 6 3/4 (170) 6 1/2 (165) 1 5/8 (41) 2 5/8(67) MIN MAXB SQ 05 (125) 06 (150) 07 (180) 08 (205) H 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) MIN 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/2 (38) MAX 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64)X 3(76) 6(150) VARIATIONS:Flapper Type Backwater Valve (Specify Suffix -GV)Sediment Bucket -BVandal Proof Screws -U VARIATIONS:Flapper Type Back- water Valve(Specify Suffix -KV)Sediment Bucket -BVandal Proof Screws -U VARIATIONS:Flapper Type Back- water Valve(Specify Suffix -69V)Sediment Bucket -BVandal Proof Screws -U VARIATIONS:Flapper Type Backwater Valve (Specify Suffix -GV)Vandal Proof Screws -U VARIATIONS:Flapper Type Back- water Valve (Specify Suffix -JV)Sediment Bucket -B MATERIALS:Chrome Plated -CPPolished Bronze -PBNickel Bronze -NB NOTE: Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters. MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB Nickel Bronze -NB VARIATIONS: Vandal Proof Screws -U Sediment Bucket -B WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONAL POST OFFICE BOX 3237 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA) TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 888-377-7818 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ASPE ® S A N ITARY EN GINE E R I N GPrevention Rather T h a n C ure SINCE 1926 PL U M B I N G AND DRAINAGE INSTIT U T E M E M B E R ® M E M B E R NON-TRAFFIC LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY MEDIUMDUTY MEDIUMDUTY L 7-29-19 Added Load Rating(s) MW JMM 5-21-24 Removed Function, Rev. Var. HS KVFIGURE NUMBER A OPTIONAL STRAINER HEADS ROUND STRAINER MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB Nickel Bronze -NB Stainless Steel Strainers -SS [Available in 05(125) & 06(150) sizes only] VARIATIONS: *Hinged Grate (Specify Suffix -AH) (NOTE 1)Sediment Bucket -B Vandal Proof Screws -U SUFFIX -A B DIA 05 (125) 06 (150) 07 (180) 08 (205) 09 (230) 10 (255) H 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/2 (64) 2 3/4 (70) MIN 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/2 (38) 1 1/2 (38) 1 1/2 (38) MAX 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/2 (64) 2 3/4 (70)X Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: A05NB*Not available for 05" (125) size SUFFIX -B MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Flapper Type Backwater Valve (Specify Suffix -BV) 05 (125), 06 (150), 07 (180) or 08" (205) sizes only (NOTE 2) *Hinged Grate (Specify Suffix -BH) (NOTE 1) Sediment Bucket -B Vandal Proof Screws -U Polished Bronze -PB VA RIAT IONS:SQUARE STRAINER B SQ 05 (125) 06 (150) 07 (180) 08 (205) 09 (230) 10 (255) H 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) MIN 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/2 (38) 1 1/2 (38) 1 1/2 (38) MAX 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) 2 1/4 (57) 2 3/8 (60) X Specify Type, Size & Finish eg: B05NB *Not available for 05" (125) size B H Specify Type, Size & Finish eg: BSNBSUFFIX -BS MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB VA RIAT IONS: Gasketed Water Tight Cover -GC Secured Cover -SC Secondary Strainer Grate-SG STRAINER HEAD w/SQUARE HINGED COVER 6 3 1/8 SUFFIX -C Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: C06NB REINFORCED ROUND STRAINER MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB VARIATIONS: Flapper Type Backwater Valve (Specify Suffix -CV) (NOTE 2)Sediment Bucket -B Vandal Proof Screws -U B DIA 05 (125) 06 (150) 08 (205) 10 (255) H 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 1/2 (64) 2 3/4 (70) MIN 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/2 (38) 1 7/8 (48) MAX 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) 2 3/4 (70) B H TILE FLANGE Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: F06NB MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB VA RIAT IONS: XMIN MAX1 1/4 (32) 2 1/8 (54) 7 1/2 5/326 2 SUFFIX -F37-F38 Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: F37NB F38CP MATERIALS:VARIATIONS:Flapper Type Backwater Valve (Specify Suffix -F37V or F38V)Sediment Bucket -B Cast Iron -CI Chrome Plated -CP Galvanized Cast Iron -G Polished Bronze -PB ADJUSTABLE STRAINER HEAD B H SUFFIX -F37 -F38 B DIA 07 (180) 09 (230) H 3 1/4 (83) 3 1/2 (89) MIN 2 5/8 (67) 2 3/4 (70) MAX 3 1/2 (89) 3 1/2 (89)X 2005/2010 SERIES OPTIONAL STRAINER HEADS 1 0f 2 20 1 0 S E R I E S O P T I O N A L ST R A I N E R H E A D S FI G U R E NU M B E R DR A W N B Y : CH E C K E D B Y : AP P R O V E D B Y : D A T E : SC A L E DR A W I N G N U M B E R DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T T O M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A SI Z E SUFFIX -AV Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: AV05NB *Not available for 05" (125) size FLAPPER TYPE BACKWATER VALVE MATERIALS: Chrome Plated -CPPolished Bronze -PB VA RIAT IONSB H B SQ 05 (125) 06 (150) 07 (180) 08 (205) H 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) MIN 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/4 (32) 1 1/2 (38) MAX 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/4 (57) 2 1/2 (64) X SUFFIX -D-E Specify Ty pe, Size & Finish eg: REINFORCED TRACTOR STRAINER MATERIALS: Cast Iron -CI Chrome Plated -CP Polished Bronze -PB VA RIAT IONS: B H SUFFIX B H X DIA MIN MAX -D 07 (180) 3 1/4 (83) 2 5/8 (67) 3 1/2 (89) -E 09 (230) 3 1/2 (89) 2 3/4 (70) 3 1/2 (89) REV. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CKD. BY PJ TD TD 5- 1 7 - 8 5 NO N E PM 0 4 5 7 S H 1 o f 2 N 6 (150) 3 1/8 (79) 6 (150) 7 1/2 (190) 5/32 (4) 2 (51) SUFFIX -F M 10-8-21 Added NOTE 1 & 2 KK JM Nickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NBNickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NB Nickel Bronze -NB Hinged Grate (Specify Suffix -AH)Vandal Proof Screws -U * Flapper Type Backwater Valve (Specify Suffix -DV or -EV) (NOTE 2)Sediment Bucket -BVandal Proof Screws -U D07PBE09PB Flapper Type Backwater Valve (Specify Suffix -FV)Holes in Flange -SHSediment Bucket -BVandal Proof Screws -U NOTE: Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters. B H JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONAL POST OFFICE BOX 3237 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA) TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 888-377-7818 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ASPE ® S A NITARY ENGINE E R I N GPrevention Rather T h a n C ure SINCE 1926 PL U M B I N G AND DRAINAGE INSTIT U T E M E M B E R ® M E M B E R WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY LIGHTDUTY NON-TRAFFICLIGHTDUTY N 5-21-24 Removed Function, Rev. Var. HS KV L 10-26-20 Rev. Finish (Tractor Stainer) MW CL NOTE 1: Sediment Bucket -B not provided for a Hinged Grate (-H) NOTE 2: Sediment Bucket -B not provided for a Ball Float (-BFV) or a Flapper Type (-V) 122PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 REV. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CKD. BY WEIGHT POUNDS VOLUME CUBIC FEET FIGURE NUMBER LOCATION FI G U R E NU M B E R DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T T O M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E WE C A N A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y F O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A DR A W N B Y : CH E C K E D B Y : AP P R O V E D B Y : DA T E : SC A L E : SI Z EA DR A W I N G N U M B E R 18 (455) SQ 16 1/2 (420) SQ 12 (305) 3 (76) A 2 (51) 3/8 (10) 18 (455) SQ 16 1/2 (420) SQ 12 (305) 3 (76) A 2 (51) 3/8 (10) SANI-CEPTOR® ACID RESISTANT COATEDFLOOR & INDIRECT WASTE DRAINS SQUARE NICKEL BRONZE TOP16 1/2" (420) TOP - EXTRA DEEP RECEPTORS -10 . . . . . . . . . . Less NB Rim and Grate -11 . . . . . . . . . . Less Grate w/NB Rim -12 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and 1/2 Grate -13 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and 3/4 Grate -14 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and Grate with 7" (180) SQ Center Hole -21 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and Grate with 4" (100) DIA NB Funnel -22 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and Grate with 6" (150) DIA NB Funnel -25 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and Grate with 8 1/4(210) x 3 1/4(83) x 4 1/2"(115) High Oval NB Funnel -26 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and Grate with 6(150) x 2 1/2(64) x 1"(25) High Oval NB Funnel -41 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and Solid Cover -42 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and 1/2 Solid Cover -43 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and 3/4 Solid Cover -44 . . . . . . . . . . With NB Rim and Solid Cover with 2 1/2" (64) DIA Center Hole FEATURES, OPTIONS & ORDERING INFORMATION REGULARLY FURNISHED: Cast Iron Flanged Receptor with Seepage Holes, Acid Resistant Coated Interior, Nickel Bronze Rim and Secured ADA Grate. Aluminum Dome Bottom Strainer or Sediment Bucket as Indicated by Figure Number. VARIATIONS: Aluminum Flat Bottom Strainer -FBS Flashing Clamp -C Polished Aluminum Dome Bottom Strainer -PDBS Vandal Proof Screws -U OPTIONAL MATERIALS: All Duco Cast Iron Receptor -CI All Galvanized Receptor -G SUFFIX NUMBERSQUARE RIM DESCRIPTION Free Area77 SQ IN(497) SQ CM A (Pipe Size) = 02(50), 03(75), 04(100), 05(125), 06(150) or 08(200) WITH DOME BOTTOM STRAINER WITH SEDIMENT BUCKET Fig. 3200C . . . . CAULK OUTLET . . . . . . Fig. 3201C Fig. 3200Y . . . . .NO-HUB OUTLET . . . . .Fig. 3201Y 3200, 3201 32 0 0 , 3 2 0 1 CM JD SJ M 9- 1 9 - 8 5 NO N E S3 2 0 0 Q NOTE: Dimensions shown inparentheses are in millimeters. Q 4-19-24 Added ASME Note HS BW WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONAL POST OFFICE BOX 3237 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA) TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 888-377-7818 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ASPE ® S A NITARY EN GINE E R I N GP revention Rather T h a n C ure SINCE 1926 PL U M B I N G AND DRAINAG E INSTITU T E M E M B E R ® M E M B E R S.S. Mesh Lined Bucket -BS M 1-28-22 Revised Variations KK CLN 1-20-23 Added “ADA” KK CL P 7-24-23 Removed Function HS CL Conforms to ASME A112.6.7/CSA B79.7 FS-2 FS-1 123PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Page 2 Selection Summary Model No. & Option___________________________ Quantity____________________________________ Approved for Manufacturing Company__________________Title______________ Signature_________________ Date______________ Important: Installation instructions and current rough-in are furnished with each fixture. Do not rough in without certified dimensions. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer’s tolerance of plus or minus 1/4" and change without notice. Acorn assumes no responsibility for use of void or superseded data. © Copyright 2009 Acorn Engineering Company P.1741 ®Penal-Ware : 1741 Penal-Pak - Wall Shower Acorn Engineering Company • 15125 Proctor Avenue • P.O. Box 3527 • City of Industry, CA 91744-0527 U.S.A. Tel: (800) 488-8999 • (626) 336-4561 • www.acorneng.com • E-mail: info@acorneng.com Revised: 10/05/23 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov VALVE SELECTION (Continued) Time-Trol (Electronic)® o -MVC1 Single Temp -MVC2 Hot & Coldo Programmable (Electronic) w/9VDC Plug-In Transformer o -PPZ1 Single Temp Programmable Piezo Button -PPZ2 Hot & Cold Programmable Piezo Buttonso Valve By Others o -9 Punched for Valve by Others VALVE OPTIONS o -BRS Brass Body Valve o -MA2 Manifolded, 2-Stack -PBH Hemispherical Pushbutton (Pneumatic Only) o o -TF Transformer, 120VAC to 24VAC (-MVC option only) SHOWERHEAD OPTIONS -CSH Conical Showerheado o -F Flow Control o 2.0 GPM (Not Available For Use in California) o -PYY Penal Showerhead w/Lockable Universal Ball Joint o -PZZ Penal Showerhead w/Lockable Up-Down Ball Joint q -SSV Space Saver Showerhead 20 Degree Discharge PRODUCT OPTIONS -D Soap Dishq -EG Enviro-Glaze, Specify Color:________________q -MT Metal Template (Only 1 Required Per Project)q -RD Recessed Soap Dishq q -ST7069 Mixing Valve Assy (Do Not Use for -8, -8MV) q -SW Wall Sleeve q -03M Single Temperature -04M H&Cq -8 & -8MVq Please visit for most current specifications.www.acorneng.com 3 WALL THICKNESS AND TYPE (Must Specify) Thickness: ________ Type: q Concrete q Block q Steel MODEL NUMBER AND OPTIONS SELECTION: BASE MODEL NUMBER 1741 Penal-Pak Wall Showerq VALVE SELECTION (Must Specify) Air-Control (Pneumatic) -03-M Single Temp, Meteringo -04-M Hot & Cold, Metering o T/P Mixing Valve (SV16) -8 ASSE Compliant T/P Balancing Mixingo Valve w/ Patented Ligature Resistant and Vandal Resistant Tri-Lever Handle o -8MV ASSE 1016 Compliant T/P Temperature/ Pressure Balancing Mixing Valve w/ Single- Temp Metering Valve & Patented ADA Compliant Ligature Resistant Tri-Lever Handle Master-Trol (Electronic) ® -EVS1 Single Tempo -EVS2 Hot & Coldo o -EVSP1 Single Temp, Piezo Button o -EVSP2 Hot & Cold, Piezo Buttons Master-Trol PLUS (Electronic)® o -MTP1 Single Temp -MTP2 Hot & Coldo o -MTPP1 Single Temp, Piezo Button o -MTPP2 Hot & Cold, Piezo Buttons 1. Optional -03-M Air-Control Valve 2. Penal Showerhead NOTES: 3. Optional -D Surface Mounted Soap Dish 4. Penal Pushbutton 5. Wall Mounting Hardware 1741-03-M-D 8" (203) 20" (508) 10" (254) 20" (508) 414" (108) 334" (95) 72" (1829) REC 30° 1741-04-M-D 2 1 3 4 5 1741-8MV-RD 6. T/P Temperature/Pressure Balancing Valve w/ Tri-Lever Handle 7. Optional -RD Recessed Soap Dish 25" (508) 10" (254) 3" (76) 5" (127) 4" (102) 6 7 Page 1 Revised: 10/05/23 Acorn Engineering Company • 15125 Proctor Avenue • P.O. Box 3527 • City of Industry, CA 91744-0527 U.S.A. Tel: (800) 488-8999 • (626) 336-4561 • www.acorneng.com • E-mail: info@acorneng.com Fixture May Show Some Available Options Please visit www.acorneng.com for most current specifications. ® Penal-Ware 1741 Series Penal-Pak - Wall Shower Penal-Pak - Wall Shower Shower is arranged to be installed on finished wall and serviced from an accessible pipe chase. Back of Shower is provided with anchor tappings. Optional Wall Sleeve or Metal Template is recommended for all installations for required wall openings. Fixture is fabricated from 14 gauge, type 304 stainless steel with a #4 satin finish. Showerhead is chrome plated brass and is vandal-resistant. The Nozzle threaded into the body and then locked into place by a Set Screw. The spray pattern can only be changed by use of an Allen wrench inserted through the Nozzle. Valve is a pneumatically operated, pushbutton Air-Control Valve using atmospheric air. Pushbutton is vandal-resistant and requires less than 5 pounds of force to activate Valve. Valve is metering, non-hold open type. Valve timing is adjustable from 5 to 60 seconds. Valve includes a 1.6 GPM flow restictor and can be remotely located up to 10 feet from the operating Pushbutton. Valve conforms with lead-free requirements of NSF61, Section 9, 1997. Regularly furnished items include an Air-Control Metering Valve, a Showerhead and Mounting Hardware. GUIDE SPECIFICATION Provide and install Acorn Penal-Pak - Wall Shower (specify model number and options). Shower Panel shall be fabricated from 14 gauge, type 304 stainless steel and shall have a #4 satin finish. Trim shall be stainless steel or chrome-plated brass. Shower Valve shall be Air-Control, metering, non-hold open type. Fixture shall be furnished with necessary fasteners for proper installation. 1741-8MV-RD P.1741 SH-1 & SH-3 124PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Page 2 Selection Summary Model No. & Option___________________________ Quantity____________________________________ Approved for Manufacturing Company__________________Title______________ Signature_________________ Date______________ Important: Installation instructions and current rough-in are furnished with each fixture. Do not rough in without certified dimensions. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer’s tolerance of plus or minus 1/4" and change without notice. Acorn assumes no responsibility for use of void or superseded data. © Copyright 2006 Acorn Engineering Company ®Penal-Ware : 1741ADA Penal-Pak Wall Shower -ADA Compliant WALL THICKNESS AND TYPE (Must Specify) Thickness: ________ Type: q Concrete q Block q Steel MODEL NUMBER AND OPTIONS SELECTION: BASE MODEL NUMBER 1741ADA Penal-Pak Wall Shower ADA Compliantq VALVE SELECTION (Must Specify) Air-Control (Pneumatic) -03-M-MA2 Manifolded Single Temp, Meteringo -04-M-MA2 Manifolded Hot & Cold, Metering o T/P Mixing Valve (SV16) -8MV ASSE 1016 Compliant T/P Temperature/o Pressure Balancing Mixing Valve & Patented ADA Compliant Ligature Resistant Tri-Lever Handle w/ Single-Temp Metering Air-control Valve Master-Trol (Electronic) ® -EVS1 Single Tempo -EVS2 Hot & Coldo o -EVSP1 Single Temp, Piezo Button o -EVSP2 Hot & Cold, Piezo Buttons Master-Trol PLUS (Electronic)® o -MTP1 Single Temp -MTP2 Hot & Coldo o -MTPP1 Single Temp, Piezo Button o -MTPP2 Hot & Cold, Piezo Buttons Time-Trol (Electronic)® o -MVC1 Single Temp -MVC2 Hot & Coldo Please visit for most current specifications.www.acorneng.com Acorn Engineering Company • 15125 Proctor Avenue • P.O. Box 3527 • City of Industry, CA 91744-0527 U.S.A. Tel: (800) 488-8999 • (626) 336-4561 • www.acorneng.com • E-mail: info@acorneng.com VALVE SELECTION (Continued) Programmable (Electronic) w/9VDC Plug-In Transformer o -PPZ1 Single Temp Programmable Piezo Button o -PPZ2 Hot & Cold Programmable Piezo Buttons Valve By Others o -9 Punched for Valve by Others VALVE OPTIONS o -BRS Brass Body Valve -PBH Hemispherical Pushbutton (Pneumatic Only)o o -TF Transformer, 120VAC to 24VAC (-MVC option only) SHOWERHEAD OPTIONS -CSH Conical Showerheado o -F Flow Control o 2.0 GPM (Not Available For Use in California) o -FH Fixed Showerhead at 48” in Lieu of Handheld Shower o -PYY Penal Showerhead w/Lockable Universal Ball Joint o -PZZ Penal Showerhead w/Lockable Up-Down Ball Joint q -SSV Space-Saver Showerhead 20-Degree Discharge PRODUCT OPTIONS -D Soap Dishq -EG Enviro-Glaze, Specify Color:________________q -MT Metal Template (Only 1 Required Per Project)q -LRD Less Recessed Soap Dishq q -ST7069 Mixing Valve Assy (Do Not Use for -8, -8MV) q -SW Wall Sleeve -04M H&C q -03M Single Temperature / -8MVq 3 WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov 1. -03-M-MA2 Manifolded Air-Control Valve Shown 3. Hand Shower Mounting Bracket 2. Penal Shower Head NOTES: 6. Recessed Soap Dish 7. Wall Mounting Hardware 4. Hand Shower with Quick Disconnect 5. Control Valve Pushbuttons 8. Optional T/P Temperature/Pressure Balancing Valve w/ Vandal Resistant & ADA Compliant Tri-Lever Handle 1741ADA-03-M-MA2-D1741ADA-04-M-MA2-D1741ADA-8MV 11" (279) 8" (203) 8" (203) 42" (1067) 10" (254)48" (1219) A.F.F. 72" (1829) A.F.F. 48" (1219) A.F.F. 10" (254) 10" (254)48" (1219) A.F.F. 72" (1829) A.F.F. 72" (1829) A.F.F. 334" (95) 334" (95) 334" (95) 42" (1067) 7 2 4 3 5 1 66 6 8 Revised: 10/05/23P.1741ADAPage 1 Revised: 10/05/23P.1741ADA Acorn Engineering Company • 15125 Proctor Avenue • P.O. Box 3527 • City of Industry, CA 91744-0527 U.S.A. Tel: (800) 488-8999 • (626) 336-4561 • www.acorneng.com • E-mail: info@acorneng.com Fixture May Show Some Available Options Please visit www.acorneng.com for most current specifications. ®Penal-Ware 1741ADA Series Penal-Pak Wall Shower - ADA Compliant Penal-Pak Wall Shower - ADA Compliant Shower is designed to be installed on a finished wall and serviced from an accessible pipe chase. Back of Shower is provided with Anchor Tappings. Optional Wall Sleeve or Metal Template is recommended for all installations for required wall openings. The fixture is fabricated from 14 gauge, type 304 stainless steel and the exterior has a #4 satin finish. Unit conforms with ANSI, UFAS and ADA requirements for accessibility. C o m p l i a n c e i s s u b j e c t t o t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n a n d r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e l o c a l c o d e a u t h o r i t y. NOTE: Not intended for use in California. Showerhead. There are two Heads provided: 1. The Fixed Head is vandal-resistant. The spray pattern can only be changed by the use of an Allen Wrench inserted through the Nozzle. 2. The Handheld Shower includes a 60" long, stainless steel Hose, Hand Spray, Vacuum Breaker, Quick- Disconnect and Mounting Bracket. Unit is optionally available with suffix option -FH Fixed Head mounted at 48" in lieu of Handheld Shower. Valves (ADA compliant) available are: 1. Air-Control Pushbutton Valves using atmospheric air; metering non-hold open type. Timing is from 5 to 60 seconds. Air-Control Valves can be remotely located up to 10 feet from the operating Pushbuttons. 2. Electronic Valve System using Modular Valve Controller for water metering through precise electronic control of a Solenoid Valve. Valve timing is from 1 second to 9 minutes. Modular Valve Controller can be remotely located up to 100 feet from the operating pushbutton. Regularly furnished items include an ADA compliant Control Valve, a Showerhead, a Handheld Shower with Quick-Disconnect, a Mounting Bracket for the Flexshower, a recessed Soap Dish and Mounting Hardware. Grab Bar and Folding Seat by others. GUIDE SPECIFICATION Provide and install an Acorn Penal-Ware, ADA Compliant Wall Shower (specify model number and options). Shower Panel shall be fabricated from 14 gauge, type 304 stainless steel and shall have a #4 satin finish. Exposed trim shall be chrome-plated brass. Fixture shall be furnished with a fixed Showerhead, a handheld Shower with Vacuum Breaker, Quick-Disconnect and Mounting Bracket. Shower shall be provided with an ADA compliant Control Valve. A stainless steel recessed Soap Dish shall be factory installed. Fixture shall be provided with necessary fasteners for proper installation. Units to conform with ANSI, UFAS and ADA requirements for accessibility. 1741ADA-8MV-FH SH-2 125PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 DESCRIPTION • Metal construction with Chrome plated nish • Pressure balancing cycle valve design with 1/4 turn stops • 1/2" CC connections • Contains hand-held shower with non-positive pause, 72" metal hose, 24" grab bar slide bar, drop ell, mounting hardware, and Posi-Temp® valve trim • Vandal resistant lever handle • Easy cleaning rubber nozzles • Red and blue durable plastic temperature indicators OPERATION • Temperature valve has ADA compliant lever style handle • Handle operates counterclockwise through a 270° arc with o at 6 o’clock, and the maximum hot at the 9 o’clock position • Adjustable temperature limit stop • Pressure balancing mechanism maintains selected discharge temperature to ± 2° • Handshower contains integrated backow prevention FLOW T9346GBM25 (2.5 gpm/9.5 L/min) maxiumum at 80 psi - Chrome nish T9346GBM15 (1.5 gpm/5.7 L/min) maxiumum at 80 psi - Chrome nish, WaterSense® certied CARTRIDGE • Pair with a brass Posi-Temp® rough-in valve: • 8370HD*: 1/2" CC connection without integral stops • 8371HD*: 1/2" CC connection with integral stops • 8372HD*: 1/2" IPS connection with integral stops • 8373HD*: 1/2" PEX connection with integral stops • 8374HD*: 1/2" CPVC connection with integral stops • 8375HD*: 1/2" UPONOR connection with integral stops * Includes the 1222HD Brass Posi-Temp® Cartridge • Nonmetallic/nonferrous and stainless steel materials • Accommodates back to back installations STANDARDS • Third party certied to: Wa terSense® (only applies to 1.5 gpm), ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and all applicable requirements referenced therein • ADA for lever handle • Includes ADA compliant grab bar WARRANTY M•Dura™ Commercial Single-Handle Posi-Temp® Handheld Shower System Models: T9346GBM15, T9346GBM25 FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL: 1-800-BUY-MOEN www.moen.com 10/21 • Limited lifetime warranty against leaks, drips and nish defects to the original homeowner • 10 year limited warranty when used in a multifamily installation • 5 year limited warranty when used in a commercial installation Visit wwww.moen.com/support for complete details and limitations 1.5 gpm Models Only There is more than 1 version of this model. Page down to identify the version you have. OPTIONAL SHOWER HEAD AND CONTROLS - ADASpecifications DESCRIPTION • Metal construction with Chrome plated finish • Shower arm has 1/2" IPS male threads • Vandal resistant lever handle, showerhead, shower arm flange • Easy cleaning rubber nozzles • Red and blue durable plastic temperature indicators OPERATION • Temperature valve has ADA compliant lever style handle • Temperature handle operates counterclockwise through a 270° arc with off at 6 o’clock, and the maximum hot at the 9 o’clock position • Adjustable temperature limit stop • Pressure balancing mechanism maintains selected discharge temperature to ± 2° FLOW T9375 (2.5 gpm/9.5 L/min) maximum at 80 psi- Chrome finish T9375EP15 (1.5 gpm/5.7 L/min) maximum at 80 psi - Chrome finish, WaterSense® certified CARTRIDGE • Pair with a brass Posi-Temp® rough-in valve: • 8370HD*: 1/2" CC connection without integral stops • 8371HD*: 1/2" CC connection with integral stops • 8372HD*: 1/2" IPS connection with integral stops • 8373HD*: 1/2" PEX connection with integral stops • 8374HD*: 1/2" CPVC connection with integral stops • 8375HD*: 1/2" UPONOR connection with integral stops * Includes the 1222HD Brass Posi-Temp® Cartridge • Nonmetallic/nonferrous and stainless steel materials • Accommodates back to back installations STANDARDS • Third party certified to: WaterSense® (only applies to 1.5 gpm), ASME A112.18.1/CSA B-125.1 and all applicable requirements referenced therein • ADA for lever handle WARRANTY • Warranted for 5 years against material or manufacturing defects M•Dura™ Commerical Single-Handle Posi-Temp® Pressure Balancing Shower Trim Only Models: T9375 series FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL: 1-800-BUY-MOEN www.moen.com CRITICAL DIMENSIONS (DO NOT SCALE) 4/15 45"-48"(1143mm-1219mm) FLOOR LINE ESCUTCHEON HANDLE DIRECTION OF HANDLE ROTATION 6-3/4"(171mm) LC 3" (76mm)MIN. WALLCAVITY 6'-6"(1981mm)NOMINAL 7" (178mm)ESC. DIAM. 4-1/2" (114mm) PLASTER GROUND OPENING 2 1/2" MAX. (63mm) 1/2" MIN. CC (13mm) 5/8" MIN. IPS (16mm)FINISHED WALL LINE3/16" - 2" 3-1/2" (89mm) DIAM. OPTIONAL SHOWER HEAD AND CONTROLS - NON-ADA 126PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 DESCRIPTION • Metal construction with Chrome plated nish • Pressure balancing cycle valve design with 1/4 turn stops • 1/2" CC connections • Contains hand-held shower with non-positive pause, 69" metal hose, 24" grab bar slide bar, drop ell, mounting hardware, and Posi-Temp® valve trim • Vandal resistant lever handle • Easy cleaning rubber nozzles • Red and blue durable plastic temperature indicators OPERATION • Temperature valve has ADA compliant lever style handle • Handle operates counterclockwise through a 270° arc with o at 6 o’clock, and the maximum hot at the 9 o’clock position • Adjustable temperature limit stop • Pressure balancing mechanism maintains selected discharge temperature to ± 2° • Handshower contains integrated backow prevention FLOW T9346GBM25 (2.5 gpm/9.5 L/min) maxiumum at 80 psi - Chrome nish T9346GBM15 (1.5 gpm/5.7 L/min) maxiumum at 80 psi - Chrome nish, WaterSense® certied CARTRIDGE • Pair with a brass Posi-Temp® rough-in valve: • 8370HD*: 1/2" CC connection without integral stops • 8371HD*: 1/2" CC connection with integral stops • 8372HD*: 1/2" IPS connection with integral stops • 8373HD*: 1/2" PEX connection with integral stops • 8374HD*: 1/2" CPVC connection with integral stops • 8375HD*: 1/2" UPONOR connection with integral stops * Includes the 1222HD Brass Posi-Temp® Cartridge • Nonmetallic/nonferrous and stainless steel materials • Accommodates back to back installations STANDARDS • Third party certied to: WaterSense® (only applies to 1.5 gpm), ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 and all applicable requirements referenced therein • ADA for lever handle • Includes ADA compliant grab bar WARRANTY • Wa rranted for 5 years against material or manufacturing defects M•Dura™ Commercial Single-Handle Posi-Temp® Handheld Shower System Models: T9346GBM series FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL: 1-800-BUY-MOEN www.moen.com 4/15 FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL: 1-800-BUY-MOEN www.moen.com CRITICAL DIMENSIONS (DO NOT SCALE) 36"(912mm) FLOOR LINE ESCUTCHEON HANDLE DIRECTION OF HANDLE ROTATION LC 3" (76mm)MIN. WALLCAVITY 7" (178mm)ESC. DIAM. 4-1/2" (114mm)PlastergroundOpening 2-1/2" MAX. (63mm) 1/2" MIN. CC (13mm) 5/8" MIN. IPS (16mm)FINISHED WALL LINE3/16" - 2" 24"NOMIMAL(610mm) 3-1/2"(89mm) 6'-6" (1981mm)NOMINAL DROP ELL TUB RIM FINISHEDWALL LINE 1/2-14 NPT 1/2-14NPSLTHREAD 2" Dia. FLOOR LINE 3-5/16"SPRAYHEAD DIAMETER 8-1/8"SPRAY WAND HEIGHT 10/21 There is more than 1 version of this model. Page down to identify the version you have. OPTIONAL SHOWER HEAD AND CONTROLS - ADA 127PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL SHEET "FR-12" Metal Fire Rated Ice Maker Outlet Box with Lead Free Quarter Turn Vavles PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MODEL UNITS/CASE 82390 Qtr-turn Valve, 1/2" Sweat Connection FRMIB12ABS 5 82393 Qtr-turn Valve, 1/2" CPVC Connection FRMIB12ABC 5 82395 Qtr-turn Valve, 1/2" F1807 Connection FRMIB12ABP 5 82397 Qtr-turn Valve, 1/2" F1960 Connection FRMIB12ABW 5 82398 Qtr-turn Arrester Valve, 1/2" F1960 Connection FRMIB12ABWHA 5 97983 Replacement Faceplate for Model FR, Metal 97983 5 Specifications: Furnish and install recessed fi re rated ice maker outlet box. Unit shall have a lead free quarter-turn ball valve. Unit shall be Guy Gray product code checked below as manufactured by IPS Corporation. Box Material: White Powder Coat on 20 Gauge Cold Rolled Steel Finish & Intumescent Pad Valve & Drain Options: Qtr. Turn Valve kit with 1/2" MIP/Sweat, CPVC, PEX or Wirsbo connection furnished. Kit includes valves, locknuts and o-rings. Valves comply with NSF61-NSF/ANSI 372 SPEC_GG_FR12 Metal IMOB 500 Distribution Parkway, Collierville, TN 38017 ▪ Phone: 800-888-8312 ▪ Fax: 901-853-5008 ▪ www.ipscorp.com 8 5/16" 7 7 / 8 " 5 1 / 4 " 5 1/4" Frame fits 5/8" sheetrock for 1-hour firewall, or two 5/8" sheetrock panels for 2-hour firewall. DEPTH 3 1/8" 5 1/4" 5 3/8"DEPTH 3 1/8" 5 3 / 4 " 5 7/8" Stud Bay WB-1 FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL: 1-800-BUY-MOEN www.moen.com CRITICAL DIMENSIONS (DO NOT SCALE) 36"(912mm) FLOOR LINE ESCUTCHEON HANDLE DIRECTION OF HANDLE ROTATION LC 3" (76mm)MIN. WALLCAVITY 7" (178mm)ESC. DIAM. 4-1/2" (114mm)PlastergroundOpening 2-1/2" MAX. (63mm) 1/2" MIN. CC (13mm) 5/8" MIN. IPS (16mm)FINISHED WALL LINE3/16" - 2" 24"NOMIMAL(610mm) 3-1/2"(89mm) 6'-6" (1981mm)NOMINAL DROP ELL TUB RIM FINISHEDWALL LINE 1/2-14 NPT 1/2-14NPSLTHREAD 2" Dia. FLOOR LINE 3-5/16"SPRAYHEAD DIAMETER 8-1/8"SPRAY WAND HEIGHT 4/15 128PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Rev. 12/15 Form No. 65.112 MODEL 65/B65/RB65 PARTS LIST ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION 1 50009 Tee Key 50010 Long Tee Key (Box Models) 2 50264 Head Nut – chrome 50265 Head Nut – brass 3 50583 I.D. RING 4 50252 Stem Washer 5 55062 Stem Screw 6 50251 “C” washer 7 51014 Yoke Nut 8 Operating Rod (Sold With Item 10 Only) 9 50250 Plunger 10 554XX Operating Rod Assembly (Includes Items 7,8,9) (Select required assembled length from table below) 11 34HA-CH 34HA Vacuum Breaker – chrome 34HA-BR 34HA Vacuum Breaker – brass 12 55063 Wall Clamp Assembly 13 67BX Box/Door Assembly – Chrome 65BXF Box/Flat Door Assembly – Chrome 67BX-BR Box/Door Assembly - Brass 65BXF-BR Box/Flat Door Assembly - Brass 67BX-PB Box/Door Assembly – Polished Brass 65BXF-PB Box/Flat Door Assembly – Polished Brass 67BX-AL Box/Door Assembly – Aluminum 14 RB67BX Round Box/Door Assembly - Chrome RK-65 Chrome Repair Kit (Includes Items 1 ,2 ,4-7 & 9) 15 51117 Door Lock Screw - Chrome 51116 Door Lock Screw - Brass 16 51120 E-Ring Manufactured under one or more of the following patents: U.S. Patents: 3,414,001 4,178,956 4,316,481 4,532,954 D216,790 D216,791 D277,365 D277,366 Canada Patents: 852,529 865,995 1,146,438 Operating Rod Assy. “A” Wall Thickness Length Part No.65 B65/RB65 CC CC 3 ½”55401 N/A 4 4 ½” 55402 4 6 6 ½”55404 6 8 8 ½”55406 8 10 10 ½”55408 10 12 12 ½”55410 12 14 14 ½” 55412 14 16 16 ½”55414 16 18 18 ½”55416 18 20 20 ½”55418 20 22 22 ½”55420 22 24 24 ½” 55422 24 N/A 26 ½”55424 ** Add 8.3 Lbs. for brass box models. ** Add 2.5 Lbs. for aluminum box models. Wall Thickness (Inch)CC 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Overall Length - Hydrant 5 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Overall Length - Box Models 7 3/8 8 3/8 10 3/8 12 3/8 14 3/8 16 3/8 18 3/8 20 3/8 22 3/8 24 3/8 26 3/8 28 3/8 Shipping Wt. (Lbs)**3.8 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.6 6 6.4 6.8 7.2 7.6 8 8.4 NOTE: Close Coupled Models are not recommended for use in freezing climates and cannot use wall clamp. "A" 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 For more information contact... 2121 Waynoka Road, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80915 •Phone: (800) 621-6032 • Fax: (800) 765-4115 To view our complete product line visit: www.woodfordmfg.com or email: sales@woodfordmfg.com ©2015 WOODFORD Mfg. 0977 WOODFORD MANUFACTURING COMPANY, LLC. WALL THICKNESS 5 OVERALL LENGTH (CLOSE COUPLED) SEE INLET TYPE 2 7/16 2 3 2 3/8 3 3/4 4 3/8 MODEL 65 Rough-In Dimensions WALL 2 5/8 (CLOSE COUPLED) THICKNESS MIN. OVERALL LENGTH 7 3/8 TYPE INLET SEE 2 1/4 4 3/8 4 3/8 2 3/4 2 1/8 7 1/2 5 1/2 6 1/2 WATER MODEL B65 Rough-In Dimensions MODEL RB65 Rough-In Dimensions 2 1/2" WALL THICKNESS MIN OVERALL LENGTH (CLOSE COUPLED) 7 3/8" 4 3/8" 6 15/16" Dia. 2" 3 7/8" 5 7/8" Dia. 4 3/8" 2 7/8" LIMITED WARRANTY The Model 65 is sold with a limited warranty for five years against defects in material and workmanship. We will replace or issue credit (at our option) for defective goods that are returned for inspection and found to be defective within five years of purchase from Woodford. Anti-SiphonFreezelessWall HydrantsModel 65/B65/RB65 ©2015 WOODFORD Mfg. 0977 Rev. 12/15 Form No. 65.112 The Model 65, B65, RB65 are automatic draining, freezeless wall hydrants with single check hose connection anti-siphon vacuum breakers. Hydrants drain as handle is shut off, even if hose is attached. All models are designed for irrigation purposes to blend in with modern architecture for installation on restaurants, schools, office buildings, churches, apartments, motels, stores, shopping centers and industrial buildings. SPECIFICATIONS: MODEL 65/B65/RB65•Approved under ASSE Standard 1019-B•Listed by IAPMO •Meets Government Specification WW-P-541b VACUUM BREAKER - ANTI SIPHON -•NIDEL Model 34HA with ¾ inch male hose thread•Approved under ASSE 1011 •Listed by IAPMO VALVE SEAT –Permanent type brass valve body with hemispherical seating surface. VALVE –One piece valve plunger accurately controls both flow and drainage with a minimum number of turns and without need for adjustments. DRAIN –Under nozzle away from hands of operator and with a lip to divert water away from building. CASING –Copper tubes. NO LEAD SOLDER - All solder joints. STEM –Hardened stainless steel stem resists damage. TEE KEY –Loose key operates hydrant. OPERATING ROD –3/8” solid brass operating rod. INLETS –As shown. WALL CLAMP –Furnished on all 60 series except close coupled. MAX PRESSURE – 125 p.s.i. MAX TEMPERATURE - 120° F Specify as follows: Wall hydrant shall be Woodford Model 65 (exposed type), B65, RB65 or MB65 (concealed box type), automatic draining with anti-siphon vaccum breaker. ASSE Standard 1019-B approved. ¾” inlet and outlet (specify type of inlet). Hardened stainless steel operating stem and one- piece valve plunger to control both flow and drain functions. Exterior finish to be Chrome Plated (options: Polished Brass or Rough Brass). Loose tee key to be furnished with each hydrant. Wall thickness to be _____ inches. Exterior Finish:Standard - Chrome (CH)Optional - Brass (BR) Polished Brass (PB)Fits one standard modular brick course. When ordering, specify model, inlet and wall thickness 3 4 3/8 1 3/8 3 4 3/8 1 3/8 3 4 3/8 1 3/8 4 1/4 6 1/8 1 3/81/2 P Inlet 3/4” Female Pipe Thread EP Inlet Union Elbow with 3/4” Male Pipe Thread C Inlet 3/4” Copper Water Tube P1 Inlet 1” Male Pipe Thread Inlet Options SEE WOODFORDMFG.COM FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS OF APPLICABLE PATENTS AND PATENTS PENDING OR CALL 1-800-621-6032 Model 65 Exterior Finish: Box & DoorStandard - Chrome (CH)Optional - Brass (BR) Polished Brass (PB) Anodized Aluminum Box (AL)Fits two std. modular brick course or one course of facing tile. Model B65 Exterior Finish: Box & Door - Chrome (CH) Only Designed especially for tilt-up wall construction. Install through 6” diameter hole. Two 3/8”-16 tapped holes for all-thread anchors in back of box. Lift and latch door stays open when hydrant is in use. Model RB65 HB-1 129PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ©2020 WOODFORD Mfg.Form No. MB24 Rev 102 9/20 MODEL MB24 & MB26 PARTS LIST ITEM PART#DESCRIPTION 1 30121 Handle Screw - Nickel 2 30120 Wheel Handle - Clear 2A 50009 Tee Key 2B 30106 Wheel Handle - Metal 3 30109 Packing Nut - chrome 4 30247 EPDM Packing 5 30105 Packing Support Washer 6 30104 Operating Stem 7 30008 Washer 8 30009 Washer Screw 9 30151 Fascia Screws (2) 10 34HF-CH 34HF Vacuum Breaker for Model 24 11 50HF-CH 50HF Backflow Preventer for Model 26 RK-24 Chrome Repair Kit (Includes items 1-8) 7 3/4" 10" 6 3/8" 2 3/4" 7 1/4" Stub-Out Scale1/2" Increments 8 5/8" 4 1/16" INLET INLET 3 5/8" 9 1/2" Rough-In Dimensions 3 7 8 9 10 11 2B 2A 6 5 4 21 MB24BX & MB24BX-K models include: Composite Box, Stainless Steel Door & Fascia Only MB24BX Includes Tee Key Lock MB24BX-K Includes Key Cylinder Lock •Shipped in individual cartons •Shipping Weight: 3 lbs-3 oz RK-24MBDR & RK-24MBDR-K models include:Stainless Steel Door & Fascia Only RK-24MBDR Includes Tee Key Lock RK-24MBDR-K Includes Key Cylinder Lock •Shipped in individual cartons •Shipping Weight: 2 lbs-3 oz Replaceable Stainless Steel Door & Fascia RK’s MB24BX RK-24MBDR MB24BX-K RK-24MBDR-K For more information contact... 2121 Waynoka Road, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80915 • Phone: (800) 621-6032 • Fax: (800) 765-4115 To view our complete product line visit: www.woodfordmfg.com or email: sales@woodfordmfg.com WOODFORD MANUFACTURING COMPANY, LLC. ©2020 WOODFORD Mfg.Form No. MB24 Rev 102 9/20 Mild ClimateWall FaucetsModular BoxMB24 & MB26 The Model MB24 & MB26 Modular Box systems are designed to securely contain a Woodford Model 24 or 26 wall faucet in mild climate area commercial buildings. The MB24 includes a light weight, high impact, composite box that is stubbed out of a frame or masonry wall. After the wall is finished, a heavy 14 gauge stainless steel door and fascia assembly is screwed into the box to create a durable, secure access and an attractive front. Two lock styles are available: • Loose Tee Key (requires a furnished Tee Key to engage a recessed square lock stem to operate) • Key Cylinder Lock (with (2) keys) Complete the Modular Box system by choosing a reliable Woodford Model 24P or 26P with either ½″ or ¾″ NPT inlet options. These faucets are intended for irrigation purposes in mild climate areas. SPECIFICATIONS:• NIDEL® Model 34HF Anti Siphon Vacuum Breaker• ¾″ male hose thread• ASSE Standard 1011 approved• Listed by IAPMO• Canadian Standards Association• No spray back• • 50HF Backflow Preventer• ASSE 1052 Approved• Listed by IAPMO• Field Testable• Two Independent Check Valves• Drains automatically when hose is removed• No spray back• FEATURES Common to all faucets: • Chrome exterior finish • EPDM packing prevents leaking • Adjustable packing nut brass nut with deep stem guard • Standard “O” size seat washer • Standard polycarbonate wheel handle and loose tee key • Optional metal wheel handle • Max Pressure: 125 p.s.i. • Max Temperature: 120° F PATENTS • https://www.woodfordmfg.com/patents Model24P-½ or 24P-¾ R R Model26P-½ or 26P-¾ For Installation Instructions go to www.woodfordmfg.com or call 1-800-621-6032 RK-Bracket - Sold Separately Bracket may be used to mount or support the box in a stud wall. Hole centers are provided on back of box for drilling (2) 9/32” holes. Bracket extends from 10” to 19”. All MB24 models include Model 24 Faucet, Composite Box, Stainless Steel Door & Fascia MB24-1/2 Includes Tee Key Lock MB24-3/4 Includes Tee Key Lock MB24-1/2-K Includes Key Cylinder Lock MB24-3/4-K Includes Key Cylinder Lock All MB26 models include Model 26 Faucet, Composite Box, Stainless Steel Door & Fascia MB26-1/2 Includes Tee Key Lock MB26-3/4 Includes Tee Key Lock MB26-1/2-K Includes Key Cylinder Lock MB26-3/4-K Includes Key Cylinder Lock Modular Box Components See Rough-In Dimensions on reverse side. See reverse side for available Door & Fascia Repair Kit. R U PC R U PC R Composite Box Stainless Steel Door and Fascia Assembly HB-2 130PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ©2022 WOODFORD Mfg. 1972 Rev. 06/22 Form No. 21.104 For more information contact...WOODFORD MANUFACTURING COMPANY, LLC. 2121 Waynoka Road, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80915 • Phone: (800) 621-6032 • Fax: (800) 765-4115 To view our complete product line visit: www.woodfordmfg.com or email: sales@woodfordmfg.com MODEL 21 PARTS LIST ITEM PART#DESCRIPTION 1 30009 Washer Screw 2 30008 Washer 3 30104 Operating Stem 4 30105 Packing Support Washer 5 30247 EPDM Packing 6 30109 Packing Nut - Chrome 30107 Packing Nut - Brass 7 30120 Wheel Handle - Clear polycarbonate 30233 Wheel Handle - Tan polycarbonate 8 30121 Handle Screw - Nickel 30002 Handle Screw - Brass 9 55437 Hose Nozzle w/O-Ring - Chrome 55435 Hose Nozzle w/O-Ring - Brass 10 50009 Tee Key 11 30106 Wheel handle - Metal (unpainted) 30239 Wheel Handle - Metal (painted) RK-24 Chrome Repair Kit (Includes items 1-8) (Chrome packing nut and clear handle) RK-H34 Brass Repair Kit (Includes items 1-8) (Brass packing nut and tan handle) 10 6 1 2 3 4 5 9 7 8 11 ©2022 WOODFORD Mfg. 1972 Rev. 06/22 Form No. 21.104 The Model 21 Wall Faucet is designed for irrigation purposes to be used indoors or outdoors in mild climate areas on homes, service stations, churches, motels, drive-in restaurants, etc. THIS UNIT OFFERS NO ANTI-SIPHON PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS: EXTERIOR FINISH - Chrome (CH) Standard Optional: Rough Brass (BR) or Polished Chrome (PC) PACKING - EPDM PACKING NUT - Adjustable brass nut with deep stem guard VALVE SEAT - Standard “O” size washer HANDLES - Standard polycarbonate wheel handle and loose tee key. Optional: Metal wheel handle only. MAX PRESSURE: 125 p.s.i. MAX TEMPERATURE: 120° F SHIPPING WEIGHT (per unit): 1 lb TAMPER-PROOF LOCK SHIELD Patent information: https://www.woodfordmfg.com/Woodford/patents/ Excellence Woodford Since 1929 Proudly Made In The U.S.A. P-1/2 Inlet 1/2” FPT P-3/4 Inlet 3/4” FPT CP Inlet COMBINATION 1/2” COPPER TUBE 1/2” MPT C Inlet COMBINATION 1/2” COPPER TUBE 3/4” COPPER TUBE Inlet Descriptions For instructions go to www.woodfordmfg.com or call 1-800-621-6032 Wall FaucetModel 21 When ordering, specify model, inlet and finish FOR NON-FREEZING AREAS For more information contact...WOODFORD MANUFACTURING COMPANY, LLC. 2121 Waynoka Road, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80915 • Phone: (800) 621-6032 • Fax: (800) 765-4115 To view our complete product line visit: www.woodfordmfg.com or email: sales@woodfordmfg.com HB-3 131PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 REV. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CKD. BY WEIGHT POUNDS VOLUME CUBIC FEET FIGURE NUMBER LOCATION FI G U R E NU M B E R DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T T O M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E WE C A N A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y F O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A DR A W N B Y : CH E C K E D B Y : AP P R O V E D B Y : DA T E : SC A L E : SI Z EA DR A W I N G N U M B E R High Position2 1/4 (57) MIN4 (100) MAX 5 1/4 (135) Polyethylene Dome Combined Flashing ClampAnd Gravel Stop Adjustable Extension Sleeve Reversible Collar Underdeck Clamp(When Specified) Low Position1 1/4 (32) MIN2 1/2 (64) MAX **5 (125) GENERAL PURPOSE ROOF DRAINS ROOF DRAIN WITH ADJUSTABLE EXTENSION REGULARLY FURNISHED: Duco Cast Iron Body with Adjustable Extension Sleeve with Secondary Flashing Clamp (-C2), Combined Flashing Clamp and Gravel Stop with Polyethylene Dome. VARIATIONS: Expansion Joint (Specify Fig. 1710)"L" Shaped Underdeck Clamp -CLL Speedi-Set® Service Weight 02(50), 03(75) & 04(100)" sizes onlyLXH Speedi-Set® Extra Heavy 02(50), 03(75) & 04(100)" sizes only Sump Receiver -R Underdeck Clamp -CVandal Proof Dome -USide Outlet Drain (Specify Fig. 1025) OPTIONAL MATERIALS: Aluminum Dome -ADCast Iron Dome -CIDGalvanized Cast Iron -GRough Bronze Dome -RBD Free Area102.5 SQ IN(661) SQ CM A (Pipe Size) = 02(50), 03(75), 04(100), 05(125) or 06(150) Fig. 1015C-C2 . . . . . CAULK OUTLET Fig. 1015Y-C2 . . . . . NO-HUB OUTLET 1015-C2 10 1 5 - C 2 KK CL CL 11 - 9 - 2 1 NO N E S1 0 1 5 - C 2 *3 3/4(95) 15 1/4 (390) DIA Gasket A 1 1/8 (29) MIN NOTE: Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters. recommended deck opening with suffix -R less Suffix -R 17 (430) DIA 14 (355) DIA 11 (280) DIA Optional domes’ free area are as follows: Aluminum 98 (632) Cast Iron 80 (516) Bronze 95 (613) *This dimension to internal stop of Speedi-Set® Gasket **Same for Caulk, NO-HUB and Speedi-Set®, 3 3/4 (95) for Threaded WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONAL POST OFFICE BOX 3237 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA) TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 888-377-7818 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ASPE ® S A NITARY ENGINEE R I N GPrevention Rather T h a n C ure SINCE 1926 PL U M B I N G AND DRAINAG E INSTIT U T E M E M B E R ® M E M B E R Fig. 1015T-C2 . . . . . THREADED OUTLET Reversible Collar Used As Secondary Flashing Clamp (-C2) for Clamping Waterproofing Membrane. 3 8"(10) Dia Seepage Openings (4 Holes) D A 3-9-23 Added ® to “Speedi-Set” KK CLB 9-29-23 Removed Function HS CL Roof Deck Plate -RDP C 3-25-24 Revised Variations HS CLD 8-22-24 Revised Drawing HS CL RD-1 and ORD-1 Safety Stations with Eye/Face Wash Guardian Equipment 312 447 8100 TELEPHONE 1140 N North Branch St 312 447 8101 FACSIMILE Chicago, IL 60642 gesafety.com Listed 8116. Units have been tested to and comply with ANSI Z358.1-2014 and the Uniform Plumbing Code. F G1950P Safety Station with Eye/Face Wash, Plastic Bowl Application: Combination eye/face wash and shower safety station. Eye/face wash features a plastic bowl with two large FS-Plus™ spray-type outlet heads that deliver a flood of water for rinsing eyes and face. Shower Head: 10" diameter orange ABS plastic with 20 GPM flow control. Shower Valve: 1" IPS chrome plated brass stay-open ball valve. Valve is US-made with chrome plated brass ball and PTFE seals. Furnished with stainless steel actuating arm and 29" stainless steel pull rod. Spray Head Assembly: Two FS-Plus™ spray heads. Each head has a “flip top” dust cover, internal flow control and filter to remove impurities from water flow. Eye/Face Wash Bowl: 11-3/4” diameter orange ABS plastic. Eye/Face Wash Valve: 1/2" IPS chrome plated brass stay-open ball valve. Valve is US-made with chrome plated brass ball and PTFE seals. Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 galvanized steel. Furnished with orange polyethylene pipe covers for high visibility and corrosion resistance. Supply: 1-1/4" NPT female top or side inlet. Waste: 1-1/4" NPT female outlet. Outlet can be positioned at either 9-1/4" or 19-5/8" above finished floor by reversing lower pipe nipples. Sign: ANSI-compliant identification sign. Quality Assurance: Valve and spray head assemblies are factory assembled and water tested prior to shipment. Available Options F G6040 Thermostatic mixing valve precisely blends hot and cold water to deliver tepid water as required by ANSI Z358.1-2014. Refer to “Thermostatic Mixing Valves” section for complete technical and product selection information. F GC Powder coated finish on galvanized pipe and fittings. Available colors include orange, yellow, red and green. F GRN Green ABS plastic shower head and bowl. F YEL Yellow ABS plastic shower head and bowl. F SSH Stainless steel shower head. F AP275-200 Electric flashing light and alarm horn unit for mounting on wall or vertical pipe. Light illuminates and horn sounds when eye/face wash or shower is activated. Furnished complete with flow switch and mounting hardware. F AP250-015 Modesty curtain for mounting on safety station. 132PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 REV.DATE DESCRIPTION BY CKD. BY WEIGHT POUNDS VOLUME CUBIC FEET FIGURE NUMBER LOCATION FI G U R E NU M B E R DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T T O M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E WE C A N A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y F O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A DR A W N B Y : CH E C K E D B Y : AP P R O V E D B Y : DA T E : SC A L E : SI Z EA DR A W I N G N U M B E R 08(200)9 1/4(235)5 7/8(149) (3) MountingHoles At 120° 5/8(16) A B Wall Flange NO-HUB Outlet F E D NPT Thread ROOF ACCESSORY DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE Fig. 1770T-ADA.....Threaded OutletFig. 1770Y-ADA.....NO-HUB Outlet 02(50), 03(75), 04(100) and 06(150) REGULARLY FURNISHED:Cast Bronze Nozzle and Flange. OPTIONAL MATERIALS:Nickel Bronze -NBPolished Bronze -PBChrome Plated -CP VARIATIONS:Bird Screen -BSNO-HUB Adaptor (specify Fig. 2646Y) [5"(125), 8"(200), 10"(255) and 12"(305) only] 1770-ADA1 7 7 0 - A D A TB W CL CL 10 - 1 8 - 1 8 NO N E S1 7 7 0 - A D A B NOTE: Dimensions shown inparentheses are in millimeters. 02(50)2 3/4(70)2 3/4(70) 03(75)4(100)3 1/2(89) 04(100)5(125)3 7/8(98) 05(125)6(150)4 3/8(111) 06T(150)7 1/4(185)5(125)C=RAD D E F A=PIPE B=DIA 10(255)12(305)11 1/8(283)7 1/4(185) 13 1/4(335)8(205) 1 5/8(41)1 3/8(35)1 3/8(35)1 3/8(35)1 3/8(35)1 3/8(35)1 3/4(44)2(51) 2 3/8(60)2 1/16(52)2 1/16(52)2 1/16(52)2 1/16(52)2 1/16(52)2 3/4(70)2 15/16(75) 5 1/8(130)4 7/8(124)4 7/8(124)4 7/8(124)4 7/8(124)4 7/8(124) 06Y(150)7 1/4(185)5(125) 1 13/16(46) 2 1/2(64) 5 5/16(135)5 1/4(133)5 1/2(140) * * *** WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONALPOST OFFICE BOX 3237MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA)TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 888-377-7818 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ASPE ® S A N ITARY ENGINEE R I NGPrevention Rather T h a n Cure SINCE 1926 PL U M B I N G AND DRAINAGE INSTITU T E M E M B E R ® M E M B E R C When -NB is specified with NO-HUB outlet, ALL SIZES will be supplied with a 2646Y NO-HUB adaptor.** ** A 8-30-19 Rev. Opt. Mat./Added Note MW CL**B 2-11-21 Removed Function KK AM DS-1 REV. DATE DESCRIPTION BY CKD. BY WEIGHT POUNDS VOLUME CUBIC FEET FIGURE NUMBER LOCATION FI G U R E NU M B E R DI M E N S I O N S A R E S U B J E C T T O M A N U F A C T U R E R S T O L E R A N C E A N D C H A N G E W I T H O U T N O T I C E WE C A N A S S U M E N O R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y F O R U S E O F S U P E R S E D E D O R V O I D D A T A DR A W N B Y : CH E C K E D B Y : AP P R O V E D B Y : DA T E : SC A L E : SI Z EA DR A W I N G N U M B E R 1 ADJUSTABLE ROOF DRAIN DOME 5/16 (8) -18 X 1 1/4 (32) BOLT (4 REQ'D) (USE PIPE SEALANT ON THREADS) FLASHING CLAMP ADJUSTABLE SLEEVE 1/4 (6) DIA. O-RING POSITIONED IN GROOVE OF THREADS AT INSIDE DIAMETER OF REVERSIBLE COLLAR. 5/16 (8) -18 X 1 1/2 (38) BOLT (4 REQ'D) 5/16 (8) WASHER-NEOPRENE BACKED SIDE TO FACE DOWN (4 REQ'D) REVERSIBLE COLLAR LOW POSITION MIN 1 1/4 (32) MAX 2 1/2 (64) HIGH POSITION MIN 2 1/4 (57) MAX 4 (100) NEOPRENE FLAT GASKET BODY DRAIN RECEIVER -R (RECOMMENDED OPTION) UNDERDECK CLAMP -C (RECOMMENDED OPTION) 9 8 7 5 4 36 2 *Position flat gasket on drain body, align holesin gasket with holes in body. Determine if reversible collar is to be installedin the low (1 1/4" to 2 1/2") or high (2 1/4" to 4")position. *Place reversible collar on body and align holesin collar with holes in gasket and body. Secure collar to body with 1 1/2" long boltsinsuring neoprene backed washers are installed with neoprene side facing down at proper locationsbetween top of reversible collar and bolt head.Tighten bolts in the following manner: 1, 3, 2 & 4.Tighten No. 1 bolt approximately one full turn thenNo. 3, No. 2 and No. 4 (same manner as for No. 1).Continue this method until reversible ring has beensecured evenly all around. Wipe “O” Ring recess in reversible collar clean.Insert dry “O” Ring in groove of threads at insidediameter of reversible collar. Lubricate the face of“O” Ring in it’s entirety with (1) tube of the lubricant provided and remaining threads. Lubricate liberally the entire lead-in chamferand first 2 threads of the adjustable sleeve.Thread adjustable sleeve into reversible collar and adjust to required height. Do notexceed minimum/maximum adjustment dimensions. Check bolts a final time to insure tightness. Run waterproofing membrane over top of adjustable sleeve to inside of bolt circle. Install flashing clamp and secure with(4) bolts, use pipe sealant on threads. Againtighten bolts in the 1, 3, 2, 4 manner. (See ) Install Dome 1 2 2a 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 1015BS 10 1 5 B S EM B MC D TD 6- 2 9 - 8 8 NO N E S1 0 1 5 B S L NOTE: Dimensions shown inparentheses are in millimeters. K 8-22-24 Added Note HS CLL 10-9-24 Added Note HS CL H 8-18-15 Added Flow Rate Note TBW BW JAY R.SMITH MFG. CO.® MEMBER OF MORRIS GROUP INTERNATIONAL POST OFFICE BOX 3237 MONTGOMERY, ALABAMA 36109-0237 (USA) TEL: 334-277-8520 FAX: 888-377-7818 www.jrsmith.comCUSTOMERDRIVEN SMITH ® MEMBER OF: ASPE ® S A N ITARY EN GINE E R I N GP revention Rather T h a n C ure SINCE 1926 PL U M B I N G AND DRAINAGE INSTITU T E M E M B E R ® M E M B E R WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm - www.P65Warnings.ca.gov J 7-30-19 Removed NOTE MW CL *Note when -C2 secondary flashing clamp option is supplied the flat gasket is not supplied. The -C2 option is for when a water proofing membrane is to be applied to the drain body flange and clamped with the reversible collar in place of the flat gasket. 1 2a NOTE: DO NOT STACK MULTIPLE ADJUSTABLE EXTENSIONS 133PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 THIS SPACE FOR ARCHITECT/ENGINEER APPROVAL Due to continuing product improvement, the information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. All dimensions are ± 1/4" (6mm). Safety Stations with Eye/Face Wash Guardian Equipment 312 447 8100 TELEPHONE 1140 N North Branch St 312 447 8101 FACSIMILE Chicago, IL 60642 gesafety.com Listed 8116. Units have been tested to and comply with ANSI Z358.1-2014 and the Uniform Plumbing Code. Emergency Shower/Eyewash Sign Included F G1950P Safety Station with Eye/Face Wash, Plastic Bowl Rev. 022618 DETAIL "A" UNIVERSAL FLOOR FLANGE ON Ø7 5/8" BOLT CIRCLE Ø7/16" MOUNTING SLOTS 29" (737mm) 37 1/2" (953mm) 5 3/4" (146mm) Ø10" (254mm) 6 1/8" (156mm) 24" (610mm) 6 1/2" (165mm) 9 1/4" (235mm) 5 1/2" (140mm) 64 3/4" (1645mm) 9 1/4" (235mm) 23 5/8" (600mm) 1/2" IPS CHROME- PLATED BRASS STAY- OPEN BALL VALVE 1 1/4" NPT FEMALE INLET (PLUGGED) POWDER COATED CAST ALUMINUM FLAG HANDLE 5" (127mm) ABS PLASTIC BOWL (2) FS-PLUS™ SPRAY HEADS STAINLESS STEEL PULL ROD GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS STAINLESS STEEL ACTUATING ARM 1" IPS CHROME-PLATED BRASS STAY-OPEN BALL VALV E 82 7/8" (2105mm) 89" (2261mm) 1 1/4" NPT FEMALE OUTLET Ø11 3/4" (299mm) 1 1/4" NPT FEMALE INLET Ø9" (229mm) POWDER COATED CAST ALUMINUM FLOOR FLANGE (SEE DETAIL "A") ABS PLASTIC SHOWER HEAD WITH 20 GPM FLOW CONTROL TEE CLOSED ONE END NOTES: 1.EACH FS-PLUS™ SPRAY HEAD HAS A "FLIP-TOP" DUST COVER, INTERNAL FLOW CONTROL AND FILTER TO REMOVE IMPURITIES FROM THE WATER FLOW. 2.REVERSING THE TWO LOWEST PIPE NIPPLES RAISES THE DRAIN OUTLET TO 19 5/8" (498mm) A.F.F. rev. 040218 EEWS-1 134PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.5 Lighting Cutsheets Page 1 of 10 FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE — The CLX is a linear lighting solution that is available in multiple lengths, lumen packages and distributions. Designed for versatility, the CLX can address virtually any indoor lighting need. The CLX is also offered in standard and high efficacy configurations and capable of being continuous row mounted or installed as a stand-alone fixture. Ideal for uplight and downlight in commercial, retail, manufacturing, warehouse, and display applications. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish the integrity of acrylic and/or polycarbonate. Click here for Acrylic-Polycarbonate Compatibility table for suitable uses. CONSTRUCTION — Channel and cover are formed from code-gauge cold-rolled steel. Housing and lens endcaps are injection molded plastic to provide a more architectural look and feel. The endcaps come standard with a 7/8" knock out for continuous mounting but can be ordered without. Finish: Paint options include high-gloss, baked white polyester (WH), galvanized (GALV), matte black (MB) and smoke gray (SKGY). Five-stage iron phosphate pre-treatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. OPTICS — Offered with acrylic lens and less lens configurations. Provides a choice of optical distributions including, wide, narrow, and aisle. Models with wide diffuse lens provide up to 12% uplight. Please check the IES file for specific uplight value. ELECTRICAL — Utilizes high-output LEDs integrated on a two-layer circuit board, ensuring cool-running operation. Optional internal pluggable wiring harness for reduced labor cost in row mounting applications. (See PLR_ ordering information on page 9.) Electronic LED driver is multi-volt input and 0-10V dimming standard (see Operational Data on page 6 for actual wattage consumption). This fixture is designed to withstand a maximum line surge of 2.5kV at 0.75kA combination wave for indoor locations, for applications requiring higher level of protection additional surge protection must be provided. Color Variation within 3-step MacAdam ellipse (3SDCM). L70>100,000 hours at 25˚C. LEDs provide nominal 80 CRI or 90 CRI at 3000 K, 3500 K,4000 K, or 5000 K. Lumen output up to 2,500 lumens per foot. INSTALLATION — Fixture may be ceiling or wall mounted (with or without THCLX hanger or angle mounted with CLXANGBKT), pendant or stem mounted with appropriate mounting options. WARNING — Removing the lens and opening the fixture during installation exposes the LEDs, putting them at risk for damage. If you plan to surface mount the fixture, we recommend using the THCLX. This eliminates the need to open the fixture. If you plan to continuous row mount, we recommend using the PLR wiring harness option. This eliminates the need to open the fixture. Damage to the LEDs caused during installation will not be covered under the warranty. LISTINGS — CSA certified to US and Canadian safety standards. For use in damp locations between -4°F (-20°C) and 104°F (40°C). Optional High Ambient (HA) ranging to 122°F(50°C) available on certain lumen packages (See ambient temperature chart for additional information). DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product and DLC qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC Premium qualified or DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified. GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT — BAA – Product with the BAA option qualifies as a domestic end product under the Buy American Act as implemented in the FAR and DFARS. Product with the BAA option also qualifies as manufactured in the United States under DOT Buy America regulations. BABA – Build America Buy America: Product with the BAA option also qualifies as produced in the United States under the definitions of the Build America, Buy America Act. Please refer to www.acuitybrands.com/buy-american for additional information. WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. This is the only warranty provided and no other statements in this specification sheet create any warranty of any kind. All other express and implied warranties are disclaimed. Complete warranty terms located at: www.acuitybrands.com/support/warranty/terms-and-conditions Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. Specifications subject to change without notice. LED Linear CLX 24", 36", 48" and 96" Lengths Catalog Number Notes Type COMMERCIAL INDOOR CLX Stock configurations are offered for shorter lead times: Stock Part Number UPC CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525816 CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525885 CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525939 CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525908 CLX L96 6000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525861 CLX L96 6000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525915 CLX L96 10000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525922 CLX L96 10000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525830 CLX L48 3000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525960 CLX L48 3000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525892 CLX L48 5000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525854 CLX L48 5000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525946 CLX L96 6000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525878 CLX L96 6000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525823 CLX L96 10000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525953 CLX L96 10000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525847 Flat Diffuse Lens Round Diffuse Lens Wide Diffuse Lens CLX with Reflector Items marked by a shaded background qualify for the Design Select program and ship in 15 days or less. To learn more about Design Select, visit www.acuitybrands.com/designselect. *See ordering tree for details Capable Luminaire This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested to provide consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility with simple commissioning when used with Acuity Brands controls products. All configurations of this luminaire are calibrated and tested to meet the Acuity Brands' specifications for chromatic consistency – including color rendering, color fidelity, and color temperature tolerance around standard CIE chromaticity coordinates. To learn more about Acuity A+ standards, specifications, and testing visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus. TM AlphabetLighting.comAlphabet by Ledra Brands, Inc.88 Maxwell Irvine, CA 92618 PH: 714.259.9959 FAX: 714.259.9969 PROJECT INFORMATION JOB NAME TYPE ORDERING CODE 30° - 70° BEAM (Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice) 14mm COB PERFORMANCE DATA LED LIGHT ENGINE NOMINAL DELIVERED LUMENS SYSTEM WATTAGE 10LM 980LM @30K/80CRI 9W 15LM 1200LM @30K/80CRI 11W 20LM 1650LM @30K/80CRI 15W 25LM 2110LM @30K/80CRI 18W 30LM 2650LM @30K/80CRI 23W 35LM 3120LM @30K/80CRI 28W 40LM 3710LM @30K/80CRI 35W 45LM 4090LM @30K/80CRI 40W 10LM 830LM @30K/90CRI 9W 15LM 1020LM @30K/90CRI 11W 20LM 1410LM @30K/90CRI 15W 25LM 1790LM @30K/90CRI 18W 30LM 2250LM @30K/90CRI 23W 35LM 2650LM @30K/90CRI 28W 40LM 3150LM @30K/90CRI 35W 45LM 3480LM @30K/90CRI 40W Notes Delivered lumens based on HE60, 3000K (see page 2) 10° BEAM (Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice) 9mm COB PERFORMANCE DATA LED LIGHT ENGINE NOMINAL DELIVERED LUMENS SYSTEM WATTAGE 10LM 930LM @30K/80CRI 9W 15LM 1380LM @30K/80CRI 12W 20LM 1740LM @30K/80CRI 17W 25LM 2160LM @30K/80CRI 21W 30LM 2710LM @30K/80CRI 28W 35LM 3090LM @30K/80CRI 34W 40LM 3580LM @30K/80CRI 41W 10LM 810LM @30K/90CRI 9W 15LM 1190LM @30K/90CRI 12W 20LM 1510LM @30K/90CRI 17W 25LM 1870LM @30K/90CRI 21W 30LM 2350LM @30K/90CRI 28W 35LM 2680LM @30K/90CRI 34W 40LM 3100LM @30K/90CRI 41W Notes Delivered lumens based on S10, no Lens, 3000K (see page 2) 7 1/8" 3 3/4" In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without notice, specifications or materials that in our opinion will not alter the function of the product.v.10.5.23 Page 1 of 8 10 1 0 4 0 Beta6R BETA6 6" Cylinder Standard White FEATURES• Seamless extrusion with powder coated finish for clean aesthetics• Thermally optimized for longevity• 30° - 70° beam spread• UGR < 19• Micro slim canopy option at 1/4" depth, diameter of stem 3/8" IP• Multiple mounting, glare control options, trims and finishes available DIMMING AND CONTROLS• eldoLED flicker free 0-10V dimming to 1% and 0%• eldoLED flicker free DALI dimming to 1% and 0%• DMX dim to zero• Lutron Hi-lumen 2-Wire (Triac and Eco System) dimming to 0.1% and 1%• Leading & trailing edge (Triac/ELV) dimming to 1%• Casambi bluetooth dimming to 0.1% LED• 90 CRI: SDCM = 2-step MacAdam Ellipse, Lumen Maintenance: L70 > 66,000 hrs• 80 CRI: SDCM = 2-step MacAdam Ellipse, Lumen Maintenance: L70 > 66,000 hrs LISTING• ULus Listed to UL1598 & UL2108; cUL Listed to CSA C22.2 #250.0• Suitable for dry and damp locations• 5 Year Limited warranty CONSTRUCTION• Extruded aluminum housing• Lexan™ (PC) Optimal connectivity for wireless control signal• Machined aluminum canopy• SVT pendant cord ELECTRICAL• 120V-277V, 120 only Triac / ELV• Power factory ≥ 0.9• 2kV driver input surge protection• Remote emergency test switch• 7 W, 10W (T20 CEC) and 12W EM 90min battery PENDANT 10 " SURFACE MOUNT 10 " 11 1/16" 4 3/4" 9 1/8" 2" 5 1/2" 10" WALL MOUNT 135PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 AlphabetLighting.comAlphabet by Ledra Brands, Inc.88 Maxwell Irvine, CA 92618 PH: 714.259.9959 FAX: 714.259.9969 PROJECT INFORMATION JOB NAME TYPE ORDERING CODE 90° 0° C U T O F F A N G L E 36.5° GLARE CONTROL TRIM OPTIONS OPTICAL OPTIONS OPTIC BEAM ANGLE UGR HE40 40 15.9 HE60 58 18.4 HE80 82 20.8 HEHigh Efficiency Diffused Lens OPTIC BEAM ANGLE UGR S10 9 11.9 SS30 33 11.8 SS40 36 13.8 SS50 48 14.2 D30 32 11 D60 61 15.6 WH75 75 18.5 CLClear Lens In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without notice, specifications or materials that in our opinion will not alter the function of the product.v.10.5.23 Page 4 of 8 10 1 0 4 0 Beta6R CUT-OFF ANGLE Visual comfort is achieved with a lower cut-off angle due to improved glare control. The smaller the cut-off angle, the easier it is on the eye. Alphabet downlights have been thoughtfully engineered to eliminate glare while still delivering functional illumination. • Cutoff angle of NL and CL is 36.5 degrees • UGR calculation based on CIE 117-1995; room size: 4H X 8H, reflectance: 70/50/20;• UGR calculation based on 15LM fixtures. WH WT BZ BK MC Bezel Lens Bezel TRIM/BEZEL COLORS luxdynamics.com775.200.0707 • Wide 120° beam angle LEDs • Rotatable LED bars allow for custom distributions • Diffusing lens with coextruded gasket available in clear and white • Acrylic and polycarbonate lens materials available • Optional de ector shield reduces xture glare Opt icsOptics • Extruded 6463 aluminum construction • Stainless-steel hardware • White powdercoated aluminum endcaps and de ector shield • Isolated extruded aluminum driver channels (polished) • Thermally independent extruded aluminum heat sink LED BARs (polished) Const ruct ionConstruction Performance • Lumen output: Up to 148,000 lumens (lensed) • Ef cacy: Up to 171 Lumens per Watt • L70 (per TM-21): >72,000 Hours • L70 (calculated): 147,000 Hours • Ambient Temp. Rating : -40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 65.5°C) Ambient temperature rating varies for auxiliary components • Surge Protection: 6kV (10kV Option Available ) • Downlight BAR powered at 50% for visual comfort • Aircraft cable suspension • Wall mounting • Rigid pendant mounting (with or without powerfeed) • Truss system available, contact Factory • Custom mounts available, contact Factory InstallationInstallation • 10-Year Warranty on xture body • 5-Year Warranty on electronics • For special requests, contact Factory • UL 1598 for Dry and Damp • ARRA/BAA Compliant (Made in America) • IP55 Rated • UL EPH Listed - NSF Rated • Exceeds IK10 impact rating with polycarbonate lenses • IK10 rating does not apply to acrylic lenses • Uni ed Glare Rating (UGR) 23.7 with de ector, 31.9 without de ector ListingListing andand RatingsRatings • Gymnasiums/Sports Facilities • Arenas/Fieldhouses • Natatoriums • Tennis Courts • Architectural • Airport/Aviation Applications War rant yWarranty Page 1 of 9 Series: Specification Sheet d) A The LUX WAVE+ is designed for safety in natatoriums and other indirect lighting applications. The WAVE+ eliminates direct glare on the water’s surface. Incorporating our “ROTATABLE” factory-set LED-BARs, we can customize the distribution to each facility’s needs. Primarily INDIRECT lighting with a single DIRECT BAR provides unparalleled UNIFORMITY across the pool’s surface and deck, dramatically improving the visual environment. Optional DEFLECTOR SHIELD reduces glare for visual comfort. Revised 06/17/2024 RR 136PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 • Optional de ector shield eliminates nearly all glare from the lower bars of the xture • Perforated sheet metal pattern creates a unique fusion of style and functionality • Available on all models and con gurations • Custom de ector patterns available, contac Factory. Valid vector or CAD le required. OC DO Control Type Occupancy-PIR (line voltage & 0-10V) DLH-Photocell (line voltage & 0-10V) Ambient Temperature -40°C to 70°C Mounting Height 8' to 40' Coverage Area 100' diameter (@ 40' Mounting Height) DO 120V-277V Daylight Harvesting and Occupancy Sensor (On/Off and 0-10V Dimming) Control Type Occupancy-PIR (line voltage) Ambient Temperature 0°C to 55°C Mounting Height 15' to 40' Coverage Area Suggested: 1 to 1 spacing to mounting height ratio OC 120V-277V Occupancy Sensor (On/Off) 120-277V Sensors Perforated De ector Shield Available on 2’ and 4’ models only Contact Factory for 347-480V sensor Series: Speci cation Sheet luxdynamics.com775.200.0707 Page 9 of 9 Revised 06/17/2024 RR 2’ De ector Pattern 4’ De ector Pattern 1’ De ector Pattern PROJECT NAME: ___________________________________________________________ TYPE: _______________________ QTY: _______________________ p: 314.863.1895 | f: 314.863.3278 | www.ocl.com 1 of 7 Designed and Fabricated in St. Louis, Missouri › USA F G H I J LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE OAH*CONTROL OPTIONS LED OUTPUT LED1 LED2 TWH1 RGBW COLOR TEMP (80+ CRI) 27K 30K 35K 40K TUNABLE WHITE 2700K - 6500K CRI=90+ R9=50+ RGBW COLOR TEMP (90+ CRI) 927K 930K 935K 940K UNV 120- 277 48 100 144 DM1 0-10V DIMMING 1% DM8 DUAL 0-10V DIMMABLE TO 0.1% DALI DALI TYPE 8 CONTROL SYSTEM,DIMMABLE TO 0.1% DMX DMX CONTROL; DIMMABLE TO 0.1% ACOUSTIC COLORS PBK PURE BLACK CHG CHARCOAL SLT SLATE SDG SHADOW GRAY PIC PEARL ICE CWH CLASSIC WHITE SLG SILVER GRAY NTL NATURAL LINEN HZW HAZELWOOD CFB CORNFLOWER BLUE DNB DENIM BLUE BRD BRICK RED MNB MIDNIGHT BLUE DPP DEEP PURPLE BRY BERRY CHR CHERRY RED CRT CARROT DWT DEEPWATER PNA PINEAPPLE LMS LIMESTONE EMG EMERALD GREEN CNM CINNAMON BLS BLUSH SFM SEAFOAM SAMPLE CODE: PE1-P1EM-36-MW-WTP-LED1/30K-UNV-100-DM1-PBK Petals™Acoustic PENDANT CATALOG CODES SPECIFY CATALOG CODE A B C D E SERIES HANGING SYSTEM SIZE DIFFUSER FINISH PE1 PETALS P1DB PENDANT WITH ANGLED AIRCRAFT CABLES AND POWER CORD TO CANOPY WITH INTEGRAL DRIVER; MOUNTS TO 4X4 OCTAGON J-BOX (BY OTHERS); NOTE: STATIC WHITE ONLY P1EU PENDANT WITH 4 ANGLED AIRCRAFT CABLES AND POWER CORD TO CANOPY; MOUNTS TO 4X4 OCTAGON J-BOX (BY OTHERS); REMOTE DRIVER ENCLOSURE P1EM PENDANT WITH VERTICAL AIRCRAFT CABLES TO SEPARATE MOUNTING POINTS AND POWER CORD TO CANOPY; MOUNTS TO 4X4 OCTAGON J-BOX (BY OTHERS); REMOTE DRIVER ENCLOSURE P1DA PENDANT WITH VERTICAL AIRCRAFT CABLES TO SEPARATE MOUNTING POINTS AND POWER CORD TO CANOPY WITH INTEGRAL DRIVER; MOUNTS TO 4X4 OCTAGON J-BOX (BY OTHERS) NOTE: STATIC WHITE ONLY 24 36 48 60 72 MW MATTE WHITE POWDER COAT FINISHES BKP BLACK BMP BRASS METALLIC BNP BRONZE BTP BLACK TEXTURED GRP GRAPHITE GLP GOLDTASTIC PREMIUM METAL FINISHES BAL BRUSHED ALUMINUM MWP MATTE WHITE SGP STEEL GRAY SMP SILVER METALLIC SWP SKY WHITE WTP WHITE TEXTURED FEATURES • AVAILABLE WITH TUNABLE WHITE AND RGBW LIGHT SOURCES • SOUND-MITIGATING 9MM ACOUSTIC PETALS • 1.75” MINIMAL SQUARE PROFILE SIZE • SILICONE DIFFUSER ELIMINATES LIGHT LEAKS AND VISIBLE SEAMS • FIELD REPLACEABLE LED ARRAYS AND DRIVER(S) FOR SIMPLE MAINTENANCE • FIXTURES CAN BE CLUSTERED TOGETHER TO CREATE LARGE SCALE INSTALLATIONS • CUSTOM SIZES, SHAPES, AND CONFIGURATIONS ARE POSSIBLE *Ships with one of three OAH’s (48”, 100” or 144”) and is field adjustable to the desired height ** Contact factory for BIOS SkyBlue®or BIOS SkyBlue® Dynamic light engine and control options. Fixtures with P1EM hanging system, canopy will be MWP unless specified. Fixtures with P1DA, P1EU and P1DB hanging system, canopy will match finish choice. Power cord silver unless specified. MODS, NOTES, & COMMENTS ---------F SERIES HANGING SYSTEM SIZE DIFFUSER FINISH LIGHT SOURCE / CONTROL ACOUSTIC COLOR / OPTIONS A B C MW E UNV I J VOLTAGE OAH HPE1 MOD MODIFIED LUMINAIRE (CONTACT LOCAL REP) BIOS BIOS SKYBLUE™ OR BIOS SKLYBLUE™ DYNAMIC LIGHT ENGINE** PROFILE VIEW 1.75” 1.75” 90CRI + 137PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 5 of 7 Designed and Fabricated in St. Louis, Missouri › USA p: 314.863.1895 | f: 314.863.3278 | www.ocl.com FINISHDIFFUSER MW MATTE WHITE SOLID POWDER COAT FINISHES:TEXTURED POWDER COAT FINISHES: SWP SKY WHITE BKP BLACK MWP MATTE WHITE BTP BLACK TEXTURED WTP WHITE TEXTURED METALLIC POWDER COAT FINISHES: SMP SILVER BMP BRASS GLP GOLDTASTIC SGP STEEL GRAY BNP BRONZE BAL BRUSHED ALUMINUM GRP GRAPHITE PREMIUM METAL FINISHES: RAL®, Pantone® or custom finishes are also available. These colors are for reference only. Please be aware that colors may vary per monitor. Contact your local rep for finish samples or with any questions. ACOUSTIC ACOUSTIC COLORS: PBK PURE BLACK CFB CORNFLOWER BLUE NTL NATURAL LINEN CHR CHERRY RED EMG EMERALD GREEN DWT DEEPWATER BLS BLUSH PIC PEARL ICE DPP DEEP PURPLE SDG SHADOW GRAY MNB MIDNIGHT BLUE SLT SLATE SLG SILVER GRAY BRD BRICK RED CWH CLASSIC WHITE BRY BERRY CHG CHARCOAL DNB DENIM BLUE HZW HAZELWOOD CRT CARROT CNM CINNAMON PNA PINEAPPLE SFM SEAFOAM LMS LIMESTONE P1DB - PETALSP1EU - PETALSP1EM - PETALSP1DA - PETALS SIZES 24 "36"48"60"72" 5.5"7.75 "9.88"12"14.25" These colors are for reference only. Please be aware that colors may vary per monitor. Contact your local rep with any questions. Request a swatch sample at ocl.com/finishes PETALS x12 PETALS x16 PETALS x18 PETALS x20 PETALS x22 Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro4 | Linear 1Linear 06-28-2024 UP TO 127 LPW DIRECT:LO MO SO HO SAL Lm/Ft 460 685 925 1200 BTW Lm/Ft 490 720 1000 1250 WWF Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 WWG / PFL Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 MGZ Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 LGP Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 W/Ft 3.8 5.6 7.8 10.5 INDIRECT:LO MO SO HO SYM Lm/Ft 625 850 1125 1400 HCW Lm/Ft 315 475 660 825 MCW Lm/Ft 400 550 750 1000 SCW Lm/Ft 575 875 1170 1450 SACW Lm/Ft 500 750 1000 1200 W/Ft 3.8 5.6 7.8 10.5 DIRECT / INDIRECT: W/Ft 7.6 11.2 15.6 21 LUMEN CHART AT 3500K-80 CRI SEE PAGE 8 FOR REGRESS SE-RIES LENS POS.LED COLOR OUT-PUT LENGTH FINISH COLOR LOUVER COLOR DISTRIBUTION UP OP-TIONS CIRCU-ITING VOLT -AGE MOUNT-ING CEIL-ING DRIVERS & CONTROLS OPTIONS & CONTROL SENSORS BPRO4-LIN ––– Bion-icPro 4˝ Linear FLSH Flush Lens LVR 1/2˝ Re- gress with Lou-ver REG.5 1/2˝ Re- gress IND Indi- rect Only (Select NW No Down-ligh NOTE: Louvers cur-rently NA with corners, consult factory LED27 2700K (90CRI) LED3 3000KLED35 3500K LED4 4000K LED3-90 3000K (90CRI) LED35-90 3500K (90CRI) LED4-90 4000K (90CRI) LED5-90 5000K (90CRI) STATIC: BLU3S BLU35SBLU4S DYNAMIC: BLU3D* BLU35D* BLU4D** Dynamic BIOS, SkyBlue spike can be dimmed, CCT warms slightly TU TuHue 2700-6500K Tunable White TU2 ** TuHue 2200-5000K Tunable White AMB** AmberHue Warm Dim 2200K-5000K ** NA-HO CHR Chroma-Hue RGBW (DMX at HO only) CHOOSE DOWN & UP CCT IF DIFFERENT LO Low MO Me-dium SO Stan-dard HO High PROG Pro-gram-mable Light Output (Specify desired lm/ft or w/ft) SPECIFY DOWN THEN UP IF DIF-FERENT OUTPUT DE-SIRED 2´ 3´ 4´ 5´ 6´ 7´ 8´ R___ (Row Length, 1´ incre- ments) SRL Sym-metric Row Length (See page 12) NOTE: Individual fixtures are NOT intended for row mounting TMW Tex -tured Matte White (Stan-dard) YGW Gloss White Y__ Pre-mium Color CC Cus-tom Color NOTE: All canopies are painted the same color as the fixture. Consult factory to specify SKIP COL- UMN IF LOUVER IS NOT NEEDED TMW Tex -tured Matte White YGW Gloss White YBK Black Matte Y__ Pre -mium Color CC Custom Color CHOOSE DOWN –AND– UP TG Top Glow ADC Acrylic Dust Cover (Clear)Standard for SYM (Frosted) TGADC Top Glow with Acrylic Dust Cover UP OP-TIONS AVAIL-ABLE WITH ANY UP DISTRI-BUTION SC Single Circuit (Down & Up will dim to- gether) DC Dual Circuit (Needed if dim-ming Down sepa-rately from Up) UNV (120-277) 347 (Emer-gency battery re-quires remote driver box) CA48˝, 96˝ or 144˝ Aircraft Cable (Adjust- able) SUR Surface Mount (Direct only) WM Direct to Wall WS 1/2˝ Wall Spacer WS2 2˝ Wall Spacer WBx.x Wall Bracket (2˝ - 6˝ in .5˝ incre-ments, 3˝ stan-dard if not specified) X1 T-Bar X3 Hard Ceil-ing X6 Slot Grid ND Non-Dim-mingDM01 0-10v, 1% Dimming (Standard)LDE1 Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem LED (Soft fade on, fade-to-black dimming)ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Logarithmic dim- ming std)ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED (Logarithmic dim- ming std)nLight-Air in-cludes rIO (ECDA driver ONLY) nLight-Wired Acuity nLight Drivers (ECO driver ONLY)SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Loga- rithmic dimming std)SODA 0.1% DALI, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Loga- rithmic dimming std)STEP Signify Advance Step Dimming2WIRE ELV/Forward/Reverse Phase DriverHUES:E10V 2 Channel Color ControlEDALI 2 ChannelColor ControlEDMX Chroma-Hue or Static White EMHE CA T20 Emergency Battery (1250 Delivered lumens; CA Title 20 compliant)ETS-DR Iota ETS-DR Emergency Transfer SwitchEMC Emergency CircuitingFTR Feather WTW Asymmetric on Perpendicular Wall (See page 11, NA HO or LGP))EBCP1G /2G Single / Dual Gang (Electrical Box Cover Plate/Mud Ring)PIF Pre-installed Individual Fixture (Saves time on individual fixture installs, see page 9) DOWN: NW No Direct SAL Satin Lens BTW Batwing WWF Flat Wall Wash WWG Focal Glow Wall Wash PFL Perim-eter Room Fill MGZ Medium Wall Graze LGP Low Glare Pris-matic (NA HO) UP: NU No In-direct SYM Sym-metric (Frosted ADC, Standard) HCW Hard Ceiling Wash MCW Me-dium Ceiling Wash SCW Soft Ceiling Wash SACW Soft Asym-metric Ceiling Wash SENSORS: (See Page 21) 205 WattStopper PIR Occupancy 205-ON/OFF 205-STEP: Dim to 50% 205-DM: Dim to 1% ATHENA Lutron RF ENL Enlighted SU-5E-IOT LVOC‡‡ Lutron Vive (Occ & RF) LVRF‡‡ Lutron Vive (RF Only) ‡‡ Requires Lutron driver NXSMP Hubbell (Occ) rES7 Daylight+(PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight-Air) Part Number: rES7-PDT-180D-G2 nES7 Daylight+(PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight-Wired) Part Number: nES-PDT7-ADCX CORNERS: C2-60 Lit 60° C2-90 Lit 90° C2-120 Lit 120° C2-135 Lit 135° C3T Lit 90° 3-Way: T C3Y Lit 120° 3-Way: Y C4T Lit 90° 4-Way: + C4X Lit 45°-135° 4-Way: X C8I Lit Inside 2-Plane C8O Lit Outside 2-Plane 90˚ LOUVERS AVAILABLE (CONSULT FACTORY FOR OTHER ANGLES) LRT Linear to Recessed Transi-tion (Straight rows only) DWNLT Downlights (See page 2) 4˝ 43/8˝ 4˝ Aperture31/2˝ 43/8˝ DIRECT INDIRECT 4˝4˝ 5˝ DIRECT/INDIRECT DIRECT/INDIRECT REGRESS4˝ DIRECT REGRESS 47/8˝ 51/2˝ HCW MCW BTWSAL WWF WWGLGP PFL MGZ SACWSYMSCW FLSH: SEAMLESS Lumen output may vary +/– 5% Light Loss Factor (LLF) for CCTs other than 3500K: 4000K +2%, 3000K -5%, 2700K -20% 90 CRI -15% (3K, 3500K, 4K & 5K ADC -2% LLF Louver LLF 30% White, 50% Silver, 70% Black See LED Details PDF for more info 138PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro4 | Linear 2Linear 06-28-2024 SERIES QUANTITY LOCATION CCT DISTRIBU-TION COLOR VOLTAGE DRIVERS DWN-LT Down-light SPECIFY DOWNLIGHT QUANTITY PER FIXTURE/ROW Maximum One (1) Downlight Every 4´ 16´Row = 4 Downlights 30´Row = 7 Downlights MID One Downlight in Middle of Fixture LT One Downlight on Left (Start) RT One Downlight on Right (End) LT-RT Two Downlights on Ends LT-MID Two Downlights on Left and Middle MID-RT Two Downlights on Middle and End MOD Downlight Location(s) per SpecS LED3-90 3000K-90CRI (Standard) LED35-90 3500K-90CRI LED4-90 4000K-90CRI NOTES: – NA 2700K, 5000K– Only 1 Output Offered NRW Narrow 20˚ Beam MED Medium 35˚ Beam WDE Wide 55˚ Beam TMW Textured Matte White (Standard) YGW Gloss White Y__ Premium Color CC Custom Color UNV (120-277) 347 DM01 0-10v, 1% Dimming (Standard) LDE1 Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem LED (Soft fade on, fade-to-black dimming) ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std) ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std) SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std) SODA 0.1% DALI, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std) NRW 20˚ MED 35˚ WDE 55˚ 1 ROW Lm 445 425 350 W 9 9 9 2 ROWS Lm 500 465 425 W 8.7 8.7 8.7 NRW20˚MED35˚WDE 55˚ DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´12.7˝251 281.5 4´17.0˝104.7 116.7 5´21.1˝82.3 91.7 6´25.4˝52.9 58.5 7´29.6˝29.5 32.7 8´33.8˝27.6 30.53 9´38.1˝25.7 28.36 DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´22.8˝138 144 4´30.3˝67.3 70 5´37.8˝47 49.2 6´45.4˝31.5 32.7 7´53.0˝17.6 18.4 8´60.5˝16.05 16.9 9´68˝14.5 15.4 DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´37.5˝80 67 4´50.0˝40 35.7 5´62.5˝27 23.7 6´75.0˝18 16.1 7´87.5˝10 9.1 8´100.0˝9 8.15 9´112.4˝9 7.2 Downlights Two Rows (BPRO4 & 5) LEFT (Start) Placement (BPRO2 Linear shown with Louver) MID Middle of Row Placement (BPRO4 Recessed shown with Flush Lens) One Row (BPRO2 & 3) Want Downlights without a lens? Specify 'NW' No Direct + desired indirect + Downlight option in last column NW-_____-DWNLT Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro4 | Linear 7Linear 06-28-2024 YSW – Seashell White (Matte) YCH – Champagne(Metallic) YSL – Silver (Metallic)YPE – Pewter (Matte) YRG – Rain Grey(Gloss)YSTM – Storm Grey (Matte) YBK – Black (Matte)YBB – Black (Semi Gloss) YSKM – Sky (Matte)YMB – Military Blue(Matte) YIB – Interstate Blue (Matte)YSAM – Sapphire (Matte) For paint chip samples, please email: info@prulite.com Choose from one of our Premium Colors with no set-up fee. YFGM – Forest Green (Matte) YBR – Bronze (Matte) YSRM – Sunset Red (Matte)YBY – Boysenberry(Matte) YOR – Orange (Matte)YDAM – Daffodil (Matte) WALL CROSS SECTIONS 37/16˝ 33/8˝ 3˝ 3˝ 4˝ 1/16˝ 1/2˝ 1/2˝ 2˝ ADJOINING DETAILS WM WS WS2 WB FIXTURE SIZE VARIES (3˝ standard if not specified) 2˝ - 6˝ PIF — PRE-INSTALLED INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE EBCP — ELECTRICAL BOX COVER PLATE Power cord, lens, louvers (optional) installed at factory for faster individual fixture installs (not for row mounting) OPTIONAL: 7/8˝ Dia. K.O. will accommodate 2˝x 4˝ or 4˝x 4˝ J-Box (by others) 1G: SINGLE GANG 2G: DUAL GANG Lorem ipsumLorem ipsum CAST ALUMINUM END CAPS 1/4˝ Lens Overlap = NO LIGHT LEAKS 1/4˝ Light Pocket Only 139PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 REV. 11.20.23 | 1 FIBER OPTIC LIGHTING SPARKLE FIBER Chandeliers & Curtains 1809 Hur Industrial Blvd, Cedar Park, TX 78613 • Ph. 877.VLT.1167 • www.vltcorp.com FIBER OPTIC LIGHTING REV. 11.20.23 | 2 Sparkle Fiber - Chandeliers & Curtains Specifications CAT. NO. CUST - CHANDELIER Dimensions: Illuminator Type: Fiber Type: Fiber Spacing: Fiber Ends: per Specification per Specification 2mm Sparkle Series per Specification per Specification (crystals; weights; bare, other) Description: Chandelier per design sketch, using 2mm Sparkle Series fiber; illuminator type and quantity per specification; fiber ends terminated into crystals, weights, bare ends or other. Each Ø2.2mm Sparkle Series fiber optic cable consists of 420 fine glass fibers encased in a clear PVC jacket. These glass fibers emit tiny irregular points of light at random locations along the length of the fiber. When massed together in a chandelier or curtain, thousands of these light points create a dramatic shimmering effect. The creation of your showpiece begins by sending a sketch of your ideas to our designers; we can provide design guidance and help you with the technical requirements - an example sketch is shown below. Chandeliers can be virtually any size or shape - examples include an Ø84" round stalactite, a 120' long serpentine curtain, or a 2'x2' square that fits into a ceiling grid. Fiber arrangement and spacing can also be varied to achieve different effects: a grid of 1"x1" centers, a spiral with 3 rows on 2"x2" spacing, or fibers in the shape of a company logo are just a few possibilities. Individual fibers can be accessorized through the addition of Swarovski crystals, acrylic beads, chrome weights or custom art glass – or can be left bare for a simple yet dazzling effect. Finally, your illuminator choice will bring your chandelier to life: white light produces a spectacular brilliance, while color changing illuminators enhance a mood and generate visual interest. For additional application photos, please visit our website. Sketch Example 140PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro2™ | Perimeter 04-11-2024 1Perimeter UP TO 107 LPW LO MO SO HO SAL Lm/Ft 390 575 790 1000 MGZ Lm/Ft 425 625 875 1075 LGP Lm/Ft 425 625 875 1075 PFL Lm/Ft 400 600 825 1050 W/Ft 3.8 5.6 7.8 10.5 LUMEN CHART AT 3500K-80 CRI SEE PAGE 5 FOR REGRESS SE-RIES LENS POS.LED COLOR OUT-PUT NOMINAL LENGTH TRIM COLOR LOUVER COLOR DISTRI-BUTION MOUNT-ING CIRCU-ITING VOLT -AGE CEILING SYSTEMS DRIVERS OPTIONS, CONTROL SENSORS & CORNERS BPRO2-PER SC Bion- icPro 2˝ Perim- eter FLSH Flush Lens LVR Louver Flush REG.5 1/2˝ Re-gress LVR1 Louver 1/2˝ Re-gress REG1 1˝ Re-gress LVR3* Louver 21/2˝ Re-gress REG3* 3˝ Re-gress * NA PFL NOTE: Louvers currently NA with corners, consult factory LED27 2700K (90CRI) LED3 3000K LED35 3500K LED4 4000K LED3-90 3000K (90CRI) LED35-90 3500K (90CRI) LED4-90 4000K (90CRI) LED5-90 5000K (90CRI) : STATIC: BLU3S BLU35SBLU4S DYNAMIC: BLU3D* BLU35D* BLU4D* * Dynamic BIOS, SkyBlue spike can be dimmed, CCT warms slightly TU TuHue 2700-6500K Tunable White TU2 ** TuHue 2200-5000K Tunable White AMB** AmberHue Warm Dim 2200K-5000K ** NA-HO CHR Chroma-Hue RGBW (DMX at HO only) LO Low MO Me-dium SO Stan-dard HO High PROG Pro-gram-mable Light Out-put (Specify desired lm/ft or w/ft) 2´ 3´ 4´ 5´ 6´ 7´ 8´ R___ (Row Length) NOTE: Individual fixtures are NOT intended for row mounting. Requires field-cut filler fixture at end of row TMW Tex-tured Matte White (Stan- dard) YGW Gloss White Y__ Pre-mium Color CC Cus-tom Color SKIP COL- UMN IF LOUVER IS NOT NEED- ED TMW Tex -tured Matte White YGW Gloss White YBK Black Matte Y__ Pre-mium Color CC Cus-tom Color SAL Satin Lens MGZ Medi-um Wall Graze LGP Low Glare Pris-matic (NA HO) PFL Perim-eter Room Fill (NA Reg3 / Lvr3) LP Light Pocket WTW Wall to Wall Requires filler fixture at end of row. See page 7 for details All non nominal lengths require FIELD CUTTABLE filler fixture at end of row SC Single Circuit UNV (120- 277) 120 277 347 (Emer- gency battery re- quires a Step Down trans- former and remote box) X1 15/16˝ T-Bar X1M 9/16˝ T-Bar X1T 15/16˝ T-Bar Tegular X2 Di-mension-al T-Bar Arm-strong Inter-lude® X3 Hard Ceiling (Flange Trim) X6 Slot Grid X7 Mud-Over Flange X9†† Finished Extruded Side (Grid Ceiling) X11†† Finished Extruded Side (Ceilings needing nominal lengths) †† See page 6 ND Non-DimmingDM01 0-10v, 1% Dimming (Standard)LDE1 Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem LED (Soft fade on, fade-to- black dimming)ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std)ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std)nLight-Air includes rIO (ECDA driver ONLY) nLight-Wired Acuity nLight Driv-ers (ECO driver ONLY, Requires Remote Driver)SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std)SODA 0.1% DALI, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std)STEP Signify Advance Step Dimming2WIRE ELV/Forward/Reverse Phase Driver HUES: E10V 2 Channel Color Control EDALI 2 Channel Color Control EDMX ChromaHue or Static White NOTE: May require Insulation Detector (ID), see page 3 EMHE / EMHE-RTK‡ CA T20 Emergency Battery / Remote Test Kit (900 Delivered lumens, CA Title 20 compliant, 4´ or < Remote) ETS-DR / ETS-RTK‡ Iota ETS-DR Emergency Transfer Switch / Remote Test Kit ‡ 2˝ + 3˝: Non-IC rated, NA with UNV voltage, Adds 17/8˝ height, see page 3 EMC Emergency Circuiting FTR End of row feathering to soften Wall Grazing or PFL effect on Perpendicular Wall (WTW) (See page 8, NA HO or LGP) CP Chicago Plenum IDSM Insulation Detector Side Mount (for plenums <6˝ where fixtures are non-IC rated, see page 7) XSR 1/8˝ Shadow Reveal (See page 9) SENSORS: (See Page 19) 205 WattStopper PIR Occupancy 205-ON/OFF 205-STEP: Dim to 50% 205-DM: Dim to 1% ATHENA Lutron RF LVOC‡‡ Lutron Vive (Occ & RF) LVRF‡‡ Lutron Vive (RF Only) ‡‡ Requires Lutron driver ENL Enlighted SU-5E-IOT NXSMP Hubbell (Occ) rES7 Daylight+ (PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight-Air) Part Number: rES7-PDT- 180D-G2 nES7 Daylight+(PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight- Wired) Part Number: nES-PDT7-ADCX SAL MGZ PFL LGP NOTE: Sensors NA with REG3, tile mount (by others) 90˚ LOUVERS AVAILABLE (CONSULT FACTORY FOR OTHER ANGLES) CORNERS: C2I-60 Lit 60° Inside C2O-60 Lit 60° Outside C2I-90 Lit 90° Inside C2O-90 Lit 90° Outside C2I-120 Lit 120° Inside C2O-120 Lit 120° Outside C2I-135 Lit 135° Inside C2O-135 Lit 135° Outside NOTE: Corners currently NA with Louvers, consult factory DWNLT Downlights (See page 2) BPRO2-PER-FLSH-LED35-MO-SAL 2300 Delivered Lumens 23 Watts 101 lm/w CONSULT FACTORY FOR 2˝ 2˝ 2˝ See page 6 for ceiling opening and plenum options 73/16˝ 11/2˝ FLSH FLSH: REG1 REG3 T-BAR — X1, X1M, X1T, X2, X6: 83/16˝ 103/16˝ 1/8˝ Shadow Reveal (XSR)Aperture 7˝ 5˝4˝ SEAMLESS NOTE: All distributions available with Louvers Lumen output may vary +/– 5% Light Loss Factor (LLF) for CCTs other than 3500K: 4000K +2%, 3000K -5%, 2700K -20% 90 CRI -15% (3K, 3500K, 4K & 5K ADC -2% LLF Louver LLF 30% White, 50% Silver, 70% Black See LED Details PDF for more info LP END CAP WTW END CAP Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro2™ | Perimeter 04-11-2024 2Perimeter SERIES QUANTITY LOCATION CCT DISTRIBU-TION COLOR VOLTAGE DRIVERS DWN-LT Down- light SPECIFY DOWNLIGHT QUANTITY PER FIXTURE/ROW Maximum One (1) Downlight Every 4´ 16´Row = 4 Downlights 30´Row = 7 Downlights MID One Downlight in Middle of Fixture LT One Downlight on Left (Start) RT One Downlight on Right (End) LT-RT Two Downlights on Ends LT-MID Two Downlights on Left and Middle MID-RT Two Downlights on Middle and End MOD Downlight Location(s) per SpecS LED3-90 3000K-90CRI (Standard) LED35-90 3500K-90CRI LED4-90 4000K-90CRI NOTES: – NA 2700K, 5000K – Only 1 Output Offered NRW Narrow 20˚ Beam MED Medium 35˚ Beam WDE Wide 55˚ Beam TMW Textured Matte White (Standard) YGW Gloss White Y__ Premium Color CC Custom Color UNV (120-277) 347 DM01 0-10v, 1% Dimming (Standard) LDE1 Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem LED (Soft fade on, fade-to-black dimming) ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std) ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std) SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std) SODA 0.1% DALI, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std) INDIRECT ONLY (BPRO2 Linear shown) Two Rows (BPRO4 & 5) NRW 20˚ MED 35˚ WDE 55˚ 1 ROW Lm 445 425 350 W 9 9 9 2 ROWS Lm 500 465 425 W 8.7 8.7 8.7 NRW20˚MED35˚WDE 55˚ DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´12.7˝251 281.5 4´17.0˝104.7 116.7 5´21.1˝82.3 91.7 6´25.4˝52.9 58.5 7´29.6˝29.5 32.7 8´33.8˝27.6 30.53 9´38.1˝25.7 28.36 DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´22.8˝138 144 4´30.3˝67.3 70 5´37.8˝47 49.2 6´45.4˝31.5 32.7 7´53.0˝17.6 18.4 8´60.5˝16.05 16.9 9´68˝14.5 15.4 DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´37.5˝80 67 4´50.0˝40 35.7 5´62.5˝27 23.7 6´75.0˝18 16.1 7´87.5˝10 9.1 8´100.0˝9 8.15 9´112.4˝9 7.2 LEFT (Start) Placement (BPRO2 Linear shown with Louver) MID Middle of Row Placement (BPRO4 Recessed shown with Flush Lens) One Row (BPRO2 & 3) Downlights 141PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro2™ | Perimeter 04-11-2024 6Perimeter X7 X1M X1T 5/8˝ 15/16˝15/16˝ 11/32˝ 9/16˝ 9/16˝1˝1/4˝ 1/4˝ X6X3 X1 3/8˝ X11 1/4˝ 5/8˝5/8˝ T-BarT-Bar Slot Grid, Tegular Mud-over Flange Finished Extruded Side Tegular Hard Ceiling Flange Trim YSW – Seashell White (Matte) YCH – Champagne(Metallic) YSL – Silver (Metallic)YPE – Pewter (Matte) YRG – Rain Grey(Gloss)YSTM – Storm Grey (Matte) YBK – Black (Matte)YBB – Black (Semi Gloss) YSKM – Sky (Matte)YMB – Military Blue(Matte) YIB – Interstate Blue (Matte)YSAM – Sapphire (Matte) For paint chip samples, please email: info@prulite.com Choose from one of our Premium Colors with no set-up fee. YFGM – Forest Green (Matte) YBR – Bronze (Matte) YSRM – Sunset Red (Matte)YBY – Boysenberry(Matte) YOR – Orange (Matte)YDAM – Daffodil (Matte) CEILING SYSTEMS ADJOINING DETAILS ADJOINING HARDWARE Alignment Pins For X11, use the desired height of the bottom face of the fixture as the base measurement point for the wall rail height and screw location. WOOD SLATS WOOD PANELING CLIP ON FABRIC TILE X9 X2 9/16˝ Armstrong Interlude 3/8˝ 3/8˝9/16˝ Armstrong Suprafine with Tegular WTW requires drywall to extend up to top of fixture on the ends. DRYWALL 3/16˝ X3 FLANGE3/8˝ REGRESS Catalog Number Notes Type CONTRACTOR SELECT CPANL LED Page 1 of 4 CPANL ™ LED Switchable Lumen Panel The CPANL LED switchable lumen flat panel provides a low profile, low-glare, uniform source ambient light solution. It includes two 3-level switches to easily and reliably adjust lumens and color temperature in the field making it ideal for a broad range of applications including offices, schools and hospitality spaces. FEATURES: ¡Up to 50% more lumens than standard panels ¡Integral driver allows multiple mounting methods ¡Two switches allow for easy field adjustment Description UPC Description Nominal Lumens Color Temperature CRI Voltage Nominal Wattage Pallet QTY CPANL 1X4 ALO1 SWW7 M4 00194995124930 1x4 Fully Switchable Flat Panel 2400/3300/4400 35/40/50K >80 MVOLT (120-277)22/31/41 56 CPANL 2X2 ALO1 SWW7 M4 00194995124923 2x2 Fully Switchable Flat Panel 2400/3300/4400 35/40/50K >80 MVOLT (120-277)22/31/41 56 CPANL 2X4 ALO6 SWW7 M2 00194995124916 2x4 Fully Switchable Flat Panel 4000/5000/6000 35/40/50K >80 MVOLT (120-277)36/45/55 28 More configurations are available. Click here or visit www.acuitybrands.com and search for CPANL * Bolded lumen, color temperature and wattage designates default switch setting. Contractor Select™ 2400LUMENS 3300LUMENS 4400LUMENS Switchable Lumens IC RATED Accessories: Order as separate catalog number. ILBLP CP10 HE SD A IOTA emergency constant power battery pack field installation kit (Certified in CA Title 20 MAEDBS) 1 ELA PSDMT External mounting tray to secure emergency battery to building structure, not required, battery can be mounted to fixture DCMK 14 Direct Ceiling Mount Kit for 1x4 CPANL DCMK 224 Direct Ceiling Mount Kit for 2x4 and 2x2 CPANL 1X4SMKSH Surface Mount Kit 1X4, Shallow Depth 2X2SMKSH Surface Mount Kit 2'x2', Shallow Depth 2X4SMKSH Surface Mount Kit 2'x4', Shallow Depth PAC 2DNF 36 Panel Air Craft Kit, 2 cables with Y splitter, No Power Feed, 36 inches PAC 2DF 36 Panel Air Craft Kit, 2 cables with Y splitter, with Power Feed, 36 inches PAC 2DNF 72 Panel Air Craft Kit, 2 cables with Y splitter, No Power Feed, 72 inches PAC 2DF 72 Panel Air Craft Kit, 2 cables with Y splitter, with Power Feed, 72 inches PAC 4DNF 36 Panel Air Craft Kit, 4 cables, No Power Feed, 36 inches PAC 4DF 36 Panel Air Craft Kit, 4 cables, with Power Feed, 36 inches DGA14 Drywall grid adapter for 1X4 recessed fixture DGA22 Drywall grid adapter for 2x2 recessed fixture. DGA24 Drywall grid adapter for 2x4 recessed fixture. Emergency Battery Delivered Lumens Use the formula below to determine the delivered lumens in emergency mode Delivered Lumens = 1.25 x P x LPW P = Output power of emergency driver (10W for PS1055) LPW = Lumen per watt rating of the luminaire. NOTES 1. See ILBLP CP10 HE SD A spec sheet and ELA-PSMKPSMKSD-PSDMT-PSRME remote mounting enclosure spec sheet here. 3500K 4000K 5000KSWITCHABLE WHITE 142PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro4™ | Recessed Linear 1Recessed Linear 09-18-2024 UP TO 127 LPW LO MO SO HO SAL Lm/Ft 460 685 925 1200 BTW Lm/Ft 490 720 1000 1250 WWF Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 WWG/PFL Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 MGZ Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 LGP Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 W/Ft 3.8 5.6 7.8 10.5 LUMEN CHART AT 3500K-80 CRI SEE PAGES 7-8 FOR REGRESS CONSULT FACTORY FOR FLSH LVR1REG.5 5˝ 31/2˝Aperture 4˝ 4˝4˝4˝4˝ T-BAR — X1, X1M, X1T, X2, X6, X9 HARD CEILING — X3, X, X11 REG1 FLUSH: SEAMLESS Lumen output may vary +/– 5% Light Loss Factor (LLF) for CCTs other than 3500K: 4000K +2%, 3000K -5%, 2700K -20% 90 CRI -15% (3K, 3500K, 4K & 5K ADC -2% LLF Louver LLF 30% White, 50% Silver, 70% Black See LED Details PDF for more info SE-RIES LENS POS.LED COLOR OUT-PUT NOMINAL LENGTH TRIM COLOR LOUVER COLOR DISTRI-BUTION MOUNT-ING CIRCU-ITING VOLT-AGE CEILING SYSTEMS DRIVERS OPTIONS, CONTROL SENSORS & CORNERS BPRO4-REC SC BionicPro 4˝ Slot FLSH Flush Lens LVR Louver Flush REG.5 1/2˝ Re-gress LVR1 Louver 1/2˝ Re-gress REG1 1˝ Re-gress LVR3* Louver 21/2˝ Re-gress REG3* 3˝ Re-gress * NA BTW/WWF/WWG/ PFL NOTE: Louvers currently NA with corners, consult factory LED27 2700K (90CRI) LED3 3000K LED35 3500K LED4 4000K LED3-90 3000K (90CRI) LED35-90 3500K (90CRI) LED4-90 4000K (90CRI) LED5-90 5000K (90CRI) : STATIC: BLU3S BLU35SBLU4S DYNAMIC: BLU3D* BLU35D* BLU4D** Dynamic BIOS, SkyBlue spike can be dimmed, CCT warms slightly TU TuHue 2700-6500K Tunable White TU2** TuHue 2200-5000K Tunable White AMB** AmberHue Warm Dim 2200K-5000K ** NA HO CHR Chroma-Hue RGBW (DMX at HO only) LO Low MO Me-dium SO Stan-dard HO High (Non-IC rated, consult fac-tory for EMHE) PROG Pro-gram-mable Light Out-put (Specify desired lm/ft or w/ft) NOTE: Consult factory for High Output (HO) 2´ 3´ 4´ 5´ 6´ 7´ 8´ R___ (Row Length, 1/16˝ incre-ments) NOTE: Individual fixtures are NOT intended for row mounting. Requires field-cut filler fixture at end of row TMW Tex -tured Matte White (Standard) YGW Gloss White Y__ Pre-mium Color CC Cus-tom Color SKIP COL- UMN IF LOUVER IS NOT NEEDED TMW Tex -tured Matte White YGW Gloss White YBK Black Matte Y__ Pre-mium Color CC Cus-tom Color SAL Satin Lens BTW** Batwing WWF** Flat Wall Wash WWG** Focal Glow Wall Wash MGZ Medium Wall Graze LGP Low Glare Pris-matic (NA HO) PFL** Perim-eter Room Fill ** NA Reg3 / Lvr3 LP Light Pocket WTW Wall to Wall See page 10 for details All non nominal lengths re-quire FIELD CUTTABLE filler fixture at end of row SC Single Circuit UNV (120-277) NA with EMHE Emer-gency 120 277 347 (Emer-gency battery requires a Step Down trans-former and remote box) X1 T-Bar 15/16˝ X1M T-Bar 9/16˝ X1T 15/16˝ T-Bar Tegular X2 Dimen-sional T-Bar Arm-strong Inter-lude®, Tegular X3 Hard Ceiling (Flange Trim) X6 Slot Grid, Tegular X7 Mud-Over Flange X9†† Finished Extruded Side (Grid Ceiling) X11†† Finished Extruded Side (Ceilings needing nominal lengths) †† See page 9 ND Non-DimmingDM01 0-10v, 1% Dimming (Standard)LDE1 Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem LED (Soft fade on, fade-to-black dimming)ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std)ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std)nLight-Air includes rIO (ECDA driver ONLY) nLight-Wired Acuity nLight Driv-ers (ECO driver ONLY)SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std)SODA 0.1% DALI, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std)STEP Signify Advance Step Dim-ming2WIRE ELV/For-ward/Reverse Phase Driver HUES: E10V 2 Channel Color Control EDALI 2 Channel Color Control EDMX ChromaHue or Static White NOTE: May require Insulation Detector (ID), see page 8 EMHE‡ Emergency Battery (800 Delivered lumens, CA Title 20 compliant, 4´ or < Remote) ETS-DR‡ Iota ETS-DR Emergency Transfer Switch ‡ Adds 17/8˝ height, see page 8 EMC Emergency Circuiting FTR Feather WTW Asymmetric on Perpendicular Wall (See page 11, NA HO or LGP) IDSM Insulation Detector Side Mount (for plenums <6˝ where fixtures are non-IC rated) CP Chicago Plenum OMB Overhead Mounting Bracket (X3, X7 and X9 optional installation — 2x per fixture) SENSORS: (See Page 21) 205 WattStopper PIR Occupancy 205-ON/OFF 205-STEP: Dim to 50% 205-DM: Dim to 1% ATHENA Lutron RF ENL Enlighted SU-5E-IOT LVOC‡‡ Lutron Vive (Occ & RF) LVRF‡‡ Lutron Vive (RF Only) ‡‡ Requires Lutron driver NXSMP Hubbell (Occ) rES7 Daylight+(PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight-Air) Part Number: rES7-PDT-180D-G2 nES7 Daylight+(PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight-Wired) Part Number: nES-PDT7-ADCX CORNERS: C2-60 Lit 60° C2-90 Lit 90° C2-120 Lit 120° C2-135 Lit 135° C3T Lit 90° 3-Way: T C3Y Lit 120° 3-Way: Y C4T Lit 90° 4-Way: + C4X Lit 45°-135° 4-Way: X C8I Lit Inside 2-Plane C8O Lit Outside 2-Plane 90˚ LOUVERS AVAILABLE (CONSULT FACTORY FOR OTHER ANGLES) LRT Linear to Recessed Transition NOTE: Corners currently NA with Louvers, consult factory DWNLT Downlights (See page 2) NOTE: All distributions available with Louvers MGZ PFLBTWSALWWFWWGLGP Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro4™ | Recessed Linear 2Recessed Linear 09-18-2024 SERIES QUANTITY LOCATION CCT DISTRIBU-TION COLOR VOLTAGE DRIVERS DWN-LT Down-light SPECIFY DOWNLIGHT QUANTITY PER FIXTURE/ROW Maximum One (1) Downlight Every 4´ 16´Row = 4 Downlights 30´Row = 7 Downlights MID One Downlight in Middle of Fixture LT One Downlight on Left (Start) RT One Downlight on Right (End) LT-RT Two Downlights on Ends LT-MID Two Downlights on Left and Middle MID-RT Two Downlights on Middle and End MOD Downlight Location(s) per SpecS LED3-90 3000K-90CRI (Standard) LED35-90 3500K-90CRI LED4-90 4000K-90CRI NOTES: – NA 2700K, 5000K– Only 1 Output Offered NRW Narrow 20˚ Beam MED Medium 35˚ Beam WDE Wide 55˚ Beam TMW Textured Matte White (Standard) YGW Gloss White Y__ Premium Color CC Custom Color UNV (120-277) 347 DM01 0-10v, 1% Dimming (Standard) LDE1 Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem LED (Soft fade on, fade-to-black dimming) ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std) ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std) SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std) SODA 0.1% DALI, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std) INDIRECT ONLY (BPRO2 Linear shown) Two Rows (BPRO4 & 5) NRW 20˚ MED 35˚ WDE 55˚ 1 ROW Lm 445 425 350 W 9 9 9 2 ROWS Lm 500 465 425 W 8.7 8.7 8.7 NRW20˚MED35˚WDE 55˚ DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´12.7˝251 281.5 4´17.0˝104.7 116.7 5´21.1˝82.3 91.7 6´25.4˝52.9 58.5 7´29.6˝29.5 32.7 8´33.8˝27.6 30.53 9´38.1˝25.7 28.36 DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´22.8˝138 144 4´30.3˝67.3 70 5´37.8˝47 49.2 6´45.4˝31.5 32.7 7´53.0˝17.6 18.4 8´60.5˝16.05 16.9 9´68˝14.5 15.4 DISTANCE BEAM 1 ROW 2 ROWS FOOTCANDLES 3´37.5˝80 67 4´50.0˝40 35.7 5´62.5˝27 23.7 6´75.0˝18 16.1 7´87.5˝10 9.1 8´100.0˝9 8.15 9´112.4˝9 7.2 LEFT (Start) Placement (BPRO2 Linear shown with Louver) MID Middle of Row Placement (BPRO4 Recessed shown with Flush Lens) One Row (BPRO2 & 3) 143PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro4™ | Recessed Linear 7Recessed Linear 09-18-2024 YSW – Seashell White (Matte) YCH – Champagne(Metallic) YSL – Silver (Metallic)YPE – Pewter (Matte) YRG – Rain Grey(Gloss)YSTM – Storm Grey (Matte) YBK – Black (Matte)YBB – Black (Semi Gloss) YSKM – Sky (Matte)YMB – Military Blue(Matte) YIB – Interstate Blue (Matte)YSAM – Sapphire (Matte) For paint chip samples, please email: info@prulite.com Choose from one of our Premium Colors with no set-up fee. YFGM – Forest Green (Matte) YBR – Bronze (Matte) YSRM – Sunset Red (Matte)YBY – Boysenberry(Matte) YOR – Orange (Matte)YDAM – Daffodil (Matte) ADJOINING DETAILS HARD CEILINGT-BAR Alignment Pins CEILING SYSTEMS X7 X1M X1T X2 5/8˝ 15/16˝15/16˝ 11/32˝ 9/16˝ 9/16˝1˝1/4˝ 1/4˝9/16˝ X6 X1 3/8˝ X9 / X11 1/4˝ 5/8˝5/8˝ T-BarT-Bar Slot Grid, Tegular Mud-over Flange Finished Extruded Side Tegular Armstrong Interlude, Tegular 3/8˝ Hard Ceiling Flange Trim X3 FIXTURE FIXTURE X9 / X11 WOOD SLATS WOOD PANELING CLIP ON FABRIC TILE X9 — T-BAR LENGTH X11 — NOMINAL LENGTH Prudential Ltg. reserves the right to change design specifications or materials without notice. Please visit prulite.com for most current data. © 2014 All rights reserved – All products manufactured at: Prudential Ltg. 1774 E. 21st Street, Los Angeles, CA 90058 PRULITE.COM 213.746.0360 BionicPro4™ | Recessed Linear 1Recessed Linear 09-18-2024 UP TO 127 LPW LO MO SO HO SAL Lm/Ft 460 685 925 1200 BTW Lm/Ft 490 720 1000 1250 WWF Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 WWG/PFL Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 MGZ Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 LGP Lm/Ft 485 710 1000 1275 W/Ft 3.8 5.6 7.8 10.5 LUMEN CHART AT 3500K-80 CRI SEE PAGES 7-8 FOR REGRESS CONSULT FACTORY FOR FLSH LVR1REG.5 5˝ 31/2˝Aperture 4˝ 4˝4˝4˝4˝ T-BAR — X1, X1M, X1T, X2, X6, X9 HARD CEILING — X3, X, X11 REG1 FLUSH: SEAMLESS Lumen output may vary +/– 5% Light Loss Factor (LLF) for CCTs other than 3500K: 4000K +2%, 3000K -5%, 2700K -20% 90 CRI -15% (3K, 3500K, 4K & 5K ADC -2% LLF Louver LLF 30% White, 50% Silver, 70% Black See LED Details PDF for more info SE-RIES LENS POS.LED COLOR OUT-PUT NOMINAL LENGTH TRIM COLOR LOUVER COLOR DISTRI-BUTION MOUNT-ING CIRCU-ITING VOLT -AGE CEILING SYSTEMS DRIVERS OPTIONS, CONTROL SENSORS & CORNERS BPRO4-REC SC BionicPro 4˝ Slot FLSH Flush Lens LVR Louver Flush REG.5 1/2˝ Re-gress LVR1 Louver 1/2˝ Re-gress REG1 1˝ Re-gress LVR3* Louver 21/2˝ Re-gress REG3* 3˝ Re-gress * NA BTW/WWF/WWG/ PFL NOTE: Louvers currently NA with corners, consult factory LED27 2700K (90CRI) LED3 3000K LED35 3500K LED4 4000K LED3-90 3000K (90CRI) LED35-90 3500K (90CRI) LED4-90 4000K (90CRI) LED5-90 5000K (90CRI) : STATIC: BLU3S BLU35SBLU4S DYNAMIC: BLU3D* BLU35D* BLU4D** Dynamic BIOS, SkyBlue spike can be dimmed, CCT warms slightly TU TuHue 2700-6500K Tunable White TU2** TuHue 2200-5000K Tunable White AMB** AmberHue Warm Dim 2200K-5000K ** NA HO CHR Chroma-Hue RGBW (DMX at HO only) LO Low MO Me-dium SO Stan-dard HO High (Non-IC rated, consult fac-tory for EMHE) PROG Pro-gram-mable Light Out-put (Specify desired lm/ft or w/ft) NOTE: Consult factory for High Output (HO) 2´ 3´ 4´ 5´ 6´ 7´ 8´ R___ (Row Length, 1/16˝ incre-ments) NOTE: Individual fixtures are NOT intended for row mounting. Requires field-cut filler fixture at end of row TMW Tex -tured Matte White (Standard) YGW Gloss White Y__ Pre-mium Color CC Cus-tom Color SKIP COL- UMN IF LOUVER IS NOT NEEDED TMW Tex -tured Matte White YGW Gloss White YBK Black Matte Y__ Pre-mium Color CC Cus-tom Color SAL Satin Lens BTW** Batwing WWF** Flat Wall Wash WWG** Focal Glow Wall Wash MGZ Medium Wall Graze LGP Low Glare Pris-matic (NA HO) PFL** Perim-eter Room Fill ** NA Reg3 / Lvr3 LP Light Pocket WTW Wall to Wall See page 10 for details All non nominal lengths re-quire FIELD CUTTABLE filler fixture at end of row SC Single Circuit UNV (120-277) NA with EMHE Emer-gency 120 277 347 (Emer-gency battery requires a Step Down trans-former and remote box) X1 T-Bar 15/16˝ X1M T-Bar 9/16˝ X1T 15/16˝ T-Bar Tegular X2 Dimen-sional T-Bar Arm-strong Inter-lude®, Tegular X3 Hard Ceiling (Flange Trim) X6 Slot Grid, Tegular X7 Mud-Over Flange X9†† Finished Extruded Side (Grid Ceiling) X11†† Finished Extruded Side (Ceilings needing nominal lengths) †† See page 9 ND Non-DimmingDM01 0-10v, 1% Dimming (Standard)LDE1 Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem LED (Soft fade on, fade-to-black dimming)ECO 1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std)ECDA 1% DALI, EldoLED (Logarithmic dimming std)nLight-Air includes rIO (ECDA driver ONLY) nLight-Wired Acuity nLight Driv-ers (ECO driver ONLY)SOLO 0.1% 0-10v, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std)SODA 0.1% DALI, EldoLED (Dim-to-dark, Logarithmic dimming std)STEP Signify Advance Step Dim-ming2WIRE ELV/For-ward/Reverse Phase Driver HUES: E10V 2 Channel Color Control EDALI 2 Channel Color Control EDMX ChromaHue or Static White NOTE: May require Insulation Detector (ID), see page 8 EMHE‡ Emergency Battery (800 Delivered lumens, CA Title 20 compliant, 4´ or < Remote) ETS-DR‡ Iota ETS-DR Emergency Transfer Switch ‡ Adds 17/8˝ height, see page 8 EMC Emergency Circuiting FTR Feather WTW Asymmetric on Perpendicular Wall (See page 11, NA HO or LGP) IDSM Insulation Detector Side Mount (for plenums <6˝ where fixtures are non-IC rated) CP Chicago Plenum OMB Overhead Mounting Bracket (X3, X7 and X9 optional installation — 2x per fixture) SENSORS: (See Page 21) 205 WattStopper PIR Occupancy 205-ON/OFF 205-STEP: Dim to 50% 205-DM: Dim to 1% ATHENA Lutron RF ENL Enlighted SU-5E-IOT LVOC‡‡ Lutron Vive (Occ & RF) LVRF‡‡ Lutron Vive (RF Only) ‡‡ Requires Lutron driver NXSMP Hubbell (Occ) rES7 Daylight+(PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight-Air) Part Number: rES7-PDT-180D-G2 nES7 Daylight+(PIR Acoustic) (Occ) (nLight-Wired) Part Number: nES-PDT7-ADCX CORNERS: C2-60 Lit 60° C2-90 Lit 90° C2-120 Lit 120° C2-135 Lit 135° C3T Lit 90° 3-Way: T C3Y Lit 120° 3-Way: Y C4T Lit 90° 4-Way: + C4X Lit 45°-135° 4-Way: X C8I Lit Inside 2-Plane C8O Lit Outside 2-Plane 90˚ LOUVERS AVAILABLE (CONSULT FACTORY FOR OTHER ANGLES) LRT Linear to Recessed Transition NOTE: Corners currently NA with Louvers, consult factory DWNLT Downlights (See page 2) NOTE: All distributions available with Louvers MGZ PFLBTWSALWWFWWGLGP 144PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 AlphabetLighting.comAlphabet by Ledra Brands, Inc.88 Maxwell Irvine, CA 92618 PH: 714.259.9959 FAX: 714.259.9969 PROJECT INFORMATION JOB NAME TYPE ORDERING CODE 2 5/8" 3 3/4" ceiling cutout4" diameter ceiling thickness1/4" to 1" 4 3/8" 3 5/8" 1 1 / 2 " aperture dimensions Ø1 5/8" ceiling cutout 4" x 4" square ceiling thickness1/4" to 1" Ø1 5/8" 4 3/8" 3 5/8" aperture dimensions 1 1 / 2 " In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without notice, specifications or materials that in our opinion will not alter the function of the product.v.4.15.24 Page 1 of 7 10 1 1 2 3 NUE FIXTURE HEIGHT ROUND SQUARE 30° - 80° BEAM (Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice) 14mm COB PERFORMANCE DATA LED LIGHT ENGINE NOMINAL DELIVERED LUMENS SYSTEM WATTAGE 10LM 1070LM @30K/90CRI 11W 13LM 1360LM @30K/90CRI 14W 15LM 1560LM @30K/90CRI 16W 20LM 2000LM @30K/90CRI 21W Notes Delivered lumens based 40D with no lens (see page 2) NU essentials 4" Round & Square Downlight Standard White DIMMING AND CONTROLS• eldoLED Flicker free 0-10V dimming to 1%• Leading & trailing edge (Triac/ELV) dimming to 1% FEATURES• Economical choice for budget projects• Thermally optimized for LED longevity• Fully casted assembly• 30° - 80° optical beam control• Packaging material consists of 60-80% post-consumer recycled fiber LED• 90 CRI: SDCM = 2-step MacAdam Ellipse, Lumen Maintenance: L70 > 66,000 hrs LISTING• ULus Listed to UL1598; cUL Listed to CSA C22.2 #250.0• NSF/ANSI-2 with lens (Non-Food and Splash Zones)• IP44 with lens - suitable for wet location with lens - suitable damp location without lens • 5 Year Limited warranty CONSTRUCTION• Aluminum trim and bezel• Electrocoated 16-gauge cold-rolled steel construction• Accommodates ceiling thickness from 1/4" to 1" ELECTRICAL• 120V-277V, 120 only Triac / ELV• Power factory ≥ 0.9• 2kV driver input surge protection• 7W and 10W (T20 CEC) EM 90min battery• Max. ambient installation temperature 104°F (40°C) AlphabetLighting.comAlphabet by Ledra Brands, Inc.88 Maxwell Irvine, CA 92618 PH: 714.259.9959 FAX: 714.259.9969 PROJECT INFORMATION JOB NAME TYPE ORDERING CODE TRIM OPTIONS OPTICAL OPTIONS In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible we reserve the right to change, without notice, specifications or materials that in our opinion will not alter the function of the product.v.4.15.24 Page 3 of 7 10 1 1 2 3 NUE TRIM/BEZEL COLORS OPTIC BEAM ANGLE UGR 30D 31 14 40D 41 11 60D 58 17.9 NLNo LensOPTICBEAM ANGLE UGR 30D 30 8.5 40D 37 7.7 60D 47 13.9 HCLHoneycomb Louver OPTIC BEAM ANGLE UGR 30D 65 21.2 40D 70 22.3 60D 80 23.2 DLDiffused Lens OPTIC BEAM ANGLE UGR 30D 32 13.4 40D 42 11.9 60D 58 17.9 CLClear Lens OPTIC BEAM ANGLE UGR 30D 34 13.5 40D 41 13.9 60D 56 18.8 HETHigh Efficiency Textured Lens • UGR calculation based on CIE 117-1995; room size: 4H X 8H, reflectance: 70/50/20;• UGR calculation based on 15LM fixtures, unless otherwise noted. WH MC BK Trim Bezel 145PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Page 1 of 10 FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS INTENDED USE — The CLX is a linear lighting solution that is available in multiple lengths, lumen packages and distributions. Designed for versatility, the CLX can address virtually any indoor lighting need. The CLX is also offered in standard and high efficacy configurations and capable of being continuous row mounted or installed as a stand-alone fixture. Ideal for uplight and downlight in commercial, retail, manufacturing, warehouse, and display applications. Certain airborne contaminants can diminish the integrity of acrylic and/or polycarbonate. Click here for Acrylic-Polycarbonate Compatibility table for suitable uses. CONSTRUCTION — Channel and cover are formed from code-gauge cold-rolled steel. Housing and lens endcaps are injection molded plastic to provide a more architectural look and feel. The endcaps come standard with a 7/8" knock out for continuous mounting but can be ordered without. Finish: Paint options include high-gloss, baked white polyester (WH), galvanized (GALV), matte black (MB) and smoke gray (SKGY). Five-stage iron phosphate pre-treatment ensures superior paint adhesion and rust resistance. OPTICS — Offered with acrylic lens and less lens configurations. Provides a choice of optical distributions including, wide, narrow, and aisle. Models with wide diffuse lens provide up to 12% uplight. Please check the IES file for specific uplight value. ELECTRICAL — Utilizes high-output LEDs integrated on a two-layer circuit board, ensuring cool-running operation. Optional internal pluggable wiring harness for reduced labor cost in row mounting applications. (See PLR_ ordering information on page 9.) Electronic LED driver is multi-volt input and 0-10V dimming standard (see Operational Data on page 6 for actual wattage consumption). This fixture is designed to withstand a maximum line surge of 2.5kV at 0.75kA combination wave for indoor locations, for applications requiring higher level of protection additional surge protection must be provided. Color Variation within 3-step MacAdam ellipse (3SDCM). L70>100,000 hours at 25˚C. LEDs provide nominal 80 CRI or 90 CRI at 3000 K, 3500 K,4000 K, or 5000 K. Lumen output up to 2,500 lumens per foot. INSTALLATION — Fixture may be ceiling or wall mounted (with or without THCLX hanger or angle mounted with CLXANGBKT), pendant or stem mounted with appropriate mounting options. WARNING — Removing the lens and opening the fixture during installation exposes the LEDs, putting them at risk for damage. If you plan to surface mount the fixture, we recommend using the THCLX. This eliminates the need to open the fixture. If you plan to continuous row mount, we recommend using the PLR wiring harness option. This eliminates the need to open the fixture. Damage to the LEDs caused during installation will not be covered under the warranty. LISTINGS — CSA certified to US and Canadian safety standards. For use in damp locations between -4°F (-20°C) and 104°F (40°C). Optional High Ambient (HA) ranging to 122°F(50°C) available on certain lumen packages (See ambient temperature chart for additional information). DesignLights Consortium® (DLC) Premium qualified product and DLC qualified product. Not all versions of this product may be DLC Premium qualified or DLC qualified. Please check the DLC Qualified Products List at www.designlights.org/QPL to confirm which versions are qualified. GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT — BAA – Product with the BAA option qualifies as a domestic end product under the Buy American Act as implemented in the FAR and DFARS. Product with the BAA option also qualifies as manufactured in the United States under DOT Buy America regulations. BABA – Build America Buy America: Product with the BAA option also qualifies as produced in the United States under the definitions of the Build America, Buy America Act. Please refer to www.acuitybrands.com/buy-american for additional information. WARRANTY — 5-year limited warranty. This is the only warranty provided and no other statements in this specification sheet create any warranty of any kind. All other express and implied warranties are disclaimed. Complete warranty terms located at: www.acuitybrands.com/support/warranty/terms-and-conditions Note: Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. All values are design or typical values, measured under laboratory conditions at 25 °C. Specifications subject to change without notice. LED Linear CLX 24", 36", 48" and 96" Lengths Catalog Number Notes Type COMMERCIAL INDOOR CLX Stock configurations are offered for shorter lead times: Stock Part Number UPC CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525816 CLX L48 3000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525885 CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525939 CLX L48 5000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525908 CLX L96 6000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525861 CLX L96 6000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525915 CLX L96 10000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525922 CLX L96 10000LM SEF FDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525830 CLX L48 3000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525960 CLX L48 3000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525892 CLX L48 5000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525854 CLX L48 5000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525946 CLX L96 6000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525878 CLX L96 6000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525823 CLX L96 10000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 40K 80CRI WH 00191723525953 CLX L96 10000LM SEF RDL MVOLT GZ10 50K 80CRI WH 00191723525847 Flat Diffuse Lens Round Diffuse Lens Wide Diffuse Lens CLX with Reflector Items marked by a shaded background qualify for the Design Select program and ship in 15 days or less. To learn more about Design Select, visit www.acuitybrands.com/designselect. *See ordering tree for details Capable Luminaire This item is an A+ capable luminaire, which has been designed and tested to provide consistent color appearance and out-of-the-box control compatibility with simple commissioning when used with Acuity Brands controls products. All configurations of this luminaire are calibrated and tested to meet the Acuity Brands' specifications for chromatic consistency – including color rendering, color fidelity, and color temperature tolerance around standard CIE chromaticity coordinates. To learn more about Acuity A+ standards, specifications, and testing visit www.acuitybrands.com/aplus. TM FEATURES AND BENEFITS LIGHTING SPECIFICATION • ENTIRE ASSEMBLY MEETS UL/cUL STANDARDS • INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATIONS • SAFETY - BACKED MIRROR SAFETY SPECIFICATION • 6000K LED • 3000K LED • CCT LED 2700-6000K • RGBW LED AVAILABLE OPTIONS • LED TECHNOLOGY • HANGS VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY • ENERGY EFFICIENT • CRI 90+ • DIMMABLE WITH ANY STANDARD MLV/ TRIAC DIMMER WALL SWITCH • UL CERTIFIED • DURABLE ( UP TO 120 000 HOURS ) • 5 YEARS WARRANTY • DIMENSIONS : 40X24 in • WEIGHT : 26 POUNDS (LBS) • IP RATING: 44 • INPUT VOLTAGE: 110V • CRI: 90+ LISTED RC US FRONT-LIT AND BACK-LIT MIRROR 40 X 24 IN R E C TA N G L EPARIS MIRROR PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SKU :RECTX40243000 / 6000 / CCT / RGBW 146PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 40"W x 24"H x 1.6"D (1016mm x 609mm x 41mm) • 110V HARD WIRED ELECTRICAL CONNECTION • Z BAR INCLUDED • MIRROR SHOULD BE CONTROLED BY AN ON/OFF WALL SWITCH • INSTALLATION WIRING MAY BE DIFFERENT WITH MIRRORS EQUIPPED WITH ADDITIONAL OPTIONS. INSTALLATION & AFTER CARE INSTRUCTIONS: MODELS : Base model DimensionsKelvin temperature RECTX40243000 RECTX40246000 110 VAC , 49W3000K 6000K 110 VAC , 49W Lumens 5440 RECTX4024CCT CCT 110 VAC 5450 RECTX4024RGBW RGBW 110 VAC FRONT-LIT AND BACK-LIT MIRROR 40 X 24 IN R E C TA N G L EPARIS MIRROR PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SKU :RECTX40243000 / 6000 / CCT / RGBW 40"W x 24"H x 1.6"D (1016mm x 609mm x 41mm) 40"W x 24"H x 1.6"D (1016mm x 609mm x 41mm) 40"W x 24"H x 1.6"D (1016mm x 609mm x 41mm) 40" 24" 1. 2 "1 .2" 3 7.6" 21. 7"F ro sted g las s 3 6.5" 20. 5" 29.5" 3 5.9" 7.9" 19 . 9" 16 . 5" 7. 9" 7. 9" 20" 1 2" L EF T V I E WFRONT V I E W R E AR V IE W Wall hang sl ot Wall h an g slot 1.6" 0.2 " 3′f ee t wir e 7.9"7.9" Power requirements TECHNICAL DRAWING APPLICATION MOUNTING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Material aluminumaluminum Possible fixture IP 20, 6520, 65 Possible fixture shapes linear, polygonallinear, polygonal Profile cross-section rectangularrectangular Width 1.8"1.8" Height 1"1" LED gluing width A 0.9"0.9" Number of LED strips A (0.31" wide)22 Width of the glow 22 mm22 mm Max power of a single KLUŚ LED strip 7.3 W/ft7.3 W/ft Possibility of obtaining a line of light yesyes Building type Commercial, Entertainment/Commercial, Entertainment/ Arts, Hotel / RestaurantArts, Hotel / Restaurant Facility zone office, communication routesoffice, communication routes and corridors, conference room,and corridors, conference room, lobby / foyerlobby / foyer The cover is cut to the length of the profile yesyes Can be easily connected into runs yesyes Mounting to drywall yesyes Color Length Ref silver anodized 39.4"A05552A_1A05552A_1 78.9"A05552A_2A05552A_2 118.5"A05552A_3A05552A_3 white lacquered 78.9"A05552L10OD_2A05552L10OD_2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Mounting to drywall Invisible groove edge Possibility to use current modules with efficiency up to 190lm/W and CRI>90. Available upon request. main and decorative lighting- recessed, using dedicated accessories- can be easily connected into runs and systems- standard lengths of KLUŚ profiles and covers: 1000 mm (tolerance ± 1.5 mm) and 2005 mm / 3010 mm (tolerance + 5 mm); for selected covers: 6050 mm, 10050 mm (tolerance + 5 mm) - when choosing a different length of profiles / covers than available in the standard, you should additionally choose the cutting service at KLUŚ - LARKO Extrusion Ref. A05552 https://klusdesign.com, quotations@klusdesign.com KLUŚ LLC, 673 US Highway 1, Vero Beach, FL 32962 147PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 TECHNICAL DRAWING APPLICATION MOUNTING ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Material aluminumaluminum Color silver anodizedsilver anodized Possible fixture IP 20, 6720, 67 Possible fixture shapes linear, roundlinear, round Profile cross-section rectangularrectangular Width 0.4"0.4" Height 0.3"0.3" LED gluing width A 0.3"0.3" Width of the glow 7.2 mm7.2 mm Max power of a single KLUŚ LED strip 2.9 W/ft2.9 W/ft Closet Rated yesyes Possibility of twisting yesyes Possibility of bending yesyes Radius of the light arc yesyes Inward 150 mm150 mm Outdoor 150 mm150 mm Building type Retail, Entertainment/ Arts,Retail, Entertainment/ Arts, Hotel / RestaurantHotel / Restaurant Length Ref 39.4"A08288A_1A08288A_1 78.9"A08288A_2A08288A_2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Possibility of installing sealed 5K series LED strips Minimum width and height Small bending radius furniture and decorative lighting- to the surface, suspended or recessed, using dedicated accessories, with double-sided adhesive tape or mounting adhesive - easy assembly and disassembly by snapping in and out- for suspending small-size extrusion, it is recommended to use a wire with a diameter of 0.5 mm - standard lengths of KLUŚ profiles and covers: 1000 mm (tolerance ± 1.5 mm) and 2005 mm / 3010 mm (tolerance + 5 mm); for selected covers: 6050 mm, 10050 mm (tolerance + 5 mm) - when choosing a different length of profiles / covers than available in the standard, you should additionally choose the cutting service at KLUŚ - PIKO Extrusion Ref. A08288 https://klusdesign.com, quotations@klusdesign.com KLUŚ LLC, 673 US Highway 1, Vero Beach, FL 32962 Model:Date: Accessories: Job Name:Type: 800.533.3948 • www.barronltg.com Specifications are subject to change without notice. Installation must be performed in accordance with Barron Lighting Group installation instructions. Page of1 2 FEATURES & BENEFITS • Rugged, injection-molded UL 94 5VA flame-retardant, high-temperature thermoplastic housing • Universal single- or double-face • Simple, snap-together design • Field-selectable directional chevron knockouts • California Energy Commission (CEC) compliant Attractive and easy to install, the VEX Series combines contemporary styling with quality LED illumination. Includes covers for both single- and double-face configurations. SPECIFICATIONS Illumination:Long-life, high-intensity, red or green LEDs Housing:UL 94 5VA flame-retardant, high-temperature thermoplastic housing Input:120/277VAC dual primary, 60Hz Battery:Maintenance-free NiCad battery Operating Temp:10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F) Run Time:UL Listed 90 minute emergency run time, 24 hour recharge time Legend:Fully-illuminated 6” characters with 3/4” stroke and field-selectable directional chevrons Mounting:Ceiling, end or wall mounted, canopy included Finishes:Black or White Certifications:UL Listed for Damp Locations and meets or exceeds the following: NEC requirements and NFPA 101. California Energy Commission (CEC) compliant Warranty:Any component that fails due to a manufacturing defect is guaranteed for five years with a separate three year prorated warranty on the battery. The warranty does not cover physical damage, abuse or instances of uncontrollable natural forces. See the full Exitronix warranty document for detailed information. (Terms and Conditions apply) 10800392 Rev 3 VEX Series Thermoplastic LED Exit ORDERING INFORMATION Example: VEX-U-WB-WH-G2 Series Style Power Source Finish Self-test/Self-diagnostics VEX = Red U1 = Universal LB = AC Only BL = Black G22 = Self-test/Self-diagnostics, Remote Monitoring and Reporting GVEX = Green WB = NiCad Battery WH = White 2CI = 2 Circuit Input 120/277VAC Accessories3 (Field installed, order as separate line item) ER1-KIT-WH4 = 1’ Pendant Mount Kit, White ER1-KIT-BL4 = 2’ Pendant Mount Kit, Black ER2-KIT-WH4 = 2’ Pendant Mount Kit, White ER2-KIT-BL4 = 2’ Pendant Mount Kit, Black VEPA = Pendant Adapter Notes WG-S = Wire Guard (Back Mount) 1 Universal includes second exit face and backplate XG-1 = Poly Guard (Back Mount) 2 Available on WB units only XG-3 = Poly Guard (Ceiling Mount) 3 Order as separate line item 4 Requires VEPA accessory option See Specialty Signage spec for custom/alternate legends 7.25” 1.81” 11 .81”1” 5.88” 4.63” 148PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Application An edge-lit luminaire designed with exquisite visual interest for the illumination of walkways and open pedestrian landscape areas. Materials Optically textured UV-stabilized acrylic diffuser Die-cast aluminum Extruded aluminum pole shaft High temperature silicone gasket Stainless steel hardware Pure anodized aluminum reflector NRTL listed to North American Standards, suitable for wet locations Protection class IP 65 Weight: 62.6 lbs. EPA (Effective projection area): 64.6 sq. ft. Electrical Operating voltage 120-277V AC Minimum start temperature -30° C LED module wattage 32.0 W System wattage 38.0 W Controllability 0-10V dimmable Color rendering index Ra > 80 Luminaire lumens 2611 lm LED service life (L70)60000 hrs LED color temperature 4000K (K4) 3500K (K35) 3000K (K3) 2700K (K27) BEGA can supply you with suitable LED replacement modules for up to 20 years after the purchase of LED luminaires - see website for details Finish All BEGA standard finishes are matte, textured powder coat with minimum 3 mil thickness. BEGA Unidure® finish, a fluoropolymer technology, provides superior fade protection in Black, Bronze, and Silver. BEGA standard White is a super durable polyester powder. Optionally available RAL and custom color finishes provided in either polyester powder or liquid paint. Available colors Black (BLK) Bronze (BRZ) Silver (SLV) White (WHT) RAL: CUS: Light building element · Symmetric BEGA 1000 BEGA Way, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (805) 684-0533 info@bega-us.com Due to the dynamic nature of lighting products and the associated technologies, luminaire data on this sheet is subject to change at the discretion of BEGA North America. For the most current technical data, please refer to bega-us .com © copyright BEGA 2024 Type: BEGA Product: Project: Modified: Available options CUS Custom finish MGU Marine grade undercoat RAL RAL finish Light building element · Symmetric LED A B C D B88165 32.0 W 20 1/8 21 5/8 153 7/8 31 1/2 Updated 01/24/24 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 800-705-SERV (7378) • www.acuitybrands.com © 2019-2023 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Lithonia RSXF4 Flood LED Rev. 04/20/23 Page 1 of 8 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR RSXF4 LEDFloodlight Specifications Catalog Number Notes Type Introduction The new RSXF LED Flood family delivers maximum value by providing significant energy savings, long life and outstanding photometric performance at an affordable price. The RSXF4 delivers 40,000 to 85,000 lumens allowing it to replace 1000W and 1500W HID floodlights. The RSXF features an adjustable integral slipfitter that allows the luminaire to be mounted on a 2-3/8" OD tenon. Integral cover/wire box serves as an approved splice compartment allowing for fast, easy mounting and wiring without opening the electrical compartment. A yoke and other mounting configurations are available. EPA (ft2@45°):5.5 ft2 (0.51 m2) Length:30.0" (76.2 cm) (IS mount) Width:25.0" (63.5 cm) Height:3.0" (7.6 cm) Main Body 7.6" (19.3 cm) Arm Weight (max):68 lbs (30.8 kg) Hit the Tab key or mouse over the page to see all interactive elements. Options Finish Shipped Installed PE Photocontrol, button style 7, 8 PER7 Seven-wire twist-lock receptacle only (no controls) 8,9,10 SF Single fuse (120, 277, 347) 5 DF Double fuse (208, 240, 480) 5 SPD20KV 20KV Surge pack (10KV standard) FAO Field adjustable output 8 DMG 0-10V dimming extend out back of housing for external control (control ordered separate) 8 DS Dual switching 8,11 Shipped Installed *Standalone and Networked Sensors/Controls (factory default settings, see table page 5) NLTAIR2 PIRHN nLight AIR generation 2 ,with Networked Bi-Level motion/ambient sensor 8,12,13,14 BAA Buy America(n) Act Compliant CCE Coastal Construction 15 Shipped Separately (requires some field assembly) UBV Upper/bottom visor 16 FV Full visor 16 BS Bird spikes 17 *Note: NLTAIR2 PIRHN with nLight Air can be used as a standalone dimming sensor with out-of-box settings or as a wireless networked solution. See factory default settings table. Sensor coverage pattern is affected when luminaire is tilted. DDBXD Dark Bronze DBLXD Black DNAXD Natural Aluminum DWHXD White DDBTXD Textured Dark Bronze DBLBXD Textured Black DNATXD Textured Natural Aluminum DWHGXD Textured White WW Ordering Information EXAMPLE: RSXF4 LED P8 40K WFL MVOLT IS DDBXD RSXF4 LED Series Performance Package Color Temperature Distribution Voltage Mounting RSXF4 LED P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 1 P8 1 30K 3000K 40K 4000K 50K 5000K AWFD Area Wide Forward WFL Wide Flood MFL Medium Flood 1 NFL Narrow Flood SP Spot NSP Narrow Spot MVOLT (120V-277V) 2 HVOLT (347V-480V) 3 XVOLT (277V-480V) 4 (use specific voltage for options as noted) 120 5 277 5 208 5 347 5 240 5 480 5 IS Adjustable slipfitter (fits 2-3/8" OD tenon) 6 YKC64 Yoke with 16-3 SO cord, 4ft 6 AASP Adjustable tilt arm square pole mounting 6 AARP Adjustable tilt arm round pole mounting 6 AAWB Adjustable tilt arm with wall bracket 6 AAWSC Adjustable tilt arm wall bracket and surface conduit box 6 L W H L W H Items marked by a shaded background qualify for the Design Select program and ship in 15 days or less. To learn more about Design Select, visit www.acuitybrands.com/designselect. *See ordering tree for detailsDesign Select options indicated by this color background. 149PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.acuitybrands.com © 2018-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. Lithonia RSX1 Area LED Rev. 10/09/24 Page 1 of 9 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR RSX1 LEDArea Luminaire Specifications Catalog Number Notes Type Introduction The new RSX LED Area family delivers maximum value by providing significant energy savings, long life and outstanding photometric performance at an affordable price. The RSX1 delivers 7,000 to 17,000 lumens allowing it to replace 70W to 400W HID luminaires. The RSX features an integral universal mounting mechanism that allows the luminaire to be mounted on most existing drill hole patterns. This “no-drill” solution provides significant labor savings. An easy-access door on the bottom of mounting arm allows for wiring without opening the electrical compartment. A mast arm adaptor, adjustable integral slipfitter and other mounting configurations are available. EPA (ft2@0°):0.57 ft2 (0.05 m2) Length:21.8” (55.4 cm) (SPA mount) Width:13.3” (33.8 cm) Height:3.0" (7.6 cm) Main Body 7.2” (18.4 cm) Arm Weight: (SPA mount):22.0 lbs (10.0 kg) Hit the Tab key or mouse over the page to see all interactive elements. L W H Options Finish Shipped Installed HS House-side shield 7 PE Photocontrol, button style 8,9 PER7 Seven-wire twist-lock receptacle only (no controls) 9,10,11 SF Single fuse (120, 277, 347) 5 DF Double fuse (208, 240, 480) 5 SPD20KV 20KV Surge pack (10KV standard) FAO Field adjustable output 9 DMG 0-10V dimming extend out back of housing for external control (control ordered separate) 9 Shipped Installed *Standalone and Networked Sensors/Controls (factory default settings, see table page 9) NLTAIR2 PIRHN nLight AIR generation 2, with Networked, Bi-Level motion/ambient sensor 9, 12, 13, 14 BAA Buy America(n) Act and/or Build America Buy America Qualified CCE Coastal Construction15 *Note: NLTAIR2 PIRHN with nLight Air can be used as a standalone or networked solution. Sensor coverage pattern is affected when luminaire is tilted. Shipped Separately (requires some field assembly) EGS External glare shield 7 EGFV External glare full visor (360° around light aperture) 7 BS Bird spikes 16 DDBXD Dark Bronze DBLXD Black DNAXD Natural Aluminum DWHXD White DDBTXD Textured Dark Bronze DBLBXD Textured Black DNATXD Textured Natural Aluminum DWHGXD Textured White WW Ordering Information EXAMPLE: RSX1 LED P4 40K R3 MVOLT SPA DDBXD RSX1 LED Series Performance Package Color Temperature Distribution Voltage Mounting RSX1 LED P1 P2 P3 P4 30K 3000K 40K 4000K 50K 5000K R2 Type 2 Wide R3 Type 3 Wide R3S Type 3 Short R4 Type 4 Wide R4S Type 4 Short R5 Type 5 Wide 1 R5S Type 5 Short 1 AFR Automotive Front Row AFRR90 Automotive Front Row Right Rotated AFRL90 Automotive Front Row Left Rotated MVOLT (120V-277V) 2 HVOLT (347V-480V) 3 XVOLT (277V-480V) 4 (use specific voltage for options as noted) 120 3 277 5 208 3 347 5 240 3 480 5 SPA Square pole mounting (3.0" min. SQ pole for 1 at 90°, 3.5" min. SQ pole for 2, 3, 4 at 90°) RPA Round pole mounting (3.2" min. dia. RND pole for 2, 3, 4 at 90°, 3.0" min. dia. RND pole for 1 at 90°, 2 at 180°, 3 at 120°) MA Mast arm adaptor (fits 2-3/8" OD horizontal tenon) IS Adjustable slipfitter (fits 2-3/8" OD tenon) 6 WBA Wall bracket 1 WBASC Wall bracket with surface conduit box AASP Adjustable tilt arm square pole mounting 6 AARP Adjustable tilt arm round pole mounting 6 AAWB Adjustable tilt arm with wall bracket 6 AAWSC Adjustable tilt arm wall bracket and surface conduit box 6 Items marked by a shaded background qualify for the Design Select program and ship in 15 days or less. To learn more about Design Select, visit www.acuitybrands.com/designselect. *See ordering tree for detailsDesign Select options indicated by this color background. Application BEGA bollard head with shielded 360º light distribution. Simply order the bollard head and also the required bollard tube in various heights and options. Both modules can be joined together easily and quickly during the installation. Materials Clear safety glass Marine grade, copper free (≤ 0.3% copper content) A360.0 aluminum alloy High temperature silicone gasket Mechanically captive stainless steel fasteners Interlocking stainless steel mounting mechanism for attachment of head and tube Pure anodized aluminum reflector NRTL listed to North American Standards, suitable for wet locations Protection class IP 65 Weight: 14.3 lbs. Electrical Operating voltage 120-277V AC Minimum start temperature -30° C LED module wattage 15.6 W System wattage 21.0 W Controllability 0-10V dimmable Color rendering index Ra > 80 Luminaire lumens 1668 lm LED service life (L70)60000 hrs LED color temperature 4000K (K4) 3500K (K35) 3000K (K3) 2700K (K27) BEGA can supply you with suitable LED replacement modules for up to 20 years after the purchase of LED luminaires - see website for details Finish All BEGA standard finishes are matte, textured powder coat with minimum 3 mil thickness. BEGA Unidure® finish provides superior fade protection in Black, Bronze, and Silver. BEGA standard White is a super durable polyester powder. Optionally available RAL and custom color finishes provided in either polyester powder or liquid paint. Available colors Black (BLK) Bronze (BRZ) Silver (SLV) White (WHT) RAL: CUS: System bollard head · Shielded with reflector · 360° BEGA 1000 BEGA Way, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (805) 684-0533 info@bega-us.com Due to the dynamic nature of lighting products and the associated technologies, luminaire data on this sheet is subject to change at the discretion of BEGA North America. For the most current technical data, please refer to bega-us .com © copyright BEGA 2024 Type: BEGA Product: Project: Modified: Available options CUS Custom finish MGU Marine grade undercoat RAL RAL finish System bollard head · Shielded with reflector · 360° LED A B C B84244 15.6 W 14 8 1/8 7 1/2 Updated 08/27/24 150PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ® © 2013-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. • One Lithonia Way Conyers GA 30012 Phone: 800-705-SERV (7378) • www.hydrel.com CATALOG NUMBER NOTES TYPE HLF501_STWH_STCLR | Rev. 03/12/24 Page 1 of 23 HLF501 Linear Flood Static White and Static Color HIGHLIGHTS • Surface mount luminaire designed to graze or wash architectural features for an evolutionary experience • One-piece extruded aluminum housing lending both high quality and longevity. • IP66 rated per IEC60598 • Available in 2ft, 3ft, or 4ft lengths with wide open distribution, placing the light where it is required. • 3G vibration rated per ANSI C136.31 LUMEN PACKAGES TM Specifications Model Length Weight HLF501 25 - 1/8" (639mm)7.5 lbs (3.40kg) 37" (941mm)11 lbs (4.98kg) 48 - 7/8" (1242mm)13 lbs (5.90kg) DIMENSIONS 9x9 10x60 15x30 30x60 40x60 60x60 WWD Delivered Lumens 2627 2631 2125 2173 2014 2161 1697 Watts 25 25 22.41 22.41 22.41 22.41 22.41 LPW 105 105 95 97 90 96 76 Information based on 4FT, 600 LMF Static White 3" 76.48mm 2-1/2" 63.36mm L 4" 101.60mm 3-11/16" 94.18mm 3-1/4" 82.83mm 4-5/16" 109.01mm 3-3/16" 81.64mm 1-3/8" 35.23mm 2-7/8" 72.53mm 15" [381.00mm] No Mount (Shown for size reference only) H500ADJC1 Mount H500ADJH2 Mount H500FMC Mount Introduction The WDGE LED family is designed to meet specifier’s every wall-mounted lighting need in a widely accepted shape that blends with any architecture. The clean rectilinear design comes in four sizes with lumen packages ranging from 1,200 to 25,000 lumens, providing true site-wide solution. WDGE1 delivers up to 2,000 lumens with a soft, non- pixelated light source, creating a visually comfortable environment. The compact size of WDGE1, with its integrated emergency battery backup option, makes it an ideal over-the-door wall-mounted lighting solution. One Lithonia Way • Conyers, Georgia 30012 • Phone: 1-800-705-SERV (7378) • www.lithonia.com © 2019-2024 Acuity Brands Lighting, Inc. All rights reserved. WDGE1 LED Rev. 08/07/24 COMMERCIAL OUTDOOR WDGE1 LED Architectural Wall Sconce Catalog Number Notes Type Depth (D1):5.5" Depth (D2):1.5" Height:8" Width:9" Weight: (without options)9 lbs Hit the Tab key or mouse over the page to see all interactive elements. Specifications Series Package Color Temperature CRI Distribution Voltage Mounting WDGE1 LED P0 P1 P2 27K 2700K 30K 3000K 35K 3500K 40K 4000K 50K 1 5000K 80CRI 90CRI VF Visual comfort forward throw VW Visual comfort wide MVOLT 347 2 Shipped included SRM Surface mounting bracket ICW Indirect Canopy/Ceiling Washer bracket (dry/damp locations only)3 Shipped separately AWS 3/8inch Architectural wall spacer 4 PBBW Surface-mounted back box (top, left, right conduit entry) Use when there is no junction box available.4 Options Finish E4WH Emergency battery backup, Certified in CA Title 20 MAEDBS (4W, 0°C min)5 PE Photocell, Button Type6 DS Dual switching (comes with 2 drivers and 2 light engines; see page 3 for details)7 DMG 0-10V dimming wires pulled outside fixture (for use with an external control, ordered separately) BCE Bottom conduit entry for back box (PBBW). Total of 4 entry points. DSLE Dual Switching (1 Driver, 2 Light Engines) CCE Coastal Construction4 DDBXD Dark bronze DBLXD Black DNAXD Natural aluminum DWHXD White DSSXD Sandstone DDBTXD Textured dark bronze DBLBXD Textured black DNATXD Textured natural aluminum DWHGXD Textured white DSSTXD Textured sandstone Ordering Information EXAMPLE: WDGE1 LED P2 40K 80CRI VF MVOLT SRM PE DDBXD WDGE LED Family Overview D1W D2 H Luminaire Optics Standard EM, 0°C Cold EM, -20°C Sensor Approximate Lumens (4000K, 80CRI) P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 WDGE1 LED Visual Comfort 4W --750 1,200 2,000 -------- WDGE2 LED Visual Comfort 10W 18W Standalone / nLight --1,200 2,000 3,000 4,500 6,000 -- WDGE2 LED Precision Refractive 10W 18W Standalone / nLight 700 1,200 2,000 3,200 4,200 ---- WDGE3 LED Precision Refractive 15W 18W Standalone / nLight 6,000 7,500 8,500 10,000 12,000 ---- WDGE4 LED Precision Refractive Standalone / nLight --12,000 16,000 18,000 20,000 22,000 25,000 Items marked by a shaded background qualify for the Design Select program and ship in 15 days or less. To learn more about Design Select, visit www.acuitybrands.com/designselect. *See ordering tree for details 151PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.6 Schedule DESIGN SUBMISSIONS The project team is still projected to begin site grading and utilities as soon as early January 2025 and anticipate having a GMP finalized to start foundation work in March 2025. The construction schedule is still anticipated to be a 14.75 month construction schedule as shown in the attached Microsoft Project update. As the design team develops the basis-of-design documents, they will be submitted to the Owner. In addition to the overall design phase durations shown in the Phase 1 & 2 Schedule, intermediate milestone submission packages representing the appropriate level of development for each phase will be provided for review and approval. As they are being developed, any material differences between the design submissions and the Owner’s Project Criteria and Initial Project Scope will be highlighted. The design-build team will work collaboratively to make adjustments in the documents to fit within the project goals. Below is a further breakdown of design submission package milestones and agreed upon deliverables: 100% Schematic Design Deliverables: 100% SD floor plans, site plans, renderings, and Target Value Design Budget. Any significant changes to the systems between the Initial Project Scope and 100% SDs will be documented and approved by the Owner 50% Design Development Deliverables: Large format drawings for all disciplines with text notes to document the decisions made during the design development meetings, investigations, and discussions. TVD budget updates as cost changes occur. 100% Design Development Deliverables: Large format drawings for all disciplines, outline specifications and performance requirements for the project, DD renderings, and TVD budget updates. 60% Construction Documents & Early Site Package Documents Deliverables: Large format drawings for all disciplines for design team coordination, design-build constructibility review, and Owner scope review purposes. 90% Permit & Bid Documents Deliverables: Large format drawings for all disciplines, full set of project manual specifications in CSI Masterformat, permit review applications and TVD budget updates. 100% Conformed Set Deliverables: Large format drawings for all disciplines, full set of project manual specifications that all incorporate addenda posted during the bid period or other changes required by jurisdictional review authorities. 152PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ID Task Name Dur Start Finish 0 Pasco Aquatics Facility 686.81 daysWed 9/27/23 Thu 5/14/26 1 Design-Builder Procurement + Selection 52 days Wed 9/27/23 Thu 12/7/23 2 Validation Phase 163 days Fri 12/8/23 Tue 7/23/24 3 Contract 21 days Fri 12/8/23 Fri 1/5/24 4 Kickoff and Onboarding 21 days Fri 12/8/23 Fri 1/5/24 5 Kickoff Meeting 0 days Fri 1/5/24 Fri 1/5/24 6 Subconsultant Onboarding 25 days Mon 1/8/24 Fri 2/9/24 7 Subconsultants 20 days Mon 1/8/24 Fri 2/2/24 8 D/B MEP 20 days Mon 1/15/24 Fri 2/9/24 9 Validation Design 90 days Mon 2/5/24 Fri 6/7/24 10 Design Kickoff 5 days Mon 2/5/24 Fri 2/9/24 11 Basis of Design Team Charrette 5 days Mon 2/12/24 Fri 2/16/24 12 Basis of Design - OAC Charrette 5 days Mon 2/19/24 Fri 2/23/24 13 Basis of Design - Early Model 0 days Fri 2/23/24 Fri 2/23/24 14 Basis of Design 25 days Mon 2/26/24 Fri 3/29/24 15 Basis of Design First Pass 0 days Fri 3/29/24 Fri 3/29/24 16 Land Decision 0 days Fri 5/24/24 Fri 5/24/24 17 Finalize Site Plan and Design 11 days Fri 5/24/24 Fri 6/7/24 18 Estimating 122 days Mon 2/5/24 Tue 7/23/24 19 Conceptual Estimate 5 days Mon 2/5/24 Fri 2/9/24 20 Validation Estimate 15 days Mon 6/10/24 Fri 6/28/24 21 Final Deliverables 8 days Mon 7/1/24 Wed 7/10/24 22 Validation Phase Complete 0 days Fri 7/19/24 Fri 7/19/24 23 Board Decision 3 days Fri 7/19/24 Tue 7/23/24 24 Design and Preconstruction Phase 200 days Fri 7/19/24 Thu 4/24/25 25 Design 137 days Tue 7/23/24 Thu 1/30/25 26 Phase 1 Notice to Proceed 0 days Tue 7/23/24 Tue 7/23/24 27 Site Survey (Topo and Boundaries)15 days Wed 7/24/24 Tue 8/13/24 28 Geotechnical Report 30 days Wed 7/24/24 Tue 9/3/24 29 Complete Schematic Design 25 days Wed 7/24/24 Tue 8/27/24 30 Design Development 52 days Wed 8/28/24 Thu 11/7/24 31 Sitework and Utilities Package 35 days Wed 9/25/24 Tue 11/12/24 32 Construction Documents 60 days Fri 11/8/24 Thu 1/30/25 33 Permitting 167 days Wed 9/4/24 Thu 4/24/25 34 Generate SEPA 3 days Wed 9/4/24 Fri 9/6/24 35 Submit SEPA 45 days Mon 9/9/24 Fri 11/8/24 36 Submit Site Permit 1 day Mon 9/9/24 Mon 9/9/24 37 Early Site Permit 10 days Wed 11/13/24 Tue 11/26/24 38 Generate Utilities Permit 2 days Wed 11/13/24 Thu 11/14/24 39 Submit Utilities Permit 36 days Fri 11/15/24 Fri 1/3/25 40 Building Permit - City of Pasco 40 days Fri 1/3/25 Thu 2/27/25 41 DOH Aquatics Approval 60 days Fri 1/3/25 Thu 3/27/25 Pasco Aquatics Facility 5/14Pasco Aquatics Facility 5/14 Design-Builder Procurement + Selection 12/7 Validation Phase 7/23 Contract 1/5 Kickoff and Onboarding 1/5 Kickoff Meeting 1/5 Subconsultant Onboarding 2/9 Subconsultants 2/2 D/B MEP 2/9 Validation Design 6/7 Design Kickoff 2/9 Basis of Design Team Charrette 2/16 Basis of Design - OAC Charrette 2/23 Basis of Design - Early Model 2/23 Basis of Design 3/29 Basis of Design First Pass 3/29 Land Decision 5/24 Finalize Site Plan and Design 6/7 Estimating 7/23 Conceptual Estimate 2/9 Validation Estimate 6/28 Final Deliverables 7/10 Validation Phase Complete 7/19 Board Decision 7/23 Design and Preconstruction Phase 4/24 Design 1/30 Phase 1 Notice to Proceed 7/23 Site Survey (Topo and Boundaries)8/13 Geotechnical Report 9/3 Complete Schematic Design 8/27 Design Development 11/7 Sitework and Utilities Package 11/12 Construction Documents 1/30 Permitting 4/24 Generate SEPA 9/6 Submit SEPA 11/8 Submit Site Permit 9/9 Early Site Permit 11/26 Generate Utilities Permit 11/14 Submit Utilities Permit 1/3 Building Permit - City of Pasco 2/27 DOH Aquatics Approval 3/27 J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J Half 1, 2023 Half 2, 2023 Half 1, 2024 Half 2, 2024 Half 1, 2025 Half 2, 2025 Half 1, 2026 Prepared By: Bouten Construction Page 1 of 3 Printed: Fri 11/8/24 153PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ID Task Name Dur Start Finish 42 DOH County Approval 80 days Fri 1/3/25 Thu 4/24/25 43 Estimating 165 days Fri 7/19/24 Thu 3/6/25 44 Concept Estimate 20 days Fri 7/19/24 Thu 8/15/24 45 Schematic Estimate 20 days Wed 8/28/24 Tue 9/24/24 46 50% DD Update 10 days Mon 10/21/24 Fri 11/1/24 47 iGMP (Grading / Utilities / Equip)25 days Wed 11/13/24 Tue 12/17/24 48 GMP 25 days Fri 1/31/25 Thu 3/6/25 49 Phase 1 Complete 0 days Thu 3/6/25 Thu 3/6/25 50 Final Design Construction Phase 366.81 daysTue 12/17/24 Thu 5/14/26 51 Phase 2 Notice to Proceed 0 days Tue 12/17/24 Tue 12/17/24 52 Construction Phase 316 days Wed 12/18/24 Thu 3/19/26 53 Procurement 245.81 daysWed 12/18/24 Wed 11/26/25 54 Air Handling Equipment 180 days Wed 12/18/24 Wed 9/3/25 55 Electrical Equipment 240 days Wed 12/18/24 Wed 11/26/25 56 Pool Equipment 160 days Wed 12/18/24 Tue 8/5/25 57 EV Charging equipment 240 days Wed 12/18/24 Wed 11/26/25 58 Procurement Phase Complete 0 days Wed 11/26/25 Wed 11/26/25 59 Early Site Work 37.81 daysMon 1/6/25 Wed 2/26/25 60 Mobilization 2 days Mon 1/6/25 Tue 1/7/25 61 Clear vegetation 20 days Wed 1/8/25 Wed 2/5/25 62 Site Grading 15 days Thu 2/6/25 Wed 2/26/25 63 Site Mitigation Phase Complete 0 days Wed 2/26/25 Wed 2/26/25 64 Utilities 19.81 daysThu 2/6/25 Wed 3/5/25 65 Gas 10 days Thu 2/6/25 Wed 2/19/25 66 Power 10 days Thu 2/6/25 Wed 2/19/25 67 Fire line 10 days Thu 2/20/25 Wed 3/5/25 68 Water 5 days Thu 2/20/25 Wed 2/26/25 69 Sewer 3 days Thu 2/20/25 Mon 2/24/25 70 Structure 53 days Thu 3/6/25 Mon 5/19/25 71 Excavation 10 days Thu 3/6/25 Wed 3/19/25 72 F/R/P/S Foundation 13 days Thu 3/20/25 Mon 4/7/25 73 F/R/P/S Pump / Surge Tank 15 days Mon 4/7/25 Mon 4/28/25 74 Indoor Pool Stub Out Plumbing 5 days Mon 4/28/25 Mon 5/5/25 75 F/R/P/S Stem Walls 20 days Tue 4/8/25 Mon 5/5/25 76 Backfill 10 days Tue 5/6/25 Mon 5/19/25 77 Structural Foundations Natatorium Complete 0 days Mon 5/19/25 Mon 5/19/25 78 Building Construction 122.81 daysTue 5/20/25 Thu 11/6/25 79 Install Core Shell 60 days Tue 5/20/25 Wed 8/13/25 80 Core/Shell Phase Complete 0 days Wed 8/13/25 Wed 8/13/25 81 Install Interior Finishes 60 days Thu 8/14/25 Thu 11/6/25 82 Interior Finishes Phase Complete 0 days Thu 11/6/25 Thu 11/6/25 83 Outdoor Pool Structure 30.81 daysTue 5/6/25 Tue 6/17/25 DOH County Approval 4/24 Estimating 3/6 Concept Estimate 8/15 Schematic Estimate 9/24 50% DD Update 11/1 iGMP (Grading / Utilities / Equip)12/17 GMP 3/6 Phase 1 Complete 3/6 Final Design Construction Phase 5/14 Phase 2 Notice to Proceed 12/17 Construction Phase 3/19 Procurement 11/26 Air Handling Equipment 9/3 Electrical Equipment 11/26 Pool Equipment 8/5 EV Charging equipment 11/26 Procurement Phase Complete 11/26 Early Site Work 2/26 Mobilization 1/7 Clear vegetation 2/5 Site Grading 2/26 Site Mitigation Phase Complete 2/26 Utilities 3/5 Gas 2/19 Power 2/19 Fire line 3/5 Water 2/26 Sewer 2/24 Structure 5/19 Excavation 3/19 F/R/P/S Foundation 4/7 F/R/P/S Pump / Surge Tank 4/28 Indoor Pool Stub Out Plumbing 5/5 F/R/P/S Stem Walls 5/5 Backfill 5/19 Structural Foundations Natatorium Complete 5/19 Building Construction 11/6 Install Core Shell 8/13 Core/Shell Phase Complete 8/13 Install Interior Finishes 11/6 Interior Finishes Phase Complete 11/6 Outdoor Pool Structure 6/17 J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J Half 1, 2023 Half 2, 2023 Half 1, 2024 Half 2, 2024 Half 1, 2025 Half 2, 2025 Half 1, 2026 Prepared By: Bouten Construction Page 2 of 3 Printed: Fri 11/8/24 154PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 ID Task Name Dur Start Finish 84 Excavation 10 days Tue 5/6/25 Mon 5/19/25 85 F/R/P/S 10 days Tue 5/20/25 Tue 6/3/25 86 Backfill 10 days Wed 6/4/25 Tue 6/17/25 87 Amenities Area Foundations Complete0 days Tue 6/17/25 Tue 6/17/25 88 Pool Finishes and Amenities 205 days Mon 5/5/25 Thu 2/26/26 89 Outdoor Pool Mech Room 60 days Mon 5/5/25 Mon 7/28/25 90 Install Outdoor Pool 115 days Tue 5/6/25 Thu 10/16/25 91 Install Indoor Pool and Deck 110 days Thu 8/14/25 Thu 1/22/26 92 Commissioning - Pools 25 days Thu 1/22/26 Thu 2/26/26 93 Pool Phase Complete 0 days Thu 2/26/26 Thu 2/26/26 94 Site Work 101.81 daysWed 6/18/25 Thu 11/6/25 95 Electrical 10 days Wed 6/18/25 Tue 7/1/25 96 Storm 10 days Wed 7/2/25 Wed 7/16/25 97 Grubbing 10 days Thu 7/17/25 Wed 7/30/25 98 Landscaping 10 days Fri 10/17/25 Thu 10/30/25 99 Asphalt 5 days Fri 10/31/25 Thu 11/6/25 100 Site Work Phase Complete 0 days Thu 11/6/25 Thu 11/6/25 101 Bouten Pre Punch List Walk 2 days Fri 11/7/25 Mon 11/10/25 102 Trade Partners Repair 15 days Tue 11/11/25 Wed 12/3/25 103 Pre Punch Phase Complete 0 days Wed 12/3/25 Wed 12/3/25 104 Startup Commissioning and Signoff 190 days Tue 6/17/25 Thu 3/19/26 105 Notice to DOH Boiler Inspector 0 days Tue 6/17/25 Tue 6/17/25 106 Notice to DOH Boiler Inspector 130 days Tue 6/17/25 Tue 12/16/25 107 DOH Boiler Inspection 1 day Tue 12/16/25 Wed 12/17/25 108 Start Up & Commissioning 10 days Fri 1/23/26 Thu 2/5/26 109 O/A punch walk 2 days Thu 12/4/25 Fri 12/5/25 110 Punchlist 15 days Mon 12/8/25 Mon 12/29/25 111 Training 10 days Mon 12/8/25 Fri 12/19/25 112 Electrical 1 day Fri 2/6/26 Fri 2/6/26 113 Plumbing 1 day Mon 2/9/26 Mon 2/9/26 114 HVAC 1 day Tue 2/10/26 Tue 2/10/26 115 Fire Marshal 1 day Wed 2/11/26 Wed 2/11/26 116 Building 1 day Fri 2/27/26 Fri 2/27/26 117 C of O Notice to City 6 days Thu 2/12/26 Thu 2/19/26 118 Weather Bank 15 days Thu 2/26/26 Thu 3/19/26 119 Substantial Completion 0 days Thu 3/19/26 Thu 3/19/26 120 Punchlist Corrections / Owner Commissioning20 days Thu 3/19/26 Thu 4/16/26 121 Closeout 20 days Thu 3/19/26 Thu 4/16/26 122 Final Completion 0 days Thu 4/16/26 Thu 4/16/26 123 Owner Move In, Training 40 days Thu 3/19/26 Thu 5/14/26 124 Opening Day (Indoor)0 days Thu 5/14/26 Thu 5/14/26 Excavation 5/19 F/R/P/S 6/3 Backfill 6/17 Amenities Area Foundations Complete 6/17 Pool Finishes and Amenities 2/26 Outdoor Pool Mech Room 7/28 Install Outdoor Pool 10/16 Install Indoor Pool and Deck 1/22 Commissioning - Pools 2/26 Pool Phase Complete 2/26 Site Work 11/6 Electrical 7/1 Storm 7/16 Grubbing 7/30 Landscaping 10/30 Asphalt 11/6 Site Work Phase Complete 11/6 Bouten Pre Punch List Walk 11/10 Trade Partners Repair 12/3 Pre Punch Phase Complete 12/3 Startup Commissioning and Signoff 3/19Startup Commissioning and Signoff 3/19 Notice to DOH Boiler Inspector 6/17 Notice to DOH Boiler Inspector 12/16 DOH Boiler Inspection 12/17 Start Up & Commissioning 2/5 O/A punch walk 12/5 Punchlist 12/29 Training 12/19 Electrical 2/6 Plumbing 2/9 HVAC 2/10 Fire Marshal 2/11 Building 2/27 C of O Notice to City 2/19 Weather Bank 3/19 Substantial Completion 3/19 Punchlist Corrections / Owner Commissioning 4/16 Closeout 4/16 Final Completion 4/16 Owner Move In, Training 5/14 Opening Day (Indoor)5/14 J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J Half 1, 2023 Half 2, 2023 Half 1, 2024 Half 2, 2024 Half 1, 2025 Half 2, 2025 Half 1, 2026 Prepared By: Bouten Construction Page 3 of 3 Printed: Fri 11/8/24 155PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.7 Acoustic Report ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ DD NARRATIVE – ACOUSTICAL DESIGN Pasco Aquatics Center October 15, 2024 INTRODUCTION This narrative establishes acoustical design criteria and provides preliminary recommendations for the Pasco Aquatics Center project in Pasco, Washington. Sections include Sound Isolation, Reverberation Control and Room Treatments, Mechanical Electrical Plumbing (MEP) Noise and Vibration Control, and Noise Code Compliance. While we are unaware of any Owners’ requirements or precedent design standards, we have developed criteria based on common industry standards such as LEED and ASHRAE, along with past project experience. Refer to Appendix A for definitions of acoustical nomenclature used in this document. SOUND ISOLATION Refer to Appendix B for a markup of the current floorplan with sound isolation recommendations, along with general notes that apply to all assemblies for acoustic rated partitions and concept level details to include in the project documents. Tables 1 and 2 below provide typical wall constructions and their estimated STC ratings. The estimated STC ratings assume that partitions are full height where GWB layers span from structure to structure and are sealed airtight at both the head and foot of the wall. Table 1. Estimated STC Ratings for Typical Single Metal Stud Wall Constructions Wall Construction 3-5/8in metal studs 25ga studs1 16in O.C.24in O.C. (1) layer 5/8in Type X GWB Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation (1) layer 5/8in Type X GWB STC 45STC 48 (2) layer 5/8in Type X GWB Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation (1) layer 5/8in Type X GWB STC 50STC 53 (2) layer 5/8in Type X GWB Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation (2) layer 5/8in Type X GWB STC 54STC 55 1. Heavier gauge studs will result in lower STC ratings for comparable wall constructions. October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 2NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ Table 2. Estimated STC Ratings for Typical Double Metal Stud Wall Constructions Wall Construction 3-5/8in metal studsAll Stud Gauges and Spacings (1) layer 5/8in Type X GWB Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation 1in air gap Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation (1) layer 5/8in Type X GWB STC 55 (2) layer 5/8in Type X GWB Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation 1in air gap Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation (1) layer 5/8in Type X GWB STC 62 (2) layer 5/8in Type X GWB Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation 1in air gap Metal stud with 3-1/2in batt insulation (2) layer 5/8in Type X GWB STC 65 Operable Walls Drawings show an operable wall separating the Lobby from the Party/Board Room, and we understand that there may also be an operable wall separating the two Party Rooms. We recommend all operable walls be specified minimum STC 50 with a provision for a field tested performance of not less than NIC 42. Doors and Relites We recommend that all doors to acoustically sensitive rooms be solid core wood or insulated metal with full-perimeter sound seals acoustically similar to: • Head and jamb seals – rubber or neoprene finger seals, with a minimum of 3 fingers. Specify seals such as: o Pemko S773, o DHSI #105, or o Zero International 81505. • Bottom seal – drop bottom seal with rubber or neoprene contact medium. These can be fully- mortised, semi-mortised, or surface-mounted. Specify seals such as: o Pemko STC 411 automatic door bottom (fully-mortised), or o Pemko STC 4131 automatic door bottom (surface, semi-mortised). o Zero International 364 (fully mortised), or o Zero International 362 (semi-mortised). 156PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 3NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ • Threshold – if the door closes across a flat continuous surface, then a threshold is not needed. But if the floor finish changes in the doorway, or if the flooring is carpet, then a flat-surfaced threshold is needed for the drop bottom seal to close against. Specify thresholds such as: o Pemko 151 , o DHSI #SA, or o Zero International 164. • Astragal – if the door has an astragal, specify either a split or adhesive seal with at least two fingers. Specify seals such as: o Pemko 297_S (split astragal gasketing), o Pemko S772 (adhesive gasketing), or o Zero International 326 (split astragal gasketing). We suggest the following language be included in the Part 3: Execution portion of the appropriate door hardware specification: After installation, conduct preliminary seal adjustment by ensuring all seals contact the door and no-light passes at any edge of the door. As a final test, verify seal with a test card. The card shall remain in place when inserted between the door and seal and not slide easily when the card is slid along the seal. Where this is not satisfied, adjust the seals. Sound-rated door assemblies are recommended to be within 5 STC points of the base partition. Recommended manufacturers include IAC Acoustics and Noise Barriers. Interior glazed assemblies should be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, but as a preliminary guideline should use 3/8-in laminated, 1/2-in monolithic, or 1-in insulated glass. Additionally, at acoustically sensitive spaces, we recommend packing all hollow door and relite frames tight with either batt or mineral fiber insulation and including a detail in the drawings to reflect this installation condition. Closures to Exterior Walls Details of demising partition closures to exterior walls should be reviewed to confirm that they will maintain the sound isolation of the base construction. Partitions should close to solid exterior walls or mullions only; do not close to glass. Where a mullion closure occurs in a sound-rated wall, acoustical upgrades (such as Mull-It Over Sound Barrier Mullion covers) may be warranted. REVERBERATION CONTROL AND ROOM TREATMENTS Criteria Refer to the table below for recommended maximum reverberation time (RT) limits by space type. October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 4NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ Table 3. Reverberation Time Criteria at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz Octave Bands Room TypeRT (sec) Supervisor’s Office≤ 0.6 Reception≤ 0.6 Open Office/Admin≤ 0.8 Party Rooms, Lifeguard Room≤ 0.8 Lobby/Lounge/Concession≤ 1.0 Natatorium≤ 1.5 Preliminary Recommendations In general, the minimum RT criteria can be achieved in most enclosed spaces with the ceiling area covered with NRC 0.70+ acoustic finishes such as acoustic ceiling tile (ACT). Where there is inadequate ceiling coverage, the remaining coverage area can be distributed on wall areas, ideally from 3 ft to 7 ft AFF, but note that continuous ceiling treatments are preferred. Open Office/Admin The RT criterion in the open office/admin can be achieved with equivalent coverage of the ceiling area of NRC 0.80+ acoustic finishes such as acoustic ceiling tile (ACT). Corridors/Mainstreet Preliminary floorplans show spaces such as restrooms, lockers, changing rooms, mechanical and pool equipment rooms, all connected to the party rooms, admin, and the main lobby/lounge by the main corridor. To minimize noise transfer throughout the building from affecting noise sensitive uses, we recommend that the corridors include a continuous NRC 0.70+ absorptive ceiling finish such as ACT. Lobby/Lounge/Concession We understand that acoustic deck is currently planned for the lobby. The 1.0 second criterion should be achievable with a minimum NRC 0.70 performance. Natatorium Based on the current floor plans and the height of the natatorium ranging from about 26 to 30 feet, the 1.5 second recommended RT limit can be achieved with equivalent coverage of the ceiling area of NRC 0.80+ acoustic treatments. Note, however, that finishes will likely need to be encapsulated which can reduce high-frequency absorption and may require additional coverage. Preliminary treatment options include acoustic deck, banners, clouds, baffles, lapendary panels, and direct attach wall and or ceiling panels. MEP NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL Criteria Recommended maximum background noise limits by space type have been developed primarily based on the 2023 ASHRAE Handbook: HVAC Applications, refer to the table below. 157PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 5NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ Table 4. Maximum Allowable Background Noise Levels ApplicationNCdBA Meeting/Party Rooms3035 Supervisor’s Office3540 Open Office/Admin, corridors, lobbies, service/support areas4045 Natatorium4550 Maximum Duct, Diffuser, and Grille Velocities In order to reduce noise from turbulent airflow and duct breakout near noise-sensitive spaces, we recommend the following maximum duct velocities based on the 2023 ASHRAE Handbook: HVAC Applications. Maximum design velocities are also provided below for terminal devices for use in duct layout prior to product selection. Additionally, diffusers, grilles, and chilled beams should be selected with ratings of at least eight NC points below the design criteria (i.e. NC-27 diffusers for NC-35 space). Table 5. Maximum Duct Velocities Space CriteriaConditionRectangular (fpm)Circular (fpm)Supply OutletReturn Inlet NC 45 Behind gypsum3,5005,000 625750Behind ACT2,5004,500 Exposed2,0003,900 NC 35 - NC 40 Behind gypsum2,5003,500 500600Behind ACT1,7503,000 Exposed1,4502,600 NC 25 - NC 30 Behind gypsum1,7002,500 350425Behind ACT1,2002,000 Exposed9501,700 General Design Guidelines Consider the following preliminary design guidelines: • Prioritize quiet equipment selections where possible to minimize the need for silencers, internally lined ductwork, high STC construction, and additional noise control measures. • All flex duct should be installed per manufacturer’s instructions with a single smooth, continuous curve; avoid sharp bends and kinks. • Terminal units (if used) should not be located above noise sensitive spaces and typically require either a manufacturer ’s silencer option or 5 to 10 ft of internally lined duct when serving sensitive spaces. • Avoid locating equipment in MEP rooms within 3 ft of demising walls at acoustically sensitive spaces. • Where possible, run main duct work along corridors and serve spaces individually rather than penetrating full height demising walls. October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 6NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ • Provide flexible neoprene reinforced canvas connections between major air moving equipment and ductwork. • Packaged Air Handling Units (AHUs) with plug fan configurations generally produce less low frequency noise than typical fan configurations because fans are enclosed in a plenum which can be lined. • Most rotating equipment will require vibration isolation, refer to the 2023 ASHRAE Handbook: HVAC Applications, Chapter 49 for preliminary guidelines. Specific recommendations will be provided as the design progresses and equipment selections are finalized. • Piping and ductwork connected to vibration isolated equipment should have comparable isolation for the first 50 ft from the equipment. • Avoid plumbing fixtures and waste lines in/on demising walls with occupied spaces. • All waste and vent lines should use cast iron piping. NOISE CODE COMPLIANCE The project is subject to environmental noise limits established in the City of Pasco Municipal Code (PMC). Pasco Municipal Code Sound limits in the PMC are based upon the Environmental Designation for Noise Abatement (EDNA) classification of the property containing the sound source and the EDNA classifications of the properties receiving the sound. EDNA classifications are defined in the Washington Administrative Code (WAC ) and are based on present, future, and historical land use, and take into consideration the usage of other properties in the vicinity. WAC 173-60-030 classifies EDNAs as the following: • Class A EDNA – residential areas and/or zones. • Class B EDNA – commercial areas and/or zones. • Class C EDNA – industrial areas and/or zones. WAC 173-60-040 establishes the following limits on environmental noise levels: Table 6. Maximum Permissible Environmental Noise Levels, dBA EDNA of Noise Source EDNA of Receiving Property Class AClass BClass C Class A555760 Class B576065 Class C606570 The code includes the following modifications to permissible environmental noise levels: • Between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. the noise limitations of the foregoing table shall be reduced by 10 dBA for receiving properties within Class A EDNAs. • At any hour of the day or night the applicable noise limitations in the table above may be exceeded for any receiving property for no more than: 158PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 7NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ o 5 dB for a total of 15 minutes in any one-hour period; or o 10 dB for a total of 5 minutes in any one-hour period; or o 15 dB for a total of 1.5 minutes in any one-hour period. Zoning of Project and Neighboring Properties Our understanding is the project and neighboring properties to the north and east are zoned for Class B EDNAs, while land to the south and west are zoned for Class A EDNAs. Therefore, the limits are 57 dBA daytime and 47 dBA at night to the south and west, and 60 dBA on the north and east. Occupied Outdoor Uses In addition to the limits above, we recommend limiting noise from building mechanical systems to 60 dBA at outdoor circulation areas and 55 dBA at outdoor seating and gathering areas to allow for comfortable conversation at normal speaking levels. October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 8NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ APPENDIX A – NOMENCLATURE Decibel, dB The most common measure of sound level is expressed in decibels. The auditory response to sound is a complex process, which occurs over a wide range of frequencies and intensities. Decibel levels, or “dB”, are a form of shorthand that compresses this broad range of intensities into a convenient numerical scale. The decibel scale is logarithmic, and as such, a doubling or halving of energy causes the sound level to change by 3 dB; it does not double or halve the sound level as might be expected. The minimum sound level variation perceptible to a human observer is generally around 3 dB. A 5 dB change is clearly perceptible, and an 8 to 10 dB change is associated with a perceived doubling or halving of loudness. Decibel (A-weighted), dBA The human ear has a unique response to sound pressure. It is less sensitive to those sounds falling outside the speech frequency range. Sound level meters utilize a filtering system to approximate human perception of sound. Measurements made utilizing this filtering system are referred to as “A weighted” and are called “dBA”. Noise Criteria, NC NC is a single numerical metric commonly used to define design goals for the maximum allowable noise in a given space. The criterion primarily applies to the sound produced by a ventilation system, but they may be applied to other noise sources. Noise Reduction Coefficient, NRC NRC describes the average absorption of a material at 250, 500, 1000, 2000 Hz, reported to nearest 0.05. Reverberation Time, RT RT determines how rapidly sound decays in a room. Reverberation time is dependent on the physical volume and surface materials of a room. The reverberation time measurement determines, in seconds, the time required for the root mean square sound pressure to decrease by 60 dB after the source has been stopped, also called T60. Sound Transmission Class, STC STC is a single number descriptor indicating overall effective Transmission Loss (TL) characteristics of a building element at speech frequencies (125 Hz – 4 kHz). Transmission Loss, TL TL describes the airborne sound insulation qualities of a building element separating two spaces. Apparent Transmission Loss (ATL) describes all sound transmission qualities of the element, including flanking paths. The TL of an element will usually be higher than the ATL due to contributions of flanking paths. 159PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 9NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ APPENDIX B – PARTITION CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Figure B-1. Preliminary Sound Isolation Recommendations October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 10NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ We recommend the following language and details be included in the project documents to maintain the acoustical performance of the partitions listed in Table 1 and Table 2 : • GWB refers to 5/8 in thick Type X gypsum wall board. • Partitions extend full height and are acoustically sealed to the structure above or have drywall ceilings. • Double/staggered studs are not cross-braced and have a minimum 1 in airgap between stud rows. • Stagger joints on all multiple layers of GWB. • Penetrations through double or staggered stud partitions should be supported with 18ga metal sleeves filled with batt insulation (maximum 3/4in gap). The metal sleeves should be sealed to the penetrating element with a continuous bead of non-hardening caulk (see Figure B-2) • Do not run GWB layers continuously between adjacent rooms (see Figure B-3). • Partitions should have a 1/4in gap between the GWB and top/bottom structural slab filled with a continuous bead of caulk or sealant (see Figure B-4a). Non-hardening caulk is required for all assemblies that use resilient attachment methods such as resilient clips. • Any partitions designed to be run to the underside of a structure, when the structure is a fluted metal deck structure (see Figure B-4b). • All junction boxes should be located at least 16 in apart (or one stud bay, whichever is larger). • Provide acoustic putty pads on all junction boxes in demising walls, following manufacturer’s instructions to completely encase boxes to be light-tight. Figure B-2. Penetration Detail Through Double or Staggered Stud Partition 160PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 11NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ Figure B-3. GWB Treatment Between Adjacent Noise-Sensitive Rooms GWB should not run continuously between adjacent noise-sensitive rooms. Place a break in the GWB somewhere in the stud cavity of the dividing partition. Figure B-4. Partition Sealant Details a. Sealing GWB of acoustical partitions against structural slabs. b. Sealing GWB of acoustical partitions against fluted structural slab. October 15, 2024DD Narrative Page 12NAC Architecture Pasco Aquatics CenterCity of Pasco ϮϬϲͲϯϳϴͲϬϱϲϵ ŐƌĞĞŶďƵƐĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ^ĞĂƚƚůĞͮsĂŶĐŽƵǀĞƌͮ^ƉŽŬĂŶĞ APPENDIX C – PRELIMINARY PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS Finish TypeApplicationProductNRC Acoustic Ceiling Tile (ACT)CeilingArmstrong OptimaUp to 1.00 USG MarsUp to 0.75 Acoustic PlasterCeiling, WallsBASWA PhonUp to 1.00 Pyrok StarsilentUp to 0.85 Stretched Fabric SystemCeiling, WallsBarrisol AcousticsUp to 1.00 Conwed EurospanUp to 1.00 Fabric Wrapped Panels (FWP)Ceiling, WallsMBI ColorsonixUp to 1.00 Decoustics FabricUp to 1.00 Hanging BafflesCeilingEcophon Solo Baffles- Decoustics Baffles- Hanging CloudsCeilingArmstrong Soundscapes- Ecophon Solo Clouds- Perforated WoodCeiling, WallsRulon AluratoneUp to 1.00 SoundPly Series RF or LRUp to 1.00 Wood SlatsCeiling, Walls9wood GrillesUp to 1.00 Certainteed Box SeriesUp to 0.90 Faced Insulation / Theater BoardCeiling, WallsOwens & Corning Select Sound Black Up to 1.00 Johns Manville Insul-SHIELD Black FacedUp to 1.00 Spray-on InsulationCeilingInternational Cellulose K-13Up to 1.00 161PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 4.8 Geotechnical Report 4412 S CORBETT AVENUE PORTLAND, OR 97239 503.248.1939 MAIN 866.727.0140 FAX PBSUSA.COM Geotechnical Engineering Report Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington Prepared for: NAC Architecture, Inc 205 First Avenue, Suite 300 Spokane, Washington 98121 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 ©2024 PBS Engineering and Environmental LLC 4412 S CORBETT AVENUE, PORTLAND, OR 97239 503.248.1939 MAIN 866.727.0140 FAX PBSUSA.COM Geotechnical Engineering Report Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington Prepared for: NAC Architecture, Inc 205 First Avenue, Suite 300 Spokane, Washington 98121 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 Prepared by: Clint Nealey, PE Project Geotechnical Engineer Reviewed by: Saiid Behboodi, PE, GE (OR) Principal/Geotechnical Engineer September 26, 2024 162PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company i September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 Table of Contents 1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Purpose and Scope ................................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.2.1 Literature and Records Review ................................................................................................................................ 1 1.2.2 Subsurface Explorations ............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.2.3 Field Infiltration Testing .............................................................................................................................................. 1 1.2.4 Soils Testing .................................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.2.5 Geotechnical Engineering Analysis ........................................................................................................................ 1 1.2.6 Report Preparation ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 1.3 Project Understanding ............................................................................................................................................................. 2 2 SITE CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 2 2.1 Surface Description ................................................................................................................................................................... 2 2.2 Geologic Setting ......................................................................................................................................................................... 2 2.3 Subsurface Conditions ............................................................................................................................................................. 3 2.4 Groundwater ................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 2.5 Infiltration Testing ..................................................................................................................................................................... 4 2.5.1 Cation Exchange Capacity ......................................................................................................................................... 4 3 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................................ 5 3.1 Geotechnical Design Considerations ................................................................................................................................. 5 3.2 Shallow Foundations ................................................................................................................................................................ 5 3.2.1 Minimum Footing Widths and Design Bearing Pressure .............................................................................. 5 3.2.2 Footing Embedment Depths .................................................................................................................................... 5 3.2.3 Footing Preparation ..................................................................................................................................................... 5 3.2.4 Lateral Resistance .......................................................................................................................................................... 6 3.3 Floor Slabs .................................................................................................................................................................................... 6 3.4 Retaining Building Walls ......................................................................................................................................................... 6 3.4.1 Drainage ........................................................................................................................................................................... 7 3.5 Seismic Design Considerations ............................................................................................................................................ 7 3.5.1 Code-Based Seismic Design Parameters ............................................................................................................. 7 3.5.2 Liquefaction Potential .................................................................................................................................................. 7 3.6 Temporary and Permanent Slopes ..................................................................................................................................... 7 3.7 Ground Moisture ........................................................................................................................................................................ 8 3.7.1 General .............................................................................................................................................................................. 8 3.7.2 Vapor Flow Retarder .................................................................................................................................................... 8 3.8 Pavement Design ....................................................................................................................................................................... 8 4 CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS ...................................................................................................... 9 4.1 Site Preparation .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9 4.1.1 Proofrolling/Subgrade Verification ........................................................................................................................ 9 4.1.2 Wet/Freezing Weather and Wet Soil Conditions ............................................................................................. 9 4.1.3 Compacting Test Pit Locations .............................................................................................................................. 10 4.2 Excavation ................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 4.3 Structural Fill .............................................................................................................................................................................. 10 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company ii September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 4.3.1 On-Site Soil .................................................................................................................................................................... 11 4.3.2 Imported Granular Materials .................................................................................................................................. 11 4.3.3 Base Aggregate ............................................................................................................................................................ 11 4.3.4 Foundation Base Aggregate ................................................................................................................................... 11 4.3.5 Trench Backfill ............................................................................................................................................................... 11 4.3.6 Retaining Wall Backfill ............................................................................................................................................... 12 4.3.7 Stabilization Material ................................................................................................................................................. 12 5 ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS ............................................................ 12 6 LIMITATIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 13 7 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................................. 14 Supporting Data TABLES Table 1. Infiltration Test Results Table 2. Cation Exchange Capacity Test Results Table 3. 2021 IBC Seismic Design Parameters Table 4. City of Pasco Standard AC Pavement Section FIGURES Figure 1. Vicinity Map Figure 2. Site Plan Figure 3. Retaining Wall Earth Pressure Diagram Figure 4. Lateral Surcharge Detail APPENDICES Appendix A: Field Explorations Table A-1. Terminology Used to Describe Soil Table A-2. Key to Test Pit and Boring Log Symbols Figures A1–A11. Logs for Test Pits TP-1 through TP-11 Appendix B: Laboratory Testing Figure B1. Summary of Laboratory Data 163PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 1 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 General This report presents results of PBS Engineering and Environmental LLC (PBS) geotechnical engineering services for the proposed aquatics facility located in Pasco, Washington (site). The general site location is shown on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1. The locations of PBS’ explorations in relation to existing site features are shown on the Site Plan, Figure 2. 1.2 Purpose and Scope The purpose of PBS’ services was to develop geotechnical design and construction recommendations in support of the planned aquatics facility. This was accomplished by performing the following scope of services. 1.2.1 Literature and Records Review PBS reviewed various published geologic maps of the area for information regarding geologic conditions and hazards at or near the site. PBS also reviewed previously completed reports for the project vicinity. 1.2.2 Subsurface Explorations PBS excavated 11 test pits within the proposed development footprint to depths of up to 16 feet below the existing ground surface (bgs). The test pits were logged and representative soil samples collected by a member of the PBS geotechnical engineering staff. Interpreted test pit logs are included as Figures A1 through A11 in Appendix A, Field Explorations. 1.2.3 Field Infiltration Testing Two cased-hole, falling-head field infiltration tests were completed in test pits TP-1 and TP-4 within the proposed development at a depth of approximately 4 feet bgs. Infiltration testing was monitored by PBS geotechnical engineering staff. Soil samples collected from infiltration test locations were analyzed for cation exchange capacity. 1.2.4 Soils Testing Soil samples were returned to our laboratory and classified in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487) and/or the Visual-Manual Procedure (ASTM D2488). Laboratory tests included natural moisture contents and grain-size analyses. Laboratory test results are included in the exploration logs in Appendix A, Field Explorations; and in Appendix B, Laboratory Testing. 1.2.5 Geotechnical Engineering Analysis Data collected during the subsurface exploration, literature research, and testing were used to develop site-specific geotechnical design parameters and construction recommendations. 1.2.6 Report Preparation This Geotechnical Engineering Report summarizes the results of our explorations, testing, and analyses, including information relating to the following: •Field exploration logs and site plan showing approximate exploration locations •Laboratory test results •Infiltration test results •Groundwater considerations •Liquefaction potential •Building slab recommendations, including: o Moisture mitigation Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 2 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 o Modulus of subgrade reaction •Shallow foundation design recommendations: o Minimum embedment o Allowable bearing pressure o Estimated settlement (total and differential) o Sliding coefficient •Lateral earth pressures for embedded wall design, including: o Active, passive, and at-rest earth pressures o Seismic lateral force o Sliding coefficient o Groundwater and drainage considerations •Earthwork and grading, cut, and fill recommendations: o Structural fill materials and preparation, and reuse of on-site soils o Wet weather considerations o Utility trench excavation and backfill requirements o Temporary and permanent slope inclinations •Seismic design criteria in accordance with the 2021 International Building Code (IBC) with state of Washington amendments •Pavement and slab subgrade preparation recommendations •Recommended asphalt concrete (AC) pavement sections 1.3 Project Understanding PBS understands project plans are to construct an aquatic center at the approximately 10-acre site. The project will include construction of buildings and pools up to 15 feet deep to accommodate a high dive, new utility installation, and paved parking and access lanes. 2 SITE CONDITIONS 2.1 Surface Description The site is bounded by a gravel mine to the west and undeveloped land on all other sides. Based on available topographic data, the ground surface elevation ranges from 427 to 450 feet above mean sea level (NAVD83; WADNR, 2024). Outside of the site, the ground surface gently slopes to the southeast. A portion of the site is occupied by a groundwater wasteway pond. Based on conversations with mine personnel, the pond was used to store groundwater pumped to lower the water table and facilitate mining operations. 2.2 Geologic Setting The site is located on the Columbia River Plateau, a large igneous province in central and eastern Washington state. One of the most common physiographic features of the plateau are members of the Columbia River Basalt Group (CRBG), a series of Miocene-aged, geochemically distinct flood basalts that erupted 50,000 cubic miles of lava from the Chief Joseph Dike Swarm near the modern-day Washington-Oregon-Idaho border (Reidel, 1998). Outcrops of this basalt are a common feature across the Pacific Northwest and are visible from central Idaho to the Pacific Coast (Reidel et al., 1989; McCaffrey et al., 2016). Interfingered with these outcrops are fine-grained fluvio-lacustrine deposits of the Ellensburg/Latah Formation sediments that were deposited during times of inactivity between eruptive phases. Once the basalt cooled and began to subside due to its high density, water began to erode the surfaces and collect at low points (Fecht et al., 1997). While the basalt was emplaced horizontally, contemporary deformation has created uplift in various locations including the 164PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 3 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 Yakima Fold and Thrust Belt (YFTB), a series of mostly subparallel ridges generally trending from northwest to southeast (McCaffrey et al., 2016; Reidel and Fecht, 1994). The ridges of the YFTB have thick sequences of flood deposits along their flanks, along with ice-rafted erratics placed hundreds of feet above the valley floor (Fecht et al., 2022). Although the Columbia River runs through the area, these features are attributed to a series of glacial lake outburst floods that originated at the southern end of Lake Pend O’Reille in northern Idaho. These floods, referred to as the Glacial Lake Missoula Outburst Floods, occurred repeatedly between 20,000 and 13,400 years ago (Hanson et al., 2012). A finger of the Laurentian Ice Sheet, the Purcell Trench Lobe, blocked the north fork of the Clark Fork River with an ice dam, which filled the intermontane basins of western Montana, resulting in the formation of Glacial Lake Missoula. Repeated failure of this ice dam resulted in hundreds of cubic miles of water draining from the lake in a matter of hours, scouring large portions of eastern Washington state to bedrock while depositing sequences of boulders, gravel, and sand hundreds of feet thick near geologic chokepoints like the Wallula Gap near present-day Kennewick, Washington. Overlying and interfingering these deposits are a sequence of aeolian-transported glacial flour known as loess, which was derived from glacial erosion of the Cascade Mountain range (McDonald and Busacca, 1988). Deposits of the loess have been measured at over 250 feet thick. 2.3 Subsurface Conditions The site was explored by excavating 11 test pits, designated TP-1 through TP-11, to depths of 6 to 16 feet bgs. The excavation was performed by Goodman and Mehlenbacher Enterprises, Inc., of Kennewick, Washington, using a CAT 336 excavator outfitted with a 36-inch-wide, toothed bucket. PBS has summarized the subsurface units as follows: FILL: Undocumented fill was observed in test pit TP-5 and extended to a depth of 10 feet bgs. The fill consisted of brown silty sand consistent with local soils and caved readily just below the ground surface. PBS concluded this soil is fill based on the ease of excavation, caving, and outlying topography. Test pit TP-5 was located within a berm adjacent to the pond. Additional undocumented fill is expected in this area, as earthwork was completed to facilitate pond construction based on local topography. SAND with Silt to Silty SAND (SP- SM to SM): Fine-grained sand intermixed with silt was observed just below the surface of all test pits except test pit TP-5. This soil was brown and extended to depths ranging from 1.5 feet bgs to at least 12 feet bgs. Test pits TP-7, TP-9, and TP-10 terminated in this soil at depths of 12 feet bgs. Fine, occasional roots extended to depths of up to 12 inches bgs. SAND (SP): Fine- to medium-grained sand was observed below the sand with silt to silty sand or undocumented fill in all test pits except test pits TP-7, TP-9, and TP-10. Test pits terminated in this soil where encountered. This material was dark gray. 2.4 Groundwater Static groundwater was not encountered during our explorations. Based on a review of regional groundwater logs available from the Washington State Department of Ecology, we anticipate that the static groundwater level is present at a depth greater than 30 feet bgs. Please note that groundwater levels can fluctuate during the year depending on climate, irrigation season, extended periods of precipitation, drought, and other factors. Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 4 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 2.5 Infiltration Testing PBS completed two open-hole, falling-head infiltration tests in test pits TP-1 and TP-4 at depths of approximately 4 feet bgs in general accordance with the Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington (SWMMEW) procedures. The test pits were filled with water to achieve a minimum 1-foot-high column of water. After a period of saturation, the height of the water column was then measured initially and at regular, timed intervals. Results of our field infiltration testing are presented in Table 1. Table 1. Infiltration Test Results Test Location Depth (feet bgs) Field Measured Infiltration Rate (in/hr) Soil Classification TP-1 4 2.3 SAND (SP) TP-4 4 1.7 SAND with Silt (SP-SM) The infiltration rates listed in Table 1 are not permeabilities/hydraulic conductivities, but field-measured rates, and do not include correction factors related to long-term infiltration rates. The design engineer should determine the appropriate correction factors to account for the planned level of pre-treatment, maintenance, vegetation, siltation, etc. Field-measured infiltration rates are typically reduced by a minimum factor of 2 to 4 for use in design. Soil types can vary significantly over relatively short distances. The infiltration rates noted above are representative of one discrete location and depth. Installation of infiltration systems within the layer the field rate was measured is considered critical to proper performance of the systems. 2.5.1 Cation Exchange Capacity The ability for soils to filter or adsorb pollutants through infiltration above the groundwater table depends on several factors, including grain size, the amount of organic matter, and cation exchange capacity (CEC). The CEC provides a measure of the soil’s ability to remove pollutants by chemical reaction. Section 5.6.17 of the SWMMEW classifies the treatment capacity of these geologic materials as high, medium, low, or none; criteria for these classifications are summarized in Table 5.21 of the SWMMEW. PBS collected soil samples from the infiltration test pits for laboratory analysis. Results of CEC and organic content analysis are provided in Table 2. Table 2. Cation Exchange Capacity Test Results Test Location Depth (feet bgs) pH Organic Matter (%) Cation Exchange Capacity (meq/100g) TP-1 4 7.8 1.1 7.7 TP-4 4 8.4 1.2 6.2 165PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 5 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 3 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 3.1 Geotechnical Design Considerations The subsurface conditions encountered in our explorations consisted primarily of sand, with undocumented fill observed to a depth of 10 feet bgs in test pit TP-5. Based on our observations and analyses, conventional foundation support on shallow spread footings is feasible for the proposed new building. Excavation with conventional equipment is feasible at the site. Excavations extending into dark gray sand typically caved upon encountering this material. Overlying sand with silt to silty sand often overhung caved material, creating a hazard to personnel nearby. Trenches should be benched or sloped at an angle of at least 2H:1V (horizontal to vertical) to reduce the risk to personnel. Additional excavation and backfill volumes should be anticipated when preparing earthwork schedules and cost estimates. Earthwork plans should include removal of undocumented fill from beneath all footings, slabs, and pavement. Based on our observations, this material is suitable for reuse as structural fill. Earthwork plans should also include stripping the upper 12 inches of soil from the pond. This material may be mixed with local soils and reused as structural fill. The grading and final development plans for the project had not been completed when this report was prepared. Once completed, PBS should be engaged to review the project plans and update our recommendations as necessary. 3.2 Shallow Foundations Shallow spread footings bearing on compacted native sand or approved structural fill may be used to support loads associated with the proposed development, provided the recommendations in this report are followed. Footings should not be supported on undocumented fill. 3.2.1 Minimum Footing Widths and Design Bearing Pressure Continuous wall and isolated spread footings should be sized in accordance with local codes using a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot (psf). This is a net bearing pressure and the weight of the footing and overlying backfill can be disregarded in calculating footing sizes. The recommended allowable bearing pressure applies to the total of dead plus long-term live loads. Allowable bearing pressures may be increased by one-third for seismic and wind loads. Footings will settle in response to column and wall loads. Based on our evaluation of the subsurface conditions and our analysis, we estimate post-construction settlement will be less than 1 inch for the column and perimeter foundation loads. Differential settlement will be on the order of one-half of the total settlement. 3.2.2 Footing Embedment Depths PBS recommends that all footings be founded a minimum of 24 inches below the lowest, adjacent grade. The footings should be founded below an imaginary line projecting upward at a 1H:1V slope from the base of any adjacent, parallel utility trenches or deeper excavations. 3.2.3 Footing Preparation Excavations for footings should be carefully prepared to a neat and undisturbed state and compacted until dense. A representative from PBS should confirm suitable bearing conditions and evaluate all exposed footing subgrades. Observations should also confirm that loose or soft materials have been removed from new footing Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 6 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 excavations and concrete slab-on-grade areas. Localized deepening of footing excavations may be required to penetrate loose, wet, or deleterious materials. PBS recommends a layer of compacted, crushed rock be placed over the footing subgrades to help protect them from disturbance due to foot traffic and the elements. Placement of this rock is the prerogative of the contractor; regardless, the footing subgrade should be in a dense condition prior to pouring concrete. Based on our experience, approximately 4 inches of compacted crushed rock will be suitable beneath the footings. 3.2.4 Lateral Resistance Lateral loads can be resisted by passive earth pressure on the sides of footings and grade beams, and by friction at the base of the footings. A passive earth pressure calculated using an equivalent fluid weight (EFW) of 200 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) may be used for footings confined by native soils and new structural fills. The allowable passive pressure has been reduced by a factor of two to account for the large amount of deformation required to mobilize full passive resistance. Adjacent floor slabs, pavements, or the upper 12-inch depth of adjacent unpaved areas should not be considered when calculating passive resistance. For footings supported on native soils or new structural fills, use a coefficient of friction equal to 0.40 when calculating resistance to sliding. These values do not include a factor of safety (FS). 3.3 Floor Slabs Satisfactory subgrade support for building floor slabs can be obtained from the compacted native sand or approved structural fill subgrade prepared in accordance with our recommendations presented in the Site Preparation, Wet/Freezing Weather and Wet Soil Conditions, and Imported Granular Materials sections of this report. A minimum 6-inch-thick layer of imported granular material should be placed and compacted over the prepared subgrade. Imported granular material should be composed of crushed rock or crushed gravel that is relatively well graded between coarse and fine, contains no deleterious materials, has a maximum particle size of 1 inch, and has less than 5% by dry weight passing the US Standard No. 200 Sieve. Floor slabs supported on a subgrade and base course prepared in accordance with the preceding recommendations may be designed using a modulus of subgrade reaction (k) of 125 pounds per cubic inch (pci). 3.4 Retaining Building Walls The proposed new development may include retaining walls of presently unknown exposed height. The following recommendations are based on the assumption of flat conditions in front of and behind the wall and fully drained backfill. For unrestrained walls allowed to rotate at least 0.005H about the base, where H is the height of the wall, we recommend using an active earth pressure calculated using an EFW of 35 pcf. Where walls are constrained against rotation, we recommend using an at-rest earth pressure calculated using an EFW of 58 pcf. We recommend any retaining walls founded on native soil or compacted structural fill be provided with adequate drainage and backfilled with clean, angular, crushed rock fill, in accordance with the recommendations provided in section 4.3. For seismic loading, we recommend using a triangular distribution (seismic surcharge) calculated using an EFW of 6 pcf. Walls should be designed by applying the active earth pressure plus the seismic loading. If vertical surcharge loads, q, are present within 0.5H of the wall, a lateral surcharge of 0.3q (for walls allowed to rotate) and 0.5q (for restrained walls) should be applied as a uniform horizontal surcharge active over the full height of the wall. These values assume that the wall is vertical and the backfill behind the wall is horizontal. Seismic lateral earth pressures were computed using the Mononobe-Okabe equation. Recommended lateral earth pressure distributions are shown on Figure 3, Retaining Wall Earth Pressure Diagram. Additional lateral 166PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 7 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 pressures due to surcharge loads can be estimated using the guidelines shown on Figure 4, Lateral Surcharge Detail. Lateral loads can also be resisted by a passive resistance of 200 psf acting against retaining walls and foundations, and by friction acting on the base of spread footings or mats using a friction coefficient of 0.40. PBS’ geotechnical engineering group shall be engaged to evaluate retaining wall plans when available. 3.4.1 Drainage Recommended lateral earth pressures assume that walls are fully drained and no hydrostatic pressures develop. For cantilevered concrete walls, a minimum 2-foot-wide zone of free-draining material should be installed immediately behind the wall. A 4-inch diameter perforated drainpipe should be installed at the base of the drain rock and routed to a suitable discharge point approved by the civil engineer. 3.5 Seismic Design Considerations 3.5.1 Code-Based Seismic Design Parameters The current seismic design criteria for this project are based on the 2021 International Building Code (IBC) with State of Washington amendments. Based on subsurface conditions encountered at the site, Site Class D is appropriate for use in design. The seismic design criteria, in accordance with the 2021 IBC, are summarized in Table 3. Table 3. 2021 IBC Seismic Design Parameters Parameter Short Period 1 Second Maximum Credible Earthquake Spectral Acceleration Ss = 0.41 g S1 = 0.16 g Site Class D Site Coefficient Fa = 1.47 Fv = 2.29 Adjusted Spectral Acceleration SMS = 0.60 g SM1 = 0.36 g Design Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters SDS = 0.40 g SD1 = 0.24 g g= Acceleration due to gravity 3.5.2 Liquefaction Potential Liquefaction is defined as a decrease in the shear resistance of loose, saturated, cohesionless soil (e.g., sand) or low plasticity silt soils, due to the buildup of excess pore pressures generated during an earthquake. This results in a temporary transformation of the soil deposit into a viscous fluid. Liquefaction can result in ground settlement, foundation bearing capacity failure, and lateral spreading of ground. Based on a review of the Washington Division of Geology and Earth Resources, the site is shown as having a very low to low liquefaction hazard. Based on the lack of groundwater observed in our explorations as well as the depth to groundwater reported in area water well logs, our current opinion is that the risk of structurally damaging liquefaction settlement at the site is low. 3.6 Temporary and Permanent Slopes All temporary cut slopes should be excavated with a smooth-bucket excavator, with the slope surface repaired if disturbed. In addition, upslope surface runoff should be rerouted to not run down the face of the slopes. Equipment should not be allowed to induce vibration or infiltrate water above the slopes, and no surcharges are allowed within 25 feet of the slope crest. Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 8 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 Permanent cut and fill slopes up to 10 feet high can be inclined at 2.25H:1V in medium dense or better native sand or approved structural fill. If slow seepage is present, use of a rock blanket or a suitably revegetated, reinforced erosion control blanket may be required. PBS should be consulted if seepage is present; additional erosion control measures, such as additional drainage elements, and/or flatter slopes, may also be required. Exposed soils that are soft or loose may also require these measures. Fill slopes should be over-built and cut back into compacted structural fill at the design inclination using a smooth-bucket excavator. Erosion control is critical to maintaining slopes. 3.7 Ground Moisture 3.7.1 General The perimeter ground surface and hard-scape should be sloped to drain away from all structures and away from adjacent slopes. Gutters should be tight-lined to a suitable discharge and maintained as free-flowing. All crawl spaces should be adequately ventilated and sloped to drain to a suitable, exterior discharge. 3.7.2 Vapor Flow Retarder A continuous, impervious vapor flow retarder must be installed over the ground surface in the crawl space and under slabs of all structures. Vapor flow retarders are often required by flooring manufacturers to protect flooring and adhesives from moisture intrusion and mold. Many flooring manufacturers will warrant their product only if it is installed according to their recommendations. The PBS geotechnical team can provide additional information, as necessary, to assist with vapor flow retarder selection. 3.8 Pavement Design Based on our experience with similar projects as well as the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) design methods, we expect City of Pasco standard pavement sections may be suitable for this project, depending on expected traffic volumes and loads. The City of Pasco standard pavement section thickness for two lane local streets is provided in Table 4, as well as the estimated traffic volume the section can support in trucks per day for 20 years. Depending on weather conditions at the time of construction, a thicker aggregate base course section could be required to support construction traffic during preparation and placement of the pavement section. Organic materials should be removed from beneath all pavement areas. Table 4. City of Pasco Standard AC Pavement Section Traffic Loading AC (inches) Top Course (inches) Base Course (inches) Traffic Supported (trucks/day for 20 years) Subgrade Local Access Streets 2.5 2 6 4 Dense subgrade as verified by PBS personnel* Minor Arterial or Collector 3 2 8 8 * Subgrade must pass proofroll The asphalt cement binder should be selected following Washington State Department of Transportation standard specification (WSDOT SS) 9-02.1(4) – Performance Graded Asphalt Binder. The AC should consist of ½-inch hot mix asphalt (HMA) with a maximum lift thickness of 3 inches. The AC should conform to WSDOT SS 167PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 9 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 5-04.3(7)A – Mix Design, WSDOT SS 9-03.8(2) – HMA Test Requirements, and WSDOT SS 9-03.8(6) – HMA Proportions of Materials. The AC should be compacted to 91% of the maximum theoretical density (Rice value) of the mix, as determined in accordance with ASTM D2041, following the guidelines set in WSDOT SS 5-04.3(10) – Compaction. Heavy construction traffic on new pavements or partial pavement sections (such as base course over the prepared subgrade) will likely exceed the design loads and could potentially damage or shorten the pavement life; therefore, we recommend construction traffic not be allowed on new pavements, or that the contractor take appropriate precautions to protect the subgrade and pavement during construction. If construction traffic is to be allowed on newly constructed road sections, an allowance for this additional traffic will need to be made in the design pavement section. 4 CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 Site Preparation Construction of the proposed aquatics facility will involve clearing and grubbing of the existing vegetation or demolition of possible existing structures. In vegetated areas, site stripping should include removing topsoil, roots, and other deleterious materials to a minimum depth of 6 inches bgs. The pond should be stripped to a depth of 12 inches bgs. Demolition should include removing existing pavement, utilities, etc., throughout the proposed new development. Underground utility lines or other abandoned structural elements should also be removed. The voids resulting from removal of foundations or loose soil in utility lines should be backfilled with compacted structural fill. The base of these excavations should be excavated to stiff native subgrade before filling, with sides sloped at a minimum of 1H:1V to allow for uniform compaction. Materials generated during demolition should be transported off site or stockpiled in areas designated by the owner’s representative. 4.1.1 Proofrolling/Subgrade Verification Following site preparation and prior to placing aggregate base over shallow foundation, floor slab, and pavement subgrades, the exposed subgrade should be evaluated either by proofrolling or another method of subgrade verification. The subgrade should be proofrolled with a fully loaded dump truck or similar heavy, rubber-tire construction equipment to identify unsuitable areas. If evaluation of the subgrades occurs during wet conditions, or if proofrolling the subgrades will result in disturbance, they should be evaluated by PBS using a steel foundation probe. We recommend that PBS be retained to observe the proofrolling and perform the subgrade verifications. Unsuitable areas identified during the field evaluation should be compacted to a dense condition or be excavated and replaced with structural fill. 4.1.2 Wet/Freezing Weather and Wet Soil Conditions Due to the presence of fine-grained silt and sands in the near-surface materials at the site, construction equipment may have difficulty operating on the near-surface soils when the moisture content of the surface soil is more than a few percentage points above the optimum moisture required for compaction. Soils disturbed during site preparation activities, or unsuitable areas identified during proofrolling or probing, should be removed and replaced with compacted structural fill. Site earthwork and subgrade preparation should not be completed during freezing conditions, except for mass excavation to the subgrade design elevations. We recommend the earthwork construction at the site be performed during the dry season. Protection of the subgrade is the responsibility of the contractor. Construction of granular haul roads to the project site entrance may help reduce further damage to the pavement and disturbance of site soils. The actual Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 10 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 thickness of haul roads and staging areas should be based on the contractors’ approach to site development, and the amount and type of construction traffic. The imported granular material should be placed in one lift over the prepared undisturbed subgrade and compacted using a smooth-drum, non-vibratory roller. A geotextile fabric should be used to separate the subgrade from the imported granular material in areas of repeated construction traffic. Depending on site conditions, the geotextile should meet WSDOT SS 9-33.2 – Geosynthetic Properties for soil separation or stabilization. The geotextile should be installed in conformance with WSDOT SS 2-12.3 – Construction Geosynthetic (Construction Requirements) and, as applicable, WSDOT SS 2-12.3(2) – Separation or WSDOT SS 2-12.3(3) – Stabilization. 4.1.3 Compacting Test Pit Locations The test pit excavations were backfilled with excavated soil and compacted in lifts using an excavator-mounted plate compactor. PBS observed backfilling and compaction and believes these areas were backfilled to structural fill standards discussed in this report. 4.2 Excavation The near-surface soils at the site can be excavated with conventional earthwork equipment. Sloughing and caving should be anticipated, particularly in excavations extending into dark gray sand. PBS recommends excavations be benched or sloped at least 2H:1V to reduce the risk to personnel on site. Brown sand containing silt frequently overhung as dark gray sand caved, creating a hazard to nearby personnel. All excavations should be made in accordance with applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and state regulations. The contractor is solely responsible for adherence to the OSHA requirements. Open excavation techniques may be used provided the excavation is configured in accordance with the OSHA requirements, groundwater seepage is not present, and with the understanding that some sloughing may occur. Trenches/excavations should be flattened if sloughing occurs or seepage is present. Use of a trench shield or other approved temporary shoring is recommended if vertical walls are desired for deep excavations such as utility trenches. 4.3 Structural Fill The extent of site grading is currently unknown; however, PBS estimates that cuts and fills will be on the order of up to 5 feet to raise and lower the grades within the proposed site. Structural fill should be placed over subgrade that has been prepared in conformance with the Site Preparation and Wet/Freezing Weather and Wet Soil Conditions sections of this report. Structural fill material should consist of relatively well-graded soil, or an approved rock product that is free of organic material and debris, and contains particles not greater than 3 inches nominal dimension. The suitability of soil for use as compacted structural fill will depend on the gradation and moisture content of the soil when it is placed. As the amount of fines (material finer than the US Standard No. 200 Sieve) increases, soil becomes increasingly sensitive to small changes in moisture content and compaction becomes more difficult to achieve. Soils containing more than about 5% fines cannot consistently be compacted to a dense, non-yielding condition when the water content is significantly greater (or significantly less) than optimum. If fill and excavated material will be placed on slopes steeper than 5H:1V, these must be keyed/benched into the existing slopes and installed in horizontal lifts. Vertical steps between benches should be approximately 2 feet. 168PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 11 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 4.3.1 On-Site Soil On-site soils encountered in our explorations are generally suitable for placement as structural fill for mass grading to raise the site during dry weather when moisture contents can be maintained by air drying and/or addition of water. The fine-grained fraction of the site soils are moisture sensitive, and during wet weather, may become unworkable because of excess moisture content. In order to reduce moisture content, some aerating and drying of fine-grained soils may be required. The material should be placed in lifts with a maximum uncompacted thickness of approximately 8 inches and compacted to at least 92% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557 (modified proctor). 4.3.2 Imported Granular Materials Imported granular material used during periods of wet weather or for haul roads, building pad subgrades, staging areas, etc., should be pit or quarry run rock, crushed rock, or crushed gravel and sand, and should meet the specifications provided in WSDOT SS 9-03.14(2) – Select Borrow. In addition, the imported granular material should be fairly well graded between coarse and fine, and of the fraction passing the US Standard No. 4 Sieve, less than 5% by dry weight should pass the US Standard No. 200 Sieve. Imported granular material should be placed in lifts with a maximum uncompacted thickness of 9 inches and be compacted to not less than 95% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557. 4.3.3 Base Aggregate Base aggregate for floor slabs and beneath pavements should be clean crushed rock or crushed gravel. The base aggregate should contain no deleterious materials, meet specifications provided in WSDOT SS 9-03.9(3) – Crushed Surfacing Base Course, and have less than 5% (by dry weight) passing the US Standard No. 200 Sieve. The imported granular material should be placed in one lift and compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557. 4.3.4 Foundation Base Aggregate Imported granular material placed at the base of excavations for spread footings, slabs-on-grade, and other below-grade structures should be clean, crushed rock or crushed gravel and sand that is fairly well graded between coarse and fine. The granular materials should contain no deleterious materials, have a maximum particle size of 1½ inch, and meet WSDOT SS 9-03.12(1)A – Gravel Backfill for Foundations (Class A). The imported granular material should be placed in one lift and compacted to not less than 95% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557. 4.3.5 Trench Backfill Trench backfill placed beneath, adjacent to, and for at least 2 feet above utility lines (i.e., the pipe zone) should consist of well-graded granular material with a maximum particle size of 1 inch and less than 10% by dry weight passing the US Standard No. 200 Sieve, and should meet the standards prescribed by WSDOT SS 9-03.12(3) – Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding. The pipe zone backfill should be compacted to at least 90% of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557, or as required by the pipe manufacturer or local building department. Within pavement areas or beneath building pads, the remainder of the trench backfill should consist of well- graded granular material with a maximum particle size of 1½ inches, less than 10% by dry weight passing the US Standard No. 200 Sieve, and should meet standards prescribed by WSDOT SS 9-03.19 – Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill. This material should be compacted to at least 92% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557, or as required by the pipe manufacturer or local building department. The upper 2 feet of the Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 12 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 trench backfill should be compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557. Outside of structural improvement areas (e.g., roadway alignments or building pads), trench backfill placed above the pipe zone should consist of excavated material free of wood waste, debris, clods, or rocks greater than 6 inches in diameter and meet WSDOT SS 9-03.14 – Borrow and WSDOT SS 9-03.15 – Native Material for Trench Backfill. This general trench backfill should be compacted to at least 90% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557, or as required by the pipe manufacturer or local building department. Dark gray sand caved readily where encountered. Earthwork budgets and schedules should include a contingency to accommodate additional excavation and backfill volumes due to caving observed during deep excavation. 4.3.6 Retaining Wall Backfill Backfill material placed behind retaining walls and extending a horizontal distance of 0.7H, where H is the height of the retaining wall, should consist of granular material meeting WSDOT SS 9-03.12(2) – Gravel Backfill for Walls. We recommend the granular wall backfill be separated from general fill, native soil, and/or topsoil using a geotextile fabric that meets the requirements provided in WSDOT SS 9-33.2 – Geosynthetic Properties, Table 3, for separation geotextile. The wall backfill should be compacted to a minimum of 92% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557. However, backfill located within a horizontal distance of 3 feet from the retaining walls should only be compacted to approximately 90% of the maximum dry density, as determined by ASTM D1557. Backfill placed within 3 feet of the wall should be compacted in lifts less than 6 inches thick using hand-operated tamping equipment (such as, jumping jack or vibratory plate compactor). 4.3.7 Stabilization Material Stabilization rock should consist of pit or quarry run rock that is well-graded, angular, crushed rock consisting of 4- or 6-inch-minus material with less than 5% passing the US Standard No. 4 Sieve. The material should be free of organic matter and other deleterious material. WSDOT SS 9-13.1(5) – Quarry Spalls can be used as a general specification for this material with the stipulation of limiting the maximum size to 6 inches. 5 ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS In most cases, other services beyond completion of a final geotechnical engineering report are necessary or desirable to complete the project. Occasionally, conditions or circumstances arise that require additional work that was not anticipated when the geotechnical report was written. PBS offers a range of environmental, geological, geotechnical, and construction services to suit the varying needs of our clients. PBS should be retained to review the plans and specifications for this project before they are finalized. Such a review allows us to verify that our recommendations and concerns have been adequately addressed in the design. Satisfactory earthwork performance depends on the quality of construction. Sufficient observation of the contractor's activities is a key part of determining that the work is completed in accordance with the construction drawings and specifications. We recommend that PBS be retained to observe general excavation, stripping, fill placement, footing subgrades, and/or pile installation. Subsurface conditions observed during construction should be compared with those encountered during the subsurface explorations. Recognition of 169PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 13 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 changed conditions requires experience; therefore, qualified personnel should visit the site with sufficient frequency to detect whether subsurface conditions change significantly from those anticipated. 6 LIMITATIONS This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of the addressee, and their architects and engineers, for aiding in the design and construction of the proposed development and is not to be relied upon by other parties. It is not to be photographed, photocopied, or similarly reproduced, in total or in part, without express written consent of the client and PBS. It is the addressee's responsibility to provide this report to the appropriate design professionals, building officials, and contractors to ensure correct implementation of the recommendations. The opinions, comments, and conclusions presented in this report are based upon information derived from our literature review, field explorations, laboratory testing, and engineering analyses. It is possible that soil, rock, or groundwater conditions could vary between or beyond the points explored. If soil, rock, or groundwater conditions are encountered during construction that differ from those described herein, the client is responsible for ensuring that PBS is notified immediately so that we may reevaluate the recommendations of this report. Unanticipated fill, soil and rock conditions, and seasonal soil moisture and groundwater variations are commonly encountered and cannot be fully determined by merely taking soil samples or completing explorations such as test pits. Such variations may result in changes to our recommendations and may require additional funds for expenses to attain a properly constructed project; therefore, we recommend a contingency fund to accommodate such potential extra costs. The scope of work for this subsurface exploration and geotechnical report did not include environmental assessments or evaluations regarding the presence or absence of wetlands or hazardous substances in the soil, surface water, or groundwater at this site. If there is a substantial lapse of time between the submission of this report and the start of work at the site, if conditions have changed due to natural causes or construction operations at or adjacent to the site, or if the basic project scheme is significantly modified from that assumed, this report should be reviewed to determine the applicability of the conclusions and recommendations presented herein. Land use, site conditions (both on and off site), or other factors may change over time and could materially affect our findings; therefore, this report should not be relied upon after three years from its issue, or in the event that the site conditions change. Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company 14 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 7 REFERENCES ASCE. (2016). Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE 7-16). American Society of Civil Engineers. City of Pasco. Design and Construction Standards and Specifications for Public Works Improvements. Adopted October 7, 2019. Revised March 1, 2022. Fecht, K. R., Schuster, J. E., Gulick, C. W., Reidel, S. P., and Zurenko, S. (1997). Geologic Map of Washington – Southeast Quadrant. Washington Division of Geology and Earth Resources. Geologic Map GM-45. Fecht, K. R., Chamness, M. A., Reidel, S. P., Newman, P. R. (2022). Geologic maps of Badger Mountain and Candy Mountain, Benton County, Washington Map Series 2022-02, scale: 1:12,000. Hanson, M. A., Lian, O. B. and Clague, J. J. (2012). The sequence and timing of large late Pleistocene floods from glacial Lake Missoula. Quaternary Science Reviews 31 67-81. IBC. (2021). International Building Code. Country Club Hills, IL: International Code Council, Inc. Washington State Amendments to the International Building Code. McCaffrey, R., King, R. W., Wells, R. E., Lancaster, R., and Miller, M. M. (2016). Contemporary deformation in the Yakima fold and thrust belt estimated with GPS. Geophysical Journal International, Vol. 207, Issue 1. McDonald, E. V. and Busacca, A. J. (1988). Record of pre-late Wisconsin giant floods in the Channeled Scabland interpreted from loess deposits. Geology, 16(8), 728-731. Palmer, S. P, Magsino, S. L, Bilderback, E. L., Poelstra, J. L, Folger, D. S., Niggeman, R. A., (2004). Site Class Map of Benton County, Washington. Washington State Department of Natural Resources. Reidel, S. P., Tolan, T., Hooper, P, Beeson, M., Fecht, K., Bentley, R., and Anderson, J. (1989). The Grande Ronde Basalt, Columbia River Basalt Group - Stratigraphic Descriptions and Correlations in Washington, Oregon, and Idaho. Special Paper 239. 21-54.10.1130/SPE239. Reidel, S. P. (1998). Emplacement of Columbia River flood basalt. Journal of Geophysical Research: Solid Earth, 103(B11), 27393-27410. Reidel, Stephen P., Fecht, Karl R. (1994). Geologic Map the Richland 1:100,000 Quadrangle, Washington State Division of Geology and Earth Resources. Washington Department of Natural Resources (WADNR) Washington Lidar Portal [Interactive Map]. (2024). Washington Department of Natural Resources, accessed September 2024 from http://lidarportal.dnr.wa.gov/. Washington State Department of Ecology (2019). Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington, publication number 18-10-044. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT SS). (2024). Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, M 41-10, Olympia, Washington. 170PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Geotechnical-Engineering Report Important Information about This Subsurface problems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. While you cannot eliminate all such risks, you can manage them. The following information is provided to help. The Geoprofessional Business Association (GBA) has prepared this advisory to help you – assumedly a client representative – interpret and apply this geotechnical-engineering report as effectively as possible. In that way, you can benefit from a lowered exposure to problems associated with subsurface conditions at project sites and development of them that, for decades, have been a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. If you have questions or want more information about any of the issues discussed herein, contact your GBA-member geotechnical engineer. Active engagement in GBA exposes geotechnical engineers to a wide array of risk-confrontation techniques that can be of genuine benefit for everyone involved with a construction project. Understand the Geotechnical-Engineering Services Provided for this Report Geotechnical-engineering services typically include the planning, collection, interpretation, and analysis of exploratory data from widely spaced borings and/or test pits. Field data are combined with results from laboratory tests of soil and rock samples obtained from field exploration (if applicable), observations made during site reconnaissance, and historical information to form one or more models of the expected subsurface conditions beneath the site. Local geology and alterations of the site surface and subsurface by previous and proposed construction are also important considerations. Geotechnical engineers apply their engineering training, experience, and judgment to adapt the requirements of the prospective project to the subsurface model(s). Estimates are made of the subsurface conditions that will likely be exposed during construction as well as the expected performance of foundations and other structures being planned and/or affected by construction activities. The culmination of these geotechnical-engineering services is typically a geotechnical-engineering report providing the data obtained, a discussion of the subsurface model(s), the engineering and geologic engineering assessments and analyses made, and the recommendations developed to satisfy the given requirements of the project. These reports may be titled investigations, explorations, studies, assessments, or evaluations. Regardless of the title used, the geotechnical-engineering report is an engineering interpretation of the subsurface conditions within the context of the project and does not represent a close examination, systematic inquiry, or thorough investigation of all site and subsurface conditions. Geotechnical-Engineering Services are Performed for Specific Purposes, Persons, and Projects, and At Specific Times Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the specific needs, goals, and risk management preferences of their clients. A geotechnical-engineering study conducted for a given civil engineer will not likely meet the needs of a civil-works constructor or even a different civil engineer. Because each geotechnical-engineering study is unique, each geotechnical-engineering report is unique, prepared solely for the client. Likewise, geotechnical-engineering services are performed for a specific project and purpose. For example, it is unlikely that a geotechnical- engineering study for a refrigerated warehouse will be the same as one prepared for a parking garage; and a few borings drilled during a preliminary study to evaluate site feasibility will not be adequate to develop geotechnical design recommendations for the project. Do not rely on this report if your geotechnical engineer prepared it: • for a different client; • for a different project or purpose; • for a different site (that may or may not include all or a portion of the original site); or • before important events occurred at the site or adjacent to it; e.g., man-made events like construction or environmental remediation, or natural events like floods, droughts, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctuations. Note, too, the reliability of a geotechnical-engineering report can be affected by the passage of time, because of factors like changed subsurface conditions; new or modified codes, standards, or regulations; or new techniques or tools. If you are the least bit uncertain about the continued reliability of this report, contact your geotechnical engineer before applying the recommendations in it. A minor amount of additional testing or analysis after the passage of time – if any is required at all – could prevent major problems. Read this Report in Full Costly problems have occurred because those relying on a geotechnical- engineering report did not read the report in its entirety. Do not rely on an executive summary. Do not read selective elements only. Read and refer to the report in full. You Need to Inform Your Geotechnical Engineer About Change Your geotechnical engineer considered unique, project-specific factors when developing the scope of study behind this report and developing the confirmation-dependent recommendations the report conveys. Typical changes that could erode the reliability of this report include those that affect: • the site’s size or shape; • the elevation, configuration, location, orientation, function or weight of the proposed structure and the desired performance criteria; • the composition of the design team; or • project ownership. As a general rule, always inform your geotechnical engineer of project or site changes – even minor ones – and request an assessment of their impact. The geotechnical engineer who prepared this report cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that arise because the geotechnical engineer was not informed about developments the engineer otherwise would have considered. Most of the “Findings” Related in This Report Are Professional Opinions Before construction begins, geotechnical engineers explore a site’s subsurface using various sampling and testing procedures. Geotechnical engineers can observe actual subsurface conditions only at those specific locations where sampling and testing is performed. The data derived from that sampling and testing were reviewed by your geotechnical engineer, who then applied professional judgement to form opinions about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual sitewide-subsurface conditions may differ – maybe significantly – from those indicated in this report. Confront that risk by retaining your geotechnical engineer to serve on the design team through project completion to obtain informed guidance quickly, whenever needed. This Report’s Recommendations Are Confirmation-Dependent The recommendations included in this report – including any options or alternatives – are confirmation-dependent. In other words, they are not final, because the geotechnical engineer who developed them relied heavily on judgement and opinion to do so. Your geotechnical engineer can finalize the recommendations only after observing actual subsurface conditions exposed during construction. If through observation your geotechnical engineer confirms that the conditions assumed to exist actually do exist, the recommendations can be relied upon, assuming no other changes have occurred. The geotechnical engineer who prepared this report cannot assume responsibility or liability for confirmation-dependent recommendations if you fail to retain that engineer to perform construction observation. This Report Could Be Misinterpreted Other design professionals’ misinterpretation of geotechnical- engineering reports has resulted in costly problems. Confront that risk by having your geotechnical engineer serve as a continuing member of the design team, to: • confer with other design-team members; • help develop specifications; • review pertinent elements of other design professionals’ plans and specifications; and • be available whenever geotechnical-engineering guidance is needed. You should also confront the risk of constructors misinterpreting this report. Do so by retaining your geotechnical engineer to participate in prebid and preconstruction conferences and to perform construction- phase observations. Give Constructors a Complete Report and Guidance Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can shift unanticipated-subsurface-conditions liability to constructors by limiting the information they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent the costly, contentious problems this practice has caused, include the complete geotechnical-engineering report, along with any attachments or appendices, with your contract documents, but be certain to note conspicuously that you’ve included the material for information purposes only. To avoid misunderstanding, you may also want to note that “informational purposes” means constructors have no right to rely on the interpretations, opinions, conclusions, or recommendations in the report. Be certain that constructors know they may learn about specific project requirements, including options selected from the report, only from the design drawings and specifications. Remind constructors that they may perform their own studies if they want to, and be sure to allow enough time to permit them to do so. Only then might you be in a position to give constructors the information available to you, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. Conducting prebid and preconstruction conferences can also be valuable in this respect. Read Responsibility Provisions Closely Some client representatives, design professionals, and constructors do not realize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disciplines. This happens in part because soil and rock on project sites are typically heterogeneous and not manufactured materials with well-defined engineering properties like steel and concrete. That lack of understanding has nurtured unrealistic expectations that have resulted in disappointments, delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. To confront that risk, geotechnical engineers commonly include explanatory provisions in their reports. Sometimes labeled “limitations,” many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engineers’ responsibilities begin and end, to help others recognize their own responsibilities and risks. Read these provisions closely. Ask questions. Your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. Geoenvironmental Concerns Are Not Covered The personnel, equipment, and techniques used to perform an environmental study – e.g., a “phase-one” or “phase-two” environmental site assessment – differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical-engineering study. For that reason, a geotechnical-engineering report does not usually provide environmental findings, conclusions, or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated subsurface environmental problems have led to project failures. If you have not obtained your own environmental information about the project site, ask your geotechnical consultant for a recommendation on how to find environmental risk-management guidance. Obtain Professional Assistance to Deal with Moisture Infiltration and Mold While your geotechnical engineer may have addressed groundwater, water infiltration, or similar issues in this report, the engineer’s services were not designed, conducted, or intended to prevent migration of moisture – including water vapor – from the soil through building slabs and walls and into the building interior, where it can cause mold growth and material-performance deficiencies. Accordingly, proper implementation of the geotechnical engineer’s recommendations will not of itself be sufficient to prevent moisture infiltration. Confront the risk of moisture infiltration by including building-envelope or mold specialists on the design team. Geotechnical engineers are not building-envelope or mold specialists. Copyright 2019 by Geoprofessional Business Association (GBA). Duplication, reproduction, or copying of this document, in whole or in part, by any means whatsoever, is strictly prohibited, except with GBA’s specific written permission. Excerpting, quoting, or otherwise extracting wording from this document is permitted only with the express written permission of GBA, and only for purposes of scholarly research or book review. Only members of GBA may use this document or its wording as a complement to or as an element of a report of any kind. Any other firm, individual, or other entity that so uses this document without being a GBA member could be committing negligent or intentional (fraudulent) misrepresentation. Telephone: 301/565-2733 e-mail: info@geoprofessional.org www.geoprofessional.org 171PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Figures 172PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 173PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY PASCO, WASHINGTON SEP 2024 66551.000 3 0.30 0.50 0.046 115 pcf LATERAL SURCHARGE DETAIL PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY PASCO, WASHINGTON 4FIGURE SEP 2024 66551.000 174PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Appendix A Field Explorations Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company A-1 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 Appendix A: Field Explorations A1 GENERAL PBS explored subsurface conditions at the project site by excavating 11 test pits to depths of up to 16 feet bgs on August 21, 2024. The approximate locations of the explorations are shown on Figure 2, Site Plan. The procedures used to advance the test pits, collect samples, and other field techniques are described in detail in the following paragraphs. Unless otherwise noted, all soil sampling and classification procedures followed engineering practices in general accordance with relevant ASTM procedures. “General accordance” means that certain local drilling/excavation and descriptive practices and methodologies have been followed. A2 TEST PITS A2.1 Excavation Test pits were excavated using a CAT 336 excavator equipped with a 36-inch-wide, toothed bucket provided and operated by Goodman and Mehlenbacher Enterprises, Inc., of Kennewick, Washington. The test pits were observed by a member of the PBS geotechnical staff, who maintained a detailed log of the subsurface conditions and materials encountered during the course of the work. A2.2 Sampling Representative disturbed samples were taken at selected depths in the test pits. The disturbed soil samples were examined by a member of the PBS geotechnical staff and sealed in plastic bags for further examination. A2.3 Test Pit Logs The test pit logs show the various types of materials that were encountered in the excavations and the depths where the materials and/or characteristics of these materials changed, although the changes may be gradual. Where material types and descriptions changed between samples, the contacts were interpreted. The types of samples taken during excavation, along with their sample identification number, are shown to the right of the classification of materials. The natural water (moisture) contents are shown farther to the right. Measured seepage levels, if observed, are noted in the column to the right. A3 MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Initially, samples were classified visually in the field. Consistency, color, relative moisture, degree of plasticity, and other distinguishing characteristics of the soil samples were noted. Afterward, the samples were reexamined in the PBS laboratory, various standard classification tests were conducted, and the field classifications were modified where necessary. The terminology used in the soil classifications and other modifiers are defined in Table A-1, Terminology Used to Describe Soil. 175PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Table A-1 Terminology Used to Describe Soil 1 of 2 Soil Descriptions Soils exist in mixtures with varying proportions of components. The predominant soil, i.e., greater than 50% based on total dry weight, is the primary soil type and is capitalized in our log descriptions (SAND, GRAVEL, SILT, or CLAY). Smaller percentages of other constituents in the soil mixture are indicated by modifier words in general accordance with the ASTM D2488 Visual-Manual Procedure. “General Accordance” means that certain local and common descriptive practices may have been followed. In accordance with ASTM D2488, group symbols (such as GP or CH) are applied on the portion of soil passing the 3-inch (75mm) sieve based on visual examination. The following explains the soil names and modifying terms used to describe fine- and coarse-grained soils. Fine-Grained Soils (50% or greater fines passing 0.075mm, No. 200 sieve) The primary soil type, i.e., SILT or CLAY, is designated through visual-manual procedures to evaluate soil toughness, dilatancy, dry strength, and plasticity. The following outlines the terminology used to describe fine-grained soils and may vary from ASTM D2488 terminology in the use of some common terms. Primary Soil NAME, Symbols, and Adjectives Plasticity Description Plasticity Index (PI) SILT (ML & MH) CLAY (CL & CH) ORGANIC SOIL (OL & OH) SILT Organic SILT Non-plastic 0 – 3 SILT Organic SILT Low plasticity 4 – 10 SILT/Elastic SILT Lean CLAY Organic SILT/ Organic CLAY Medium Plasticity 10 – 20 Elastic SILT Lean/Fat CLAY Organic CLAY High Plasticity 20 – 40 Elastic SILT Fat CLAY Organic CLAY Very Plastic >40 Modifying terms describing secondary constituents, estimated to 5% increments, are applied as follows: Description % Composition With Sand % Sand ≥ % Gravel 15% to 25% plus No. 200 With Gravel % Sand < % Gravel Sandy % Sand ≥ % Gravel ≤30% to 50% plus No. 200 Gravelly % Sand < % Gravel Borderline Symbols, for example, CH/MH, are used when soils are not distinctly in one category or when variable soil units contain more than one soil type. Dual Symbols, for example, CL-ML, are used when two symbols are required in accordance with ASTM D2488. Soil Consistency terms are applied to fine-grained, plastic soils (i.e., PI > 7). Descriptive terms are based on direct measure or correlation to the Standard Penetration Test N-value as determined by ASTM D1586, as follows. SILT soils with low to non-plastic behavior (i.e., PI < 7) may be classified using relative density. Consistency Term SPT N-value Unconfined Compressive Strength tsf kPa Very soft Less than 2 Less than 0.25 Less than 24 Soft 2 – 4 0.25 – 0.5 24 – 48 Medium stiff 5 – 8 0.5 – 1.0 48 – 96 Stiff 9 – 15 1.0 – 2.0 96 – 192 Very stiff 16 – 30 2.0 – 4.0 192 – 383 Hard Over 30 Over 4.0 Over 383 Table A-1 Terminology Used to Describe Soil 2 of 2 Soil Descriptions Coarse-Grained Soils (less than 50% fines) Coarse-grained soil descriptions, i.e., SAND or GRAVEL, are based on the portion of materials passing a 3-inch (75mm) sieve. Coarse-grained soil group symbols are applied in accordance with ASTM D2488 based on the degree of grading, or distribution of grain sizes of the soil. For example, well-graded sand containing a wide range of grain sizes is designated SW; poorly graded gravel, GP, contains high percentages of only certain grain sizes. Terms applied to grain sizes follow. Material NAME Particle Diameter Inches Millimeters SAND (SW or SP) 0.003 – 0.19 0.075 – 4.8 GRAVEL (GW or GP) 0.19 – 3 4.8 – 75 Additional Constituents: Cobble 3 – 12 75 – 300 Boulder 12 – 120 300 – 3050 The primary soil type is capitalized and the fines content in the soil are described as indicated by the following examples. Percentages are based on estimating amounts of fines, sand, and gravel to the nearest 5%. Other soil mixtures will have similar descriptive names. Example: Coarse-Grained Soil Descriptions with Fines >5% to < 15% fines (Dual Symbols)≥15% to < 50% fines Well-graded GRAVEL with silt: GW-GM Silty GRAVEL: GM Poorly graded SAND with clay: SP-SC Silty SAND: SM Additional descriptive terminology applied to coarse-grained soils follow. Example: Coarse-Grained Soil Descriptions with Other Coarse-Grained Constituents Coarse-Grained Soil Containing Secondary Constituents With sand or with gravel ≥ 15% sand or gravel With cobbles; with boulders Any amount of cobbles or boulders. Cobble and boulder deposits may include a description of the matrix soils, as defined above. Relative Density terms are applied to granular, non-plastic soils based on direct measure or correlation to the Standard Penetration Test N-value as determined by ASTM D1586. Relative Density Term SPT N-value Very loose 0 – 4 Loose 5 – 10 Medium dense 11 – 30 Dense 31 – 50 Very dense > 50 176PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 SAMPLING DESCRIPTIONS Table A-2 Key To Test Pit and Boring Log Symbols SP T D r i v e S a m p l e r Sta n d a r d P e n e t r a t i o n T e s t AS T M D 1 5 8 6 Sh e l b y T u b e P u s h S a m p l e r AS T M D 1 5 8 7 Sp e c i a l i z e d D r i v e S a m p l e r s (D e t a i l s N o t e d o n L o g s ) Sp e c i a l i z e d D r i l l o r P u s h Sam p l e r ( D e t a i l s N o t e d o n Lo g s ) Gra b S a m p l e Ro c k C o r i n g I n t e r v a l Scr e e n (W a t e r o r A i r S a m p l i n g ) Wa t e r L e v e l D u r i n g Dri l l i n g / E x c a v a t i o n Wa t e r L e v e l A f t e r Dri l l i n g / E x c a v a t i o n LOG GRAPHICS PP Pocket Penetrometer HYD TOR Torvane SIEV DCP DS ATT Atterberg Limits DD PL Plasticity Limit CBR LL Liquid Limit RES PI Plasticity Index VS P200 Percent Passing US Standard No. 200 Sieve bgs OC Organic Content amsl CON Consolidation HCL Hydrometer Gradation Sieve Gradation Direct Shear Dry Density California Bearing Ratio Resilient Modulus Vane Shear Below ground surface Above Mean Sea Level Hydrochloric Acid UC Unconfined Compressive Strength Details of soil and rock classification systems are available upon request.Rev. 04/2024 Dynamic Cone Penetrometer Geotechnical Testing Acronym Explanations Lithology Boundary: separates distinct units (e.g., Fill, Alluvium, Bedrock) at approximate depths indicated Sampler Type Sample Recovery Sample Interval Instrumentation Detail Sampling SymbolsSoil and Rock Well Pipe Piezometer Piezometer Ground Surface Well Cap Bottom of Hole So i l o r R o c k T y p e s Well Seal Well Screen Soil-type or Material-type Change Boundary: separates soil and material changes within the same lithographic unit at approximate depth indicated 0.0 2.0 9.0 Infiltration testing completed at 4 feetbgs Caving below 7 feet bgs P200 = 2%P200DCP Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; moderate cementation; dryfine, occasional roots to 6 inches bgs Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine to medium sand; dry very loose at 4 feet bgs Final depth 9.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.38698 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-1 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23259 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-1 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTH FEET FIGURE A1LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4 177PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 0.0 4.0 6.0 Caving below 4 feet bgs Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; weak cementation; dryfine, occasional roots to 6 inches bgs Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine sand; dry Final depth 6.0 feet bgs due to caving; test pit backfilled with excavated material toexisting ground surface. Groundwater notencountered at time of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27541 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-2 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23261 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-2 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A2LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 0.0 2.0 8.0 Caving below 3 feet bgs P200 = 52%P200 DCP Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine to medium sand; dry very loose at 4 feet bgs Final depth 8.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27512 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-3 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23343 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-3 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A3LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 2 178PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 0.0 3.0 9.0 Infiltration testing completed at 4 feetbgs; caving below 4 feet bgs P200 = 11%P200DCP Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP-SM) with silt; non-plastic; fine sand; dry very loose at 4 feet bgs grades to poorly graded sand (SP) with decreased silt Final depth 9.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27513 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-4 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23402 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-4 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A4LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 3 0.0 10.0 13.0 Caving from ground surface Loose to very loose, brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry fine, occasional roots to 12 inches bgs FILL Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine to medium sand; dry Final depth 13.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27606 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-5 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23393 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-5 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A5LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 179PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 0.0 1.5 12.0 Caving below 6 feet bgs P200 = 2% DCP P200 Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine to medium sand; dry very loose at 4 feet bgs Final depth 12.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27600 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-6 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23322 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-6 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A6LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 4 0.0 12.0 Caving below 6 feet bgs Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry Final depth 12.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27557 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-7 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23358 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-7 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A7LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Grass and Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 180PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 0.0 1.5 8.0 Caving below 4 feet bgsDCP Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dryorange, red, and brown mottled layer, ash at6 inches bgs Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine to medium sand; dry loose at 4 feet bgs Final depth 8.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27521 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-8 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23494 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-8 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A8LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Dry Pond COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 7 0.0 12.0 Caving below 6 feet bgs Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry fine, occasional roots to 12 inches bgs 1-inch ash lens Final depth 12.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27529 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-9 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23403 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-9 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A9LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Grass and Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 181PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 0.0 12.0 Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry Final depth 12.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilled with excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered attime of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27541 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-10 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23327 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-10 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A10LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 0.0 4.0 5.0 9.0 16.0 Caving below 10 feet bgs Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; fine sand; dry Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine tomedium sand; dry Brown, silty SAND (SM); non-plastic; finesand; dry Dark gray, poorly graded SAND (SP); fine to medium sand; dry Final depth 16.0 feet bgs; test pit backfilledwith excavated material to existing groundsurface. Groundwater not encountered at time of exploration. 0 50 100 MOISTURE CONTENT % STATIC PENETROMETER DYNAMIC CONE PENETROMETER COMMENTS Lat: 46.27566 APPROX. TEST PIT TP-11 LOCATION: (See Site Plan) Long: -119.23328 __ T E S T P I T L O G - 1 P E R P A G E 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G GR A P H I C LO G TEST PIT TP-11 PBS PROJECT NUMBER: 66551.000 DEPTHFEET FIGURE A11LOGGED BY: C. Nealey Lines representing the interface between soil/rock units ofdiffering description are approximate only, inferred wherebetween samples, and may indicate gradual transition. EXCAVATION METHOD: CAT 336 EXCAVATED BY: GAME Inc TE S T I N G DE P T H S A M P L E T Y P E S A M P L E I D Page 1 of 1 PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Conditions: Brush COMPLETED: 8/21/2024 PASCO, WASHINGTON S- 1 S- 2 S- 3 0 50 1000.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 182PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Appendix B Laboratory Testing Geotechnical Engineering Report NAC Architecture, Inc Pasco Aquatics Facility Pasco, Washington // An Apex Company B-1 September 26, 2024 PBS Project 66551.000 Appendix B: Laboratory Testing B1 GENERAL Samples obtained during the field explorations were examined in the PBS laboratory. The physical characteristics of the samples were noted and field classifications were modified where necessary. During the course of examination, representative samples were selected for further testing. The testing program for the soil samples included standard classification tests, which yield certain index properties of the soils important to an evaluation of soil behavior. The testing procedures are described in the following paragraphs. Unless noted otherwise, all test procedures are in general accordance with applicable ASTM standards. “General accordance” means that certain local and common descriptive practices and methodologies have been followed. B2 CLASSIFICATION TESTS B2.1 Visual Classification The soils were classified in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System with certain other terminology, such as the relative density or consistency of the soil deposits, in general accordance with engineering practice. In determining the soil type (that is, gravel, sand, silt, or clay) the term that best described the major portion of the sample is used. Modifying terminology to further describe the samples is defined in Table A-1, Terminology Used to Describe Soil, in Appendix A. B2.2 Moisture (Water) Contents Natural moisture content determinations were made on samples of the fine-grained soils (that is, silts, clays, and silty sands). The natural moisture content is defined as the ratio of the weight of water to dry weight of soil, expressed as a percentage. The results of the moisture content determinations are presented on the exploration logs in Appendix A and on Figure B1, Summary of Laboratory Data, in Appendix B. B2.3 Grain-Size Analyses (P200 Wash) Washed sieve analyses (P200) were completed on samples to determine the portion of soil samples passing the No. 200 Sieve (i.e., silt and clay). The P200 test results are presented on the exploration logs in Appendix A and on Figure B1, Summary of Laboratory Data, in Appendix B. 183PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 TP-1 S-2 4 3.7 2 TP-3 S-1 1 2.2 52 TP-4 S-2 4 2.8 11 TP-6 S-3 11.5 3.1 2 SUMMARY OF LABORATORY DATA Page 1 of 1 FIGURE B1 LIQUIDLIMIT(PERCENT) GRAVEL (PERCENT) DRY DENSITY (PCF) PLASTICLIMIT(PERCENT) PLASTICITYINDEX(PERCENT) SAND (PERCENT) P200 (PERCENT) SIEVE ATTERBERG LIMITSSAMPLE INFORMATION SAMPLE DEPTH (FEET) SAMPLE NUMBEREXPLORATION NUMBER ELEVATION (FEET) MOISTURE CONTENT (PERCENT) PASCO AQUATICS FACILITY PASCO, WASHINGTON PBS PROJECT NUMBER:66551.000 __ L A B S U M M A R Y 6 6 5 5 1 . 0 0 0 _ T P 1 - 1 1 _ 2 0 2 4 0 8 2 2 . G P J P B S _ D A T A T M P L _ G E O . G D T P R I N T D A T E : 9 / 2 6 / 2 4 : R P G 184PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 1 Operations Plan An operations analysis that has been completed for the proposed Pasco Aquatic Center. The following are the basic parameters for the project. • The aquatic center will have an indoor leisure pool (4,850 SF of water), an outdoor activity pool (4,700 SF of water), 3 party rooms, locker rooms, indoor and outdoor concessions, and other support amenities. 33,500 SF Several other facility options were explored, and preliminary operations estimates were developed as well before deciding on this base facility. • The first year of operation is planned on an opening date of mid to late 2026 and the operations plan is based on 2027 as the first full year. • The Washington minimum wage will be at least $18.00 in 2027. • This operational budget represents new expenses and revenues only. • The presence of other providers in the market will remain the same. • The center will be operated by the Public Facilities District through the City of Pasco. Business support services (HR, Finance, Risk Management, etc.) will be provided by the city and will be charged back to the center. • This operations plan is based on a basic concept plan for the facility only. The plan will need to be updated once the project reaches the design development phase. • No partnerships with other organizations have been shown in this operations plan. • Capital replacement dollars are shown. • There will be a seasonal concession operation for the outdoor portion of the aquatic center and a year round concession operation indoors. • A reasonably aggressive approach to estimating the sale of annual passes, and revenues from programs and services taking place at the facility has been used for this pro-forma. • Sales tax payments have not been shown but are assumed to be collected and passed on directly to the state. 4.9 Operations Plan Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 2 • During the summer high season, the pools are likely to have 2 four-hour recreation swim sessions and on weekends/holidays during the rest of the year. Hours of Operation The projected hours of operation of the Pasco Aquatic Center are as follows: Days Center Hours Outdoor Hours- High Season Outdoor Hours- Low Season Monday-Friday 5:00am-9:00pm 11:00am-8:00pm 3:00pm-8:00pm Saturday 8:00am-8:00pm 11:00am-8:00pm 11:00am-8:00pm Sunday 8:00am-8:00pm 11:00am-8:00pm 11:00am-8:00pm Hours per Week 104 63 43 Note: The outdoor aquatic center season is projected to be from Memorial Day to Labor Day with reduced hours of operation on weekdays (afternoons only) when schools are in session. May to June 15 and the last week in August. After-hours are reserved for rentals and special events. Fee Structure Recommendations (for mid to late 2026) Revenue projections and attendance numbers were calculated from this fee model. Category Daily 10 Admiss. Summer Annual Adult (18+) $10.00 $90 $135 $350 Youth (4-17) $9.00 $81 $115 $300 Senior (65+) $7.50 $67 $95 $250 Household1 N/A N/A $265 $700 Note: No resident/non-resident fee structure has been proposed at this time but could be added. 10 Admissions are a 10% discount over the daily fee. An Annual Pass could also be paid monthly through an automatic withdrawal from a checking or charge card account. 1 Includes 2 adults and up to 3 youth under 18 living in the same home. Each additional youth is $50 for a summer pass and $75 for an annual pass. 185PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 3 Operations Analysis Summary: The following figures summarize the anticipated operational expenses and projected revenues for the operation of the Pasco Aquatic Center. Category Aquatic Center Expenses 3,082,886$ Revenues 2,384,845$ Difference (698,040)$ Recovery %77% This represents the first full year of operation. This operations analysis was completed based on general information and a basic understanding of the project with a basic concept plan for the center. As a result, there is no guarantee that the expense and revenue projections outlined above will be met as there are many variables that affect such estimates that either cannot be accurately measured or are not consistent in their influence on the budgetary process. Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 4 Expenses: Expenditures have been formulated based on the costs that are typically included in the operating budget for this type of facility. The figures are based on the size of the aquatic center, the specific components of the facility and the projected hours/season of operation. Actual costs were utilized wherever possible and estimates for other expenses were based on similar facilities. All expenses were calculated as accurately as possible, but the actual costs may vary based on the final design, operational philosophy, and programming considerations adopted by staff. Category Aquatic Center Personnel (new positions) Full-time 590,150 Part-time 1,549,141 Total 2,139,291$ Commodities Office supplies 14,000 Chemicals 90,000 Maintenance/repair/materials 30,000 Janitor supplies 22,000 Recreation supplies 5,000 Uniforms 11,000 Printing/postage 15,000 Concession food/supplies 90,000 Items for resale 10,000 Other misc. expenses 6,000 Total 293,000$ 186PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 5 Category Aquatic Center Contractual Utilities ($3.75 SF + outdoor pool $33,000)158,625 Water/sewer 70,000 Insurance 50,000 (property & liability) Communications 5,000 (phone) Contract services 55,000 Rental equipment 3,000 Advertising 40,000 Training 9,000 Conference 4,000 Trash pickup 5,000 Dues/subscriptions 1,500 City Charge Backs (HR, Finance, etc.)100,000 Bank charges 83,470 Other 6,000 Total 590,595$ Capital Replacement fund 60,000$ Grand Total 3,082,886$ Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 6 Revenues: The following revenue projections were formulated from information on the specifics of the project and the demographics of the service areas as well as comparing them to state and national statistics and other similar facilities in the area. Actual figures will vary based on the size and make-up of the components selected during final design, market stratification, philosophy of operation, fees and charges policy, and priorities of use. Category Aquatic Center Fees Daily admissions 90,585 Summer daily admissions 457,490 10 admission passes 39,631 Summer passes 469,432 Annual passes 691,644 Group/Corporate 30,000 Aquatic rentals 60,780 Total 1,839,561$ Programs Aquatics 264,784 Total 264,784$ Other Resale items 12,500 Concessions 245,000 Special events 3,000 Vending 20,000 Total 280,500$ Grand Total 2,384,845$ 187PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 7 Staff: The determination of full-time and part-time staff positions was developed based on the expected use of the aquatic center, the hours of operation, the key amenities that are contained in the center and operational practices of the facility. These figures contain expected instructors for a variety of aquatic programs that may be occurring at the facility. Pay rates were determined based on basic job classifications and wage scales for existing positions. The wage scales for staff positions reflect an anticipated wage for 2027. Full-Time Full Time Staff Salary Positions Total Aquatic Center Manager $71,500 1 $71,500 Aquatics Supervisor/Asst. Manager $60,500 1 $60,500 Marketing Coordinator $47,500 0 $0 Maintenance Foreman $55,000 1 $55,000 Custodian $44,000 1 $44,000 Front Desk Supervisor $44,000 1 $44,000 Head Lifeguard $44,000 3 $132,000 Positions 8 Salaries $407,000 Benefits 45%$183,150 Total Full-Time Staff $590,150 Aquatic Center Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 8 Part-Time Part-Time Rate Hours Weeks Total Indoor Pool Front Desk Sup 21.00$ 76 52 83,223$ Front Desk Attend 19.00$ 148 52 146,224$ Lifeguard 20.00$ 595 52 618,760$ Custodian 20.00$ 115 52 119,600$ Concession Supervisor 21.00$ 45 52 49,497$ Concession Attendant 19.00$ 45 52 44,783$ Outdoor Pool-High Season Outdoor Pool Cashier 19.00$ 63 10 11,970$ Outdoor Lifeguard 20.00$ 622 10 124,400$ Outdoor Head Lifeguard 21.00$ 88 10 18,480$ Outdoor Concession Sup 21.00$ 56 10 11,760$ Outdoor Concession Attend 19.00$ 112 10 21,280$ Outdoor Custodian 20.00$ 112 10 22,400$ Outdoor Pool-Low Season Outdoor Pool Cashier 19.00$ 43 4 3,268$ Outdoor Lifeguard 20.00$ 412 4 32,960$ Outdoor Head Lifeguard 21.00$ 48 4 4,032$ Outdoor Concession Sup 21.00$ 28 4 2,352$ Outdoor Concession Attend 19.00$ 56 4 4,256$ Outdoor Custodian 20.00$ 98 4 7,840$ Total 1,327,085$ Aquatics Programs 81,225$ Total 1,408,310$ Benefits 10.0%140,831$ Total 1,549,141$ Aquatic Center 188PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 9 Admission Revenue: The following spreadsheet identifies the expected use numbers for each form of admission that the center will offer (see projected fee schedule). Daily Fees Fees Number Revenue Adult $10.00 10 $100.00 Youth $9.00 17 $153.00 Senior $7.50 11 $82.50 Total 38 $335.50 x 270 days/year Grand Total $90,585.00 Summer Daily Fees-High Fees Number Revenue Adult $10.00 116 $1,160.00 Youth $9.00 466 $4,194.00 Senior $7.50 39 $292.50 Total 621 $5,646.50 x 68 days/year Grand Total $383,962.00 Summer Daily Fees-Low Fees Number Revenue Adult $10.00 59 $590.00 Youth $9.00 232 $2,088.00 Senior $7.50 20 $150.00 Total 311 $2,828.00 x 26 days/year Grand Total $73,528.00 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 10 10 Admissions Fees Number Revenue Adult $90.00 90 $8,100.00 Youth $81.00 314 $25,434.00 Senior $67.00 91 $6,097.00 Total 495 $39,631.00 Summer Passes Fees Number Revenue Adult $135.00 84 $11,367.41 Youth $115.00 421 $48,416.73 Senior $95.00 84 $7,999.29 Household $265.00 1,516 $401,648.31 Total 2105 $469,431.73 Annual Passes Fees Number Revenue Adult $350.00 47 $16,467.70 Youth $300.00 235 $70,575.88 Senior $250.00 47 $11,762.65 Household $700.00 847 $592,837.36 Total 1176 $691,643.58 Revenue Summary Daily $90,585 Summer Daily-High $383,962 Summer Daily-Low $73,528 10 Admissions $39,631 Summer Passes $469,432 Annual Passes $691,644 Total $1,748,781 Annual passes are based on selling to 3.5% of the households in the Pasco market (27,517 in 2028) and .28% of the households in the Secondary market (76,132). Seasonal passes are based on selling to 3.5% of the households in the Pasco market (27,517 in 2028) and 1.5% of the households in the Secondary market (76,132). 189PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 11 Aquatic Programs: The following worksheets indicate representative aquatic programs that could take place at the center, the costs of providing the service and the expected revenue. These are representative programs only. Learn to Swim Classes Rate/Class Classes/Day Days Weeks Total Summer 20.00$ 22 5 10 22,000$ Spring/Fall 20.00$ 10 2 20 8,000$ Winter 20.00$ 10 2 10 4,000$ Total 34,000$ Water Exercise Rate/Class Classes/Wk Weeks Total Summer 25.00$ 18 14 6,300$ Spring/Fall 25.00$ 9 26 5,850$ Winter 25.00$ 9 12 2,700$ Total 14,850$ Other Rate/Class Classes/Wk Weeks Total Private Lessons 20.00$ 8 45 7,200$ Lifeguard Training 25.00$ 33 3 2,475$ Therapy 25.00$ 4 40 4,000$ Misc.19.00$ 4 50 3,800$ Birthday Parties 19.00$ 12 50 11,400$ Total 28,875$ Contract/Other 3,500$ Grand Total 81,225$ Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 12 Program Calculations - Revenues Learn to Swim Classes/Week Fee Participants Sessions Total Summer 22 $70 4 5 30,800$ Spring/Fall 10 $70 4 2 5,600$ Winter 10 $70 4 1 2,800$ Private Lessons 8 $40 1 45 14,400$ Total 53,600$ Water Aerobics Classes/Week Fee Participants Sessions Total Summer 18 $12 3 14 9,072$ Spring/Fall 9 $12 3 26 8,424$ Winter 9 $12 3 12 3,888$ Total 21,384$ Other Classes/Week Fee Participants Sessions Total Lifeguard Training 1 $250 8 3 6,000$ Therapy 4 $20 4 40 12,800$ Misc.4 $20 4 50 16,000$ Birthday Parties 12 $250 1 50 150,000$ Total 184,800$ Contract/Other 5,000$ Grand Total 264,784$ 190PASCO AQUATIC FACILITY Appendix / 11.08.2024 Pasco Aquatic Center Operations Plan Update Page | 13 Rental Revenue: This worksheet indicates the expected revenue that will be obtained through rental of the center and amenities. Revenues Rate/Hr.Number of Hrs.Weeks Total Indoor Pool Leisure Pool $400 0.5 50 10,000$ Outdoor Pool Main Pool $250 4 8 8,000$ Umbrella (12/day x 7/days) $25 84 12 25,200$ Cabana (3/day x 7/days) $40 21 12 10,080$ Party Room $25 6 50 7,500$ Total 60,780$